
Class_i_J2JPO£ 

Book .MS 
19 IS 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT 



Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2011 with funding from 
The Library of Congress 



http://www.archive.org/details/americanschoolbuOOmill 



American School Building 
Standards 



WILBUR T. MILLS, Architect 
A. A. I. A. 



FRANKLIN EDUCATIONAL PUBLISHING COMPANY 

COLUMBUS, OHIO 

19 15 



* \ c 



TO MY BROTHER 

Edwin Stanton Mills 

This book is affectionately dedicated by 
-THE AUTHOR. 



Copyright 1915, by 
WILBUR T. MILLS 



MAR 26 1915 



. 



The Champlin Press, Columbus, Ohio 

© :i, a 3 9 7 3 o l 



PREFACE TO FIRST EDITION 

The present work is offered to the public in the belief that 
there is still great need for the dissemination of reliable informa- 
tion regarding correct design and construction in public school 
buildings in this country, and that "every little helps." 

The author makes no claim of originality for most of the 
matter contained in the work, unless it be as regards arrange- 
ment and selection. He has drawn freely upon all the well 
known modern works upon the subjects treated, modifying con- 
clusions as experience and the most recent authorities approve. 
The controlling motive has been to so condense and standardize 
the best present day practice as to produce a compact handbook 
for ready reference, eliminating both the historical and purely 
aesthetic phases of the subject, for the sake of utility. 

The author acknowledges help received from, and opinions 
influenced by, publications of The Boston Schoolhouse Com- 
mission, Mr. Edmund M. Wheelright, Prof. A. D. F. Hamlin 
of Columbia University, Mr. Warren R. Briggs, Mr. M. C. 
Huyett, Prof. Rolla C. Carpenter of Cornell University, Prof. 
S. H. Woodbridge of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 
Mr. R. Clipston Sturgis, Mr. W. B. Ittner and others. 



PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION 

The changes in this edition consist of the omission of the 
former chapter "The Man Who Knows"; revision of all other 
chapters — particularly that one entitled "Selecting an Architect," 
referring to competitions, etc. ; revision of all state codes, bring- 
ing them up to date; and the correction of much other data 
throughout the work. 

Additional chapters have been added entitled, "The Wider 
Use of the School Plant," and "The Cost of School Buildings," 
with tables of costs from the Boston and St. Louis annual reports 
covering the past ten years. 

Perhaps the most important addition is a set of tables, some 
original with the author and others long in use but selected with 
special reference to school building design. In presenting these 
tables, no effort is made to cover any part of the engineering 
field but only to render this work complete for its purpose as a 
guide in school building design. 

Finally, the list of school buildings has been so increased 
and extended as to cover adequately all sections of the country, 
and illustrations of interiors, details, special rooms, etc., added 
to illustrate as fully as possible the best present day American 
practice. 

Acknowledgment is made to The U. S. Bureau of Educa- 
tion, and the Russell Sage Foundation, the use of whose publi- 
cations in the preparation of this work has been of material 
assistance; also to Mr. Charles L. Hubbard, whose articles on 
Heating and Ventilating in The American Architect have sup- 
plied some of the data employed in the revised chapters on Heat- 
ing and Ventilating. 



INTRODUCTION 

The recent movements in education as affected by legisla- 
tion have emphasized the physical plant as the basis of successful 
school practice. School architecture, — including all the problems 
of safety, sanitation, heating, lighting, ventilation and others, 
having the physical well-being of the pupil in mind, — has been the 
earnest study of many of the leading architects in the country. 
The legislatures have attempted to embody in the laws of the 
several states the principles approved by an enlightened public 
sentiment. Boards of Education and building committees have 
often been perplexed and in doubt when attempting to meet the 
needs of their communities. Mr. Mills in his "American School 
Building Standards" has put within easy reach, in a systematic 
form, all the essential problems of school architecture. The 
new movement to utilize more fully the school buildings for social 
and community purposes has introduced some new features both 
in the forms of the buildings and the methods of furnishing. 
Industrial and Vocational Education also present new needs. 
There is no public problem more important to all the people 
than that surrounding the education of the children. The proper 
housing of the children during school hours, and adequate pro- 
vision for play are vital to their future citizenship. 

Mr. Mills in his book has brought together in easily accessi- 
ble form the legislation of the several states having school codes 
and the complete code of the city of Boston. Standard methods 
of construction and the best practices of the country are set out. 
It will be understood that in the rapidly changing conditions of 
the country no book will long be up-to-date in the details of the 
information presented and this second edition will doubtless be 
welcomed by those who made use of the first edition. An 
experience of nine years on a city Board of Education has taught 
me the necessity of great care by the building committees in 
prosecuting the work of building and improvement of school 



property. Every effort looking toward the perfecting of school 
buildings should have cordial support. Boards of Education 
and Architects will find a hand book such as Mr. Mills has 
prepared an excellent guide in these matters. 

The selection of an architect is of course the most vital 
issue before Boards of Education when a building is to be 
erected, but even when the most competent men are secured there 
remains the necessity of careful study by the school authorities. 
Reference to a digest of the laws and practices of the country 
will often serve to correct and avoid errors that might perpetuate 
themselves for a generation or be corrected at heavy expense. 

The demand for a second edition of this book is a signifi- 
cant comment on the place it filled, and the author is to be com- 
mended for his painstaking service to the public. 

W. O. Thompson. 

Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. 



SELECTING AN ARCHITECT 

It has been well said that the public school concerns inti- 
mately more people than any other class of public edifices because 
( 1 ) every citizen avails himself of its privileges in his youth, 
and sends his children to it in later years; and (2) its design 
and construction unquestionably affects, for better or worse, the 
health, happiness and morals of the pupils, whatever may be the 
effect of the educational work carried on therein. 

Much has been done in some states, and large cities, to- 
ward standardizing and formulating data of school building de- 
sign. Every school board member and every architect of school 
buildings who does not master, in so far as he can, all such 
details — which are now readily procurable — neglects a grave 
civic duty; a duty which, as Professor Hamlin says, "is all the 
more imperative when one reflects how large a span of the life 
of a community is spent within the walls of its schools, and how 
important it is to surround its children with the most perfect 
environment for their hours of study. The school houses of 
any community are the gauges of its enlightenment. They should 
be the best and most carefully constructed buildings it possesses — 
not the most splendid and ornate — but the most perfect in design 
and most complete and thorough in execution and equipment." 

These facts granted, one can hardly lay too much stress on 
the importance of highly skilled architectural or engineering serv- 
ice (or both) in the design and construction of school buildings. 
Any school building which is at all worthy of a competent archi- 
tect's attention, merits the services of the best man who can be 
induced to undertake the work. Even were the financial differ- 
ence necessary to secure the best man an item of considerable 
size — and usually it is not — this is nothing compared to the risks 
otherwise involved. No power on earth can force an incom- 
petent practitioner to do high grade, satisfactory work, or a dis- 



honest one to do an honest job. No matter how many "smart" 
or "practical" men may sit upon a board, good work cannot 
be squeezed out of a poor architect, or honest work out of a 
rogue. 

Immediately the question arises, how may a board be sure 
of selecting a satisfactory man? Like the "shortest road to the 
yaller jackets' nest," the infallible method "aint been discovered 
yet." But out of the experience of many boards and many 
architects certain conclusions are now available and safe. 

The first of these is that, whenever possible, the architect 
should be chosen without competition by individual selection — 
upon the basis of integrity, professional skill and experience, just 
as men in other professions are selected. Where no sufficient 
reasons exist for doing otherwise, this is by far the simplest, 
easiest and least expensive method, and leaves no sore places to 
be healed up. 

In case it is desired to consider more than one man on the 
individual basis, any desired number may be thus considered 
and judged, either by personal hearing or from written and 
photographic credentials (relating to executed work, etc., and 
not competitive sketches) but care should be exercised to extend 
to each candidate an absolutely equal and impartial hearing. 
Supporters of the personal method of selection offer the following 
arguments in its favor: 

( 1 ) Any other method involves competition among 
several architects, the waste of much time, often much needless 
expense, — both to owners and competitors, much annoyance and 
sometimes hard feelings. 

(2) In all competitions on the basis of drawings the 
gambling instinct is appealed to, and the prospect of winnning 
the prize tempts architects to submit the sort of work MOST 
LIKELY TO WIN, regardless of real architectural merit; and 
unless the owner retains professional advisers to guide him, he, 
being incompetent to judge, is almost certain to select unwisely. 

(3) Even if, by accident, the owner selects a com- 
petitive DESIGN of real merit, he runs the risk of thus choos- 

10 



ing a MAN brilliant in design but inexperienced or unsafe in 
constructive ability, or perhaps even utterly irresponsible. 

(4) Under the very best conditions of competition it is 
exceedingly difficult to select an architect with absolute fairness 
to each competitor, and it is practically impossible when the 
owner trusts his own untramed judgment to make the selection. 

However, in spite of these seemingly conclusive arguments 
against competitions, it remains a fact that, aside from private 
work done for individuals, the great majority of important archi- 
tectural contracts are, have always been, and perhaps always will 
be awarded by competition of one sort or another. And the 
following are some of the reasons offered in explanation of this 
state of affiairs.. 

1. Architects themselves are not of one mind in opposing 
competitions. The American Institute of Architects selemnly 
pronounces against competitions and yet, recognizing their prev- 
alence and growth, spends years trying to formulate a satis- 
factory code for their regulation. Meantime, some of its most 
prominent officers and members engage in competitions, — and in- 
deed, some of them would hardly be known, or able to continue 
in architecture without such practice. 

2. The People practically demand competition in public 
work, and look with suspicion and distrust upon all contracts not 
so awarded. Nothing offers the yellow journal a more welcome 
subject for sensation and cries of "Graft" than an award without 
giving at least several good men a chance. As a result, there 
are but few monumental public, or even semi-public buildings in 
this country, the architects of which were not selected by com- 
petition of some sort, while the list of those important building 
designs selected in competitions, and of those architects who have 
become famous thereby would be a long and representative, one. 

3. Many individuals and bodies of men claim to see great 
advantages in competitions arising from the number of different 
designs or schemes presented to choose from, these being the 
work of trained minds all directed to the solution of a given 
problem; and some — but not all by any menas — are willing to 

11 



pay all competitors in order to secure this real or fancied ad- 
vantage. 

4. In many cases, competitions are unavoidable, such as 
the requirement of competitions by law, or by condition of 
bequests, or by reason of inability to choose otherwise from 
among equals in ability or favoritism. And, as above stated, 
they are almost unavoidable in public work. 

To express in a word the best thought and advice upon the 
subject: Be good, and if you can't be good, be as good as you 
can. Always be sure your architect is "The man who knows." 
If such a man, having the requisite integrity, ability and exi- 
perience is available, have nothing to do with competitions. But 
if no such man is readily available, or if any reason exists, such 
as above suggested, why the competition is wise, necessary or 
unavoidable, then arrange your competition and its requirements 
with the utmost care, being particularly watchful to have its 
terms wise, honest and fair to all concerned, — or better yet, turn 
the whole matter over to professional advisers who KNOW 
HOW to guide you safely and wisely. 

Since its foundation, over fifty years ago, the American 
Institute of Architects has given much attention to the conduct 
of competitions, and altho the Institute at this time comprises less 
than fifteen per cent of those who call themselves architects in 
the United States, its present conclusions unquestionably repre- 
sent the combined efforts of very many able men, both inside and 
outside the profession, to find a satisfactory basis on which to 
conduct competitions. The attitude of the Institute is expressed 
as follows : 

When a competition is necessary or desirable it should be 
of such form as to establish equitable relations between the owner 
and the competitors. 

To insure this: 

(1.) The requirements should be clear and definite, and 
the statement of them, since it must be in technical terms, should 
be drawn by one familiar with such terms. 

12 



(2.) The competency of all competing should be as- 
sured. The drawings submitted in a competition are evidence, 
only in part, of the ability of the architect to execute the build- 
ing. The owner, for his own protection, should admit to the 
competition only those to whom he would be willing to entrust 
the work; that is, to men of known honesty and competence. 

(3.) The agreement between the owner and the com- 
petitors should be definite, as becomes a plain statement of busi- 
ness relations. 

(4.) The judgment should be based on knowledge, and 
since ideas presented in the form of drawings are intelligible 
only to a trained mind, judgment should not be rendered until 
the owner has received competent technical advise as to the merits 
of those ideas. 

To sum up: To insure the best results a competition should 
have (1) a clear program, (2) competent competitors, (3) a 
business agreement, (4) a fair judgment. 

Fifteen years ago many competitions had none of these 
provisions and few had all of them. The commonest form of 
competition was one that was open to all, had a program pre- 
pared by a layman, was judged by the owner without profes- 
sional assistance, contained no agreement, and made no provision 
to eliminate the incompetent. 

Even in the few years since the Institute first made its firm 
stand against the abuses of competitions, the effect of that action 
has been far greater than could have been foreseen. It has not 
altogether eliminated ill-regulated competitions, but it has greatly 
reduced their number, and it is safe to say that no competition of 
prime importance is now conducted except in accordance with 
the principles stated in the following Circular of Advice. 

A CIRCULAR RELATIVE TO ARCHITECTURAL COMPETITIONS 

Competitions are instituted to enable the owner* to choose 

an architect through comparison of the designs submitted. The 

The person, corporation or other entity instituting a competition, 
whether acting directly or through representatives, is herein called "the 
owner." 

13 



American Institute of Architects, believing that the interests of 
both owner and competitors are 'best served by fair and equitable 
agreements between them, issues this circular as a statement of the 
principles which should underlie such agreements. 

The Institute does not assume to dictate the owner's course 
in conducting competitions, but aims to assist him by advising the 
adoption of such methods as experience has proved to be just and 
wise. 

So important, however, does the adoption of such methods 
appear to architects that members of the Institute do not take 
part in competitions except under conditions based on this circular 
and specifically set forth in Articles I 6 and 1 8. 

( I ) On Competitions in General. — A competition exists 
when two or more architects prepare sketches at the same time for 
the same project. 

(2) On the Employment of a Professional Adviser. — 
No competition shall be instituted without the aid of a competent 
adviser. He should be an architect of the highest standing and 
his selection should be the owner's first step. He must be chosen 
with the greatest care, as the success of the competition will de- 
pend largely upon his experience and ability. 

The expert's advice is of great value to the owner, for 
example, in so drawing the program as to safeguard him against 
the employment of an architect who submits a design largely ex- 
ceeding in cost of execution the sum at his disposal, and in help- 
ing him to avoid the disappointment, embarrassment and litigation 
which so often result from competitions conducted without expert 
technical advice. 

The duties of the expert are to advise those who hold the 
competition as to its form and terms, to draw up the program, to 
advise in choosing the competitors, to answer their questions, and 
to conduct the competition. 

(3) On the Forms of Competition. — -The following forms 
of competition are recognized: 

Limited. In this form, participation is limited to a certain 
number of architects whose names should be stated in the program 

14 



and to any one of whom the owner is willing to entrust the work. 
In a limited competition the competitors may be chosen (a) from 
among architects whose ability is so evident that no formal in- 
quiry into their qualifications is needed, or (fc) from among archi- 
tects who make application accompanied by evidence of their 
education and experience. 

The limited form has the advantage that the owner and the 
professional adviser may meet competitors and discuss the terms 
of the competition with them before the issuance of the program. 
Form (a) is the simplest and most direct form of competition. 

Open. The Institute believes that a competition open to all 
who wish to participate without regard to their qualifications is 
detrimental to the interests alike of owner and of architects. It 
will, therefore, give its approval to that form only when con- 
ducted in two stages, since by that means alone it is possible to 
insure anonymity of submission while safeguarding the owner's 
interests against the selection as winner of a person lacking the 
qualifications set forth in Article 4 hereof. 

In this form there is a first stage open to all, in which the 
competitive drawings are of the slightest nature, involving only 
the fundamental ideas of the solution. These drawings are 
accompanied by evidence of the competitor's education and expe- 
rience. From the first stage a small number who have thus 
demonstrated their competence to design the work and to carry 
it successfully into execution are chosen to take part in a final 
and strictly anonymous stage involving competitive drawings of 
the type indicated in Article 8 hereof. 

(4) On the Qualification of Competitors. — The interests 
of the owner may be seriously prejudiced by admitting to a lim- 
ited competition or to the second stage of an open competition 
any architect who has not established to the satisfaction of the 
owner his competence to design and execute the work. 

It is sometimes urged that by admitting all who wish to take 
part some unknown but brilliant designer may be found. If the 
object of a competition were a set of sketches, such reasoning 

15 



might be valid. But sketches give no evidence that their author 
has the matured artistic ability to fulfil their promise, or that he 
has the technical knowledge necessary to control the design of the 
highly complex structure and equipment of a modern building, or 
that he has executive ability for large affairs, or the force to com- 
pel the proper execution of contracts. Attempts have often been 
made to defend the owner's interests by associating an architect 
of ability with one lacking in experience. These have generally 
resulted in failure. 

As the owner should feel bound, not only legally, but in 
point of honor, to retain as his architect the competitor to whom 
the award is made, it is essential that the competitors in a limited 
competition, or in the second stage of an open competition, should 
be selected with the greatest care in consultation with the pro- 
fessional adviser, and that there should be included among them 
only architects in whose ability and integrity the owner has ab- 
solute confidence, and to any one of whom he is willing to entrust 
the work. 

(5) On the Number of Competitors. — Experience has 
demonstrated that the admission of many competitors is detrimental 
to the success of a competition. When there are many, each 
knows that he has but a slight chance of success, and he is there- 
fore less aroused to his best effort than when there are but a few. 
As the owner is interested only in the best result, he is ill-advised 
to sacrifice quality for quantity. 

(6) On Anonymity of Competitors. — Absolute and ef- 
fective anonymity is a necessary condition of a fair and unbiased 
competition. The signing of drawings should not be permitted 
nor should they bear any motto, device or distinguishing mark. 
Drawings and the accompanying sealed envelopes containing 
their author's names should be numbered upon receipt, the en- 
velopes remaining unopened until after the award. 

(7) On the Cost of the Proposed Wor\. — No statement 
of the intended cost of the work should be made unless it has 
been ascertained that the work as described in the program can 

16 



be properly executed within the sum named. In general it is 
wiser to limit the cubic contents of the building than to state a 
limit of cost 

The program should neither require nor permit competitors 
to furnish their own or builders' estimates of the cost of executing 
the work in accordance with their designs. Such estimates are 
singularly unreliable. If the cubage be properly limited they are 
unnecessary. 

(8) On the Jury of Award. — To insure a wise and just 
award and to protect the interests of both the owner and the com- 
petitors, the competitive drawings should be submitted to a jury 
so chosen as to secure expert knowledge and freedom from per- 
sonal bias. 

Such a jury thoroughly understands and can explain the 
intent of the drawings. It discovers from them their authors' 
skill in design, arrangement and construction. Because of its 
trained judgment its advice as to the merits of the designs sub- 
mitted is of the highest value to the owner. 

The jury must consist of at least three members, one of 
whom must, and a majority of whom should, be practicing archi- 
tects. One or more members of the jury may be chosen by the 
competitors. 

It is the duty of the jury to study carefully the program 
and all conditions relating to the problem and the competition 
before examining the designs submitted; to refuse to make or rec- 
ommend an award in favor of the author of any design that does 
not fulfil the conditions distinctly stated as mandatory in the pro- 
gram; to give ample time to the careful study of the designs; and 
to render a decision only after mature consideration. The jury 
should see to it that a copy of its report reaches every competitor. 

The professional adviser should not be a member of the jury, 
as his judgment is apt to be influenced by his previous study of 
the problem. 

(9) On the Competitive Drawings. — The purpose of an 
architectural competition is not to secure fully developed plans, 

17 



but such evidence of skill in treating the essential elements of the 
problem as will assist in the selection of an architect. The draw- 
ings should, therefore, be as few in number and as simple in char- 
acter as will express the general design of the building. A jury 
of experts does not need elaborate drawings. 

(10) On the Program. — The program should contain 
rules for the conduct of the competition, instructions for competi- 
tors and the jury, and the agreement between the owner and the 
competitors. Uniform conditions for all competitors are funda- 
mental to the proper conduct of competitions. Lengthy pro- 
grams and detailed instructions as to the desired accommodations 
should be avoided, as they confuse the problem and hamper 
the competitors. The problem should be stated broadly. Its so- 
lution should be left to the competitors. 

A distinction should be clearly drawn between the manda- 
tory and the advisory provisions of the program, i. e., between 
those which if not met preclude an award in favor of the author 
of a design so failing and those which are merely optional or of a 
suggestive character. The mandatory requirements should be set 
forth in such a way that they cannot fail to be recognized as 
such. They should be as few as possible, and should relate only 
to matters which cannot be left to the discretion of the competi- 
tors. 

It is difficult to summarize briefly the program, but it should 
at least: 

(a) Name the owner of the structure forming the subject 
of the competition, and state whether the owner institutes the com- 
petition personally or through representatives. If the latter, name 
the representatives, state how their authority is derived, and define 
its scope. 

(£>) State the kind of competition to be instituted, and in 
limited competitions name the competitors ; or in open competitions, 
if the competition is limited geographically or otherwise, state the 
limits. 

18 



(c) Fix a time and place for the receipt of the designs. 
The time should not be altered except with the unanimous con- 
sent of the competitors. 

(d) Furnish exact information as to the site. 

(e) State the desired accommodation, avoiding detail. 
(/) State the cost if it be fixed or, better, limit the cubic 

contents. 

(g) Fix uniform requirements for the drawings, giving the 
number, the scale or scales, and the method of rendering. 

(h) Forbid the submission of more than one design by 
any one competitor. 

(i) Provide a method for insuring anonymity of submis- 
sion. 

(/') Name the members of the jury or provide for their 
selection. Define their powers and duties. If for legal reasons 
the jury may not make the final award, state such reasons and in 
whom such power is vested. 

(£) Provide that no award shall be made in favor of any 
design until the jury shall have certified that it does not violate 
any mandatory requirement of the program. 

(/) Provide that during the competition there shall be no 
communication relative to it between any competitor and the 
owner, his representatives or any member of the jury, and that 
any communication with the professional adviser shall be in writ- 
ing. Provide also that any information, whether in answer to 
such communications or not, shall be given in writing simultane- 
ously to all competitors. Set a date after which no questions will 
be answered. 

(m) State the number and amount of payments to com- 
petitors. 

(n) Provide that the professional adviser shall send- a 
report of the competition to each competitor, including therein 
the report of the jury. 

(o) Provide that no drawing shall be exhibited or made 
public until after the award of the jury. 

19 



(p) Provide for the return of unsuccessful drawings to 
their respective authors within a reasonable time. 

(q) Provide that nothing original in any of the unsuc- 
cessful designs shall be used without consent of, and compensa- 
tion to, the author of the design in which it appears. 

(r) Include the contract between the owner and the com- 
petitors. 

(s) Include the contract between the owner and the 
architect receiving the award. 

(11) On the Agreement. — An owner who institutes a 
competition assumes a moral obligation to retain one of the com- 
petitors as his architect. In order that architects invited to com- 
pete may determine whether they will take part it is essential that 
they should know the terms upon which the winner will be em- 
ployed; and it is of the utmost importance to the owner that 
those terms should be so clearly defined that no disagreement as 
to their meaning can arise after the award is made. Unless they 
be so defined, delay is likely to occur and disagreements to arise 
at a time when a complete understanding between owner and 
architect is most important for the welfare of the work. 

Therefore, there must be included in the program a form 
which guarantees the appointment of one of the competitors as 
architect and provides an agreement operative upon that ap- 
pointment, defining his employment in terms consonant with the 
best practice. This must conform in all fundamental respects to 
the typical form of agreement appended to this circular. 

(12) On Payments to Unsuccessful Competitors. — In a 
limited competition and in the second stage of an open competi- 
tion each competitor, except the winner, should be paid for his 
services. 

(13) On Legality of Procedure. — It is highly important 
that each step taken in connection with a competition and every 
provision of the program should be in consonance with law. Those 
charged with holding the competition should know and state their 
authority. If they are not empowered to bind their principal by 

20 



contracts with the competitors, they should seek and receive such 
authority before issuing an invitation. 

If authority cannot legally be granted to the jury to make 
the award, that fact should be stated, and the body named in 
which such authority is vested. 

(14) On the Conduct of the Owner. — In order to main- 
tain absolute impartiality toward all competitors, the owner, his 
representatives and all connected with the enterprise should, as 
soon as a professional adviser has been appointed, refrain from 
holding any communication in regard to the matter with any 
architect except the adviser or the jurors. The meeting with 
competitors described in Article 3 is of course an exception. 

(15) On the Conduct of Architects. — An architect 
should not attempt in any way, except as a duly authorized com- 
petitor, to secure work for which a competition is in progress, nor 
should he attempt to influence, either directly or indirectly, the 
award in a competition in which he is a competitor. 

An architect should not accept the commission to do the 
work for which a competition has been instituted if he has acted 
in an advisory capacity, either in drawing the program or making 
the award. 

An architect should not submit in competition a design 
which has not been produced in his own office or under his own 
direction. 

No competitor should enter into association with another 
architect, except with the consent of the owner. If such associates 
should win the competition, their association should continue un- 
til the completion of the work thus won. 

During a competition, no competitor should hold any com- 
munication relative to it with the owner, his representatives or any 
member of the jury, nor should he hold any communication with 
the professional adviser, except it be in writing. 

When an architect has been authorized to submit sketches 
for a given project, no other architect should submit sketches for 
it until the owner has taken definite action on the first sketches, 

21 



since, as far as the second architect is concerned, a competition is 
thus established. 

( 1 6) On the Participation of Members of the Institute. — 
Members of the American Institute of Architects do not take part 
as competitors or jurors in any competition the program of which 
has not received the formal approval of the Institute, nor does a 
member continue to act as professional adviser after it has been 
determined that the program cannot be so drawn as to receive 
such approval. 

(17) Committees. — In order that the advice of the Insti- 
tute may be given to those who seek it and that its approval may 
be given to programs in consonance with its principles, the Insti- 
tute maintains the following committees: 

(a) The Standing Committee on Competitions, represent- 
ing the Institute in its relation to competitions generally. This 
committee advises the sub-committees and directs their work and 
they report to it. 

(fc) A sub-committee for the territory of each Chapter, 
representing the Institute in its relation to competitions for work 
to be erected within such territory. 

The President of the Chapter is ex-officio chairman of the 
sub-committee, the other members of which he appoints. The 
sub-committees derive their authority from the Institute and not 
from the Chapters. 

An appeal from the decision of a sub-committee may be 
made to the Standing Committee. The Standing Committee may 
approve, modify or annul the decision of a sub-committee. 

(18) The Institute's Approval of the Program. — The 
approval of the Institute is not given to a program unless it meet 
the following essential conditions: 

(a) That there be a professional adviser. 

(b) That the competition be of one of the forms described 
in Article 3. 

(c) That the program contain an Agreement and Condi- 
tions of Contract between Architect and Owner in conformity 
with those printed in the Appendix of this circular, that it in- 

22 



elude no provisions at variance therewith, that it contain terms of 
payments in accord with good practice, and that it specifically set 
forth the nature of expert engineering services for which the arch- 
itect will be reimbursed. 

(d) That the program make provision for a jury of at 
least three persons. 

(e) That the program conform in all particulars to the 
spirit of this circular. 

When the program meets the above essential conditions, the 
approval of the Institute may be given to it by the sub-committee 
for the territory in which the work is to be erected, or if there be 
no sub-committee for that territory, then by the Standing Com- 
mittee on Competitions. 

If, for legal or other reasons, the Standing Committee deem 
that deviations from the essential conditions are justified, it may 
give the approval of the Institute to a program containing such 
deviations. Power to give approval in such cases is, however, 
vested only in the Standing Committee. 

The Professional Adviser, when duly authorized in writing 
by the proper committee, may print the Institute's approval as a 
part of the program or otherwise communicate it to those invited 
to compete. 

COMPETITIONS NOT APPROVED BY THE INSTITUTE 
As only about one in eight architects of this country, and 
very few in Canada belong to the Institute, there is in some 
quarters objection to the Institute competition programs, especially 
the requirements that judges must be members of the Institute, 
and that Institute members may not participate in competitions 
the programs of which are not officially approved by the Institute. 
Also the selection of a jury of three, and other features, involve 
a burden of expense very few owners or boards are willing to 
pay, except in the case of buildings of monumental character, or 
of enormous cost. In such cases programs similar to that of the 
Institute, but modified in these particulars, may be used with 
satisfactory results, but of course Institute members in such cases 
will presumably not compete if invited, and competitors will have 
to be selected among architects not in the Institute. 

23 



THE SCHOOL ROOM 

The controlling elements in planning a school building are 
the class rooms and the communications, the former being, of 
course, the fundamental unit in every school house design. Ex- 
perience demonstrates that for the utmost efficiency a school room 
in an elementary building should not seat more than forty pupils, 
but in high schools, the work being done largely by lectures, no 
definite limit can be placed upon the seating capacity of rooms. 

SIZE OF ROOMS 

In school rooms each pupil has a desk. Under ideal con- 
ditions the room should be proportioned to allow 20 square feet 
of floor space and 260 cubic feet of volume for each pupil, but 
under no conditions should these figures be less than 1 5 square 
feet of floor space and 200 cubic feet of volume per pupil. It 
is almost universal practice to make school rooms slightly oblong 
with the teacher's desk at one end of the room, in the proportion 
of 24 feet by 30 feet and 25 feet by 32 feet, etc., with ceiling 
heights of not less than 12 feet or more than 14 feet. Primary 
school rooms should not be made smaller than other rooms in 
elementary buildings because activity is absolutely vital in small 
children, and the rooms should be ample in size to provide op- 
portunity for much physical exercise, outside of net seating space. 

LIGHTING 

Some architects have resorted to the use of prismatic glass 
in lighting school rooms producing a glare annoying to both 
teachers and pupils, but under ordinary conditions of lighting it 
may be stated emphatically that the school room cannot be too 
well lighted. The writers on school hygiene, and the laws of 
different states vary somewhat, but there is substantial agreement 

24 





1 □ p p □ p p » 




1 □ p p □ □ □ id 


□ □ □ p □ p LJ 


I □ □ p □ □ P : 


] □ p □ □ □ q_J 

I □ □ □ □ □ dTk 




J □ p □ p □ cfl 




1 □ a □ □ □ □ 


*> ~'° ■ 





P- H| 


1 


a □ □ □ p t 


1 


□ □ □ □ p 






□ □ □ p p 






□ □ □ □ □ 






□ □ □ □ rn_^ 

□ □ p □ u* 






□ □ □ □ tnl 






□ p p □ p 
















Fig S 



Tig A 



■Fig C 



LIGHTING AND SEATING OF SCHOOL ROOMS. 

The upper drawings show ideal designs for school rooms, one to seal 
48 and the other 40 pupils. Dimensions given, also the arrangement of win- 
dows, heat and vent flues, door, etc., correspond with the best present day 
practice. Some authorities insist upon two exits, and such should be the 
case in non-fireproof buildings. , 

Fig. A, illustrates imperfect lighting with dark spaces between windows 
and in corners. 

Fig. B, is a vertical section through the school room, illustrating the light 
shut out near ceiling by transom bars and fancy top windows. 

Fig. C, is a similar secton showing correct locatton of windows with 
reference to floor and ceiling. 



25 



that the amount of transparent glass surface admitting light to 
school rooms should in no case be less than one-fifth of the 
floor space of the room, while the laws of some states require 
one- fourth of the floor space in actual glass area. In rooms with 
ceilings 1 3 feet or more in height it is easily possible to secure 
even a higher ratio of glass than last stated and such opportunities 
should never be neglected. Care should also be observed to give 
rooms with a northern or poorly lighted exposure sufficient added 
glass surface to furnish the room with an abundance of light. 
As a rule, the use of prismatic glass should be permitted only in 
school rooms having obstructed sky lines, or dark exposure, and 
should be carefully shaded when the lighting justifies it. 

DIRECTION OF LIGHT 

There is now practically no dissent from the opinion that 
the proper method of lighting a school room is from the left side 
of the pupils, and that if it is necessary to admit light in any other 
side of the room it must be at the rear of the pupils. It is, of 
course, out of the question to admit light from in front of the 
pupils, as the light shining directly into their eyes would produce 
immediate and serious results. It is also very bad practice to 
admit light from the right of pupils because the great majority of 
children are right-handed and thus could not work at writing 
without casting a shadow thereon by the hand. When windows 
are placed in the rear of the pupils, even though the pupils them- 
selves may not be injured by such an arrangement, the teachers 
are compelled to face the light almost continually, thus entailing 
risk of serious injury to their eyes. Further, when light comes 
from more than one direction into a school room the conflicting 
lights are almost certain to cause shiny places to appear on the 
blackboards, and the corners of the room between the walls con- 
taining windows are too dark for use as blackboard spaces. 
Rooms lighted from one side only have a constant light on all 
portions of the walls, no shiny spots on blackboards and no dark 
corners. Thus it will be seen that there are some objections to 

27 








•Detail • of^ead- 



m 



•DETAI L-OF •^/\bM-bAR 



•DtTAI U- 


OF•^\E>^D • 




•m? 








* DtTAif orO^ t>/-\-E»\a 




Detail-ofOilL' 



FIG. 2. WINDOW DETAILS 
28 



all lighting schemes except the one in which the light is brought 
from the left of the pupils, to which no reasonable objections can 
be stated. 

THE DESIGN OF WINDOWS 

Windows in school rooms should always extend as near 
the ceiling as possible. It is said that actual tests show that the 
upper one- fourth of windows furnish one-third of the effective 
light coming through the entire window. It is therefore obvious 
that windows with transoms at the top, and windows having 
arches and fancy tops seriously decrease the amount of light 
which is admitted to school rooms and should never be used in 
school buildings. The windows in school rooms should also be 
set with the least possible space between them, large mullions 
being carefully avoided, as these cause deep shadows producing 
alternate zones of light and shadow, which are annoying and in- 
jurious to the eyes. Window sills in school rooms are usually 
set at least three feet up from the floor. 

FINISH OF WALLS 

The walls of school rooms should be finished smooth but 
without high gloss, and painted so that they may be washed down 
and thoroughly cleaned as often as desired. There is general 
unanimity of preference for greenish tints in the decoration of 
school rooms, although other warm tints are used, particularly 
in rooms having sunless or cold exposures. Reds, yellows, blues 
and grays, — except grays of an olive tint, — should be avoided. 
The paint used should have no gloss but should dry flat. The 
ceilings may be made white or of a lighter tint than is used for 
the side walls. 

WINDOW SHADES 

Window shades in school rooms should be opaque. In case 
it is necessary to have the color of the shade exposed to the out- 
side some particular tint to match the color of the building, 

29 



duplex shades should be used so that the inside surface may be 
of somewhat the same tint as that used on the walls or a trifle 
darker. Window shades should be hung oni adjustable rollers 
so that the entire shade, roller included, may be removed to 
any part of the window desired. Venetian blinds should never 
be used in the school room, if for no other reason than because 
they are unsanitary. 

BLACKBOARDS 

Slate blackboards are much to be preferred over any other 
sort, but several brands of artificial blackboard can be obtained 
which are practically satisfactory and produce excellent results. 
In elementary school buildings as much blackboard as possible 
should be provided in every room. The height of blackboards 
from the floors should be as follows: Primary grades, 20 
inches; intermediate grades, 22 inches; grammer grades, 26 
inches and none over 30 inches. Backboards should be at least 
3 feet 6 inches high, and 4 feet is better. All blackboards 
should have a chalk trough at the bottom at least 3 inches wide 
containing a woven wire cover Y<\ inch mesh, easily removable. 
The trough may also well be furnished with cleanout holes in 
which the chalk dust may be brushed and removed by proper 
receptacles. In many of the better class of buildings mechanical 
means are provided for removing this refuse. Hooks should 
also be provided on the under side of chalk troughs to receive 
rulers or yard sticks, and in primary and intermediate grades a 
shelf may be provided over blackboards to receive pictures, 
drawings and art objects, although this shelf is a dust catcher 
and other provisions for pictures, etc., is preferred. 

DOORS 

Each school room should be provided with at least one 
door 40 inches to 44 inches wide near the teacher's end of the 
room, and where finances will admit, the door should be glazed 
with plate glass, the lower half of which is chipped. Transoms 
may be used with the doors if desired, although in all buildings 

30 



in which mechanical ventilating apparatus is installed the tran- 
soms should be made stationary and serve only for an architec- 
tural effect or for increased light in corridors, etc. 

OTHER CONVENIENCES OF THE SCHOOL ROOM 

Every school room should contain a small closet for the 
personal use of the teacher, having sufficient space for the 
storage of her wraps and personal effects. It should be made 
large enough to contain a limited number of books such as may 
be kept at the school room for reading to pupils, etc. Platforms 
for teachers' desks are but little used and are only provided upon 
special request to meet specific conditions. 

PICTURE MOLDING 

Every school room should be provided with picture molding, 
as well as the principal corridors. The best picture mold for the 
rooms is the "Outersite" mold manufactured by the Union Metal 
Corner Co., Boston, Mass. This molding consists of galvanized 
iron to be attached to the walls before any plastering is done. 
When the plastering is put on the walls, nothing is seen of the 
mold except an opening about J/8 inch wide in which the picture 



FINISHED 

Plaster 




Or. 
vStud 
Walls 



Picture Mold 



FIG. 3. 

View of Outersite Galvanized Iron Picture Molding 

31 



hangers may be inserted. This molding is not only strong, cheap 
and easily put up, but has the ideal advantage of being dust 
proof. 

DECORATION OF SCHOOL ROOMS 

The decoration of school rooms with pictures is every year 
regarded with more favor. While there is no doubt that many 
school walls contain pictures of satisfactory quality, it is prob- 
ably true that in many instances such decoration of rooms is 
subject to just criticism. 

Perhaps the pictures are too small for the space, or in- 
adequate in carrying power on account of having much fine detail 
which cannot be seen at a distance; or pictures that hang in 
balancing spaces are of widely different sizes, giving an un- 
balanced look to the decoration. Such errors, and many others 



3 4- 5 6 7 a 3 IG 11 IS 13 20 



lUBfflj. 






■ 









p- I b aw 






-^ — , — — 






■i h 






ia»* _;_e_ 







. Jjjvr &jb jaAAE_, 



.5' J^i'zfi? 'fefcW Tb* 



FIG. 4. SCHEME FOR SCHOOL ROOM DECORATION 

32 



have come about because no systematic plan for the decoration of 
the room has been made at the start and the work has been 
carried on in a haphazard way. 

There is no sound reason why plans for the decoration of 
a school room should not be devised in advance, — the spaces on 
walls considered, and the pictures selected with due attention to 
appropriateness to grade and studies taught in the room. 

To meet this necessity a simple method of making plans 
for systematic school room decoration has been devised by the 
Elson Art Publication Co., Inc., of Belmont, Mass. 

One such plan is shown in illustration on page 32. The 
scale sheets, with illustrations of pictures made to the same scale 
as the sheets, may be obtained from them. With this material, 
and the directions accompanying them, anyone can make the 
necessary plans with very little labor and without any expert 
knowledge of plan making. 



33 



THE SCHOOL BUILDING 

GENERAL CHARACTER 

A principle of architecture generally recognized is that a 
building should express by its general character the purpose for 
which it is erected, a principle very applicable to school build- 
ings because it is so easy to comply with this requirement. The 
school building should be simple, dignified and plain and should 
be built of the most enduring materials procurable; first, because 
this contributed -to its safety, permanence and endurance, and 
second, because the true character of the building will be best 
expressed through^ such materials. If at all possible, not only 
the exterior but the interior walls should be made of masonry 
construction. The building should be as near absolutely fire- 
proof as possible and in case it is more than one story in height, 
it will be found that the difference in percentage of cost between 
a combustible building and a fireproof building, at the present 
time, is very small indeed. There is practically no dissent at 
the present time from the view that in every school building the 
corridors, stairways, entrances, etc., must be absolutely fireproof 
and that emergency exits, also fireproof, must be provided. To 
insist upon less severe requirements means to endanger the lives 
of pupils for a very niggardly saving of expense which can be 
justified upon no grounds whatever. 

EDUCATIONAL PLAN 

The design of school buildings, particularly high schools, 
is of course dependent upon the educational policy employed in 
the city where the building is located. The educational methods 
in grade schools throughout the United States are practically 
uniform, but in high schools there are at least two well defined 
plans which differ from each other very widely. The first plan 
is to so arrange the building that all of the pupils are at all 

34 



times separated into classes and occupying class rooms. At the 
end of the recitation period, or study period, as the case may be, 
the pupils move from the class rooms in which they have been 
during the last period to the room which they are to occupy 
during the next period. 

In the second educational scheme, large study rooms are 
provided in which pupils who are not actually engaged in reci- 
tations are required to spend their time, and at the end of the 
various periods the pupils leave the study rooms to go to their 
various recitation rooms, and the pupils who have been in reci- 
tation return to the "study rooms. In some schools separate study 
rooms are required for each class, one for freshmen, one for 
sophomores, etc. In other buildings one study room is provided 
for freshmen and sophomores and a second room for juniors and 
seniors. The adherents of both of these general schemes are 
pronounced in favor of their own particular arrangement, and 
undoubtedly there are advantages on both sid^s. In general, 
however, it may be said that, particularly in states like Ohio, 
where the laws require 20 square feet of floor space for each 
high school pupil, the study rooms for Ohio high schools must 
be of relatively enormous size, and there is sure to be con- 
siderable waste space in the building because of the fact that it 
is almost impossible to estimate accurately the proper size of the 
study rooms. Owing to this fact, the common practice is to 
make study rooms larger than need be, resulting usually in a 
considerable amount of waste space. In the plan where the 
pupils are at all times kept in separate class rooms there need be 
no waste space at all, as the class rooms are provided sufficient 
in number and size to accommodate the entire enrollment of the 
school. 

On the other hand, the study room scheme has an economic 
advantage in one respect, — one teacher is able in the large room 
to supervise during the study period the maximum number of 
pupils. As this question is one of educational administration it 
is only necessary to be referred to here for its bearing on the 
architectural design of the building. No architect can intel- 

35 



ligently design a high school building until he is personally 
familiar with the educational methods to be employed in the 
building itself. 

THE BUILDING SITE 

There are but few cities in the United States in which it 
is not possible to obtain abundance of ground for school build- 
ings in any part of the city. In the cities referred to the con- 
ditions must, of course, be met as they exist and fortunately our 
largest cities are producing admirable results even under the con- 
ditions referred to. Everywhere else suitable grounds may be 
obtained for any building to be erected, and the latter should be 
set as far from streets and adjoining buildings as possible, thus 
ensuring (1) an abundance of free air to circulate all about 
it, (2) clear light so that every room in the building may be 
properly lighted, and (3) the absence of dust and noise. 
Various rules have been laid down for the proper distance to be 




One of the most magnificent school sites in the world. 
37 



left between a school building and any adjoining buildings, some 
maintaining that a line drawn from the foot of the wall of the 
school building to the top of the nearest structure should cover 
an angle not more than 30 degrees with the horizontal. The 
Ohio law allows 45 degrees. In any case it is absolutely es- 
sential that play grounds surrounding schools should be ample 
and well cared for. 

PLAY GROUNDS 

Many teachers connected with the play ground associa- 
tions of the large cities are emphatic in their statements that prop- 
erly conducted play grounds are powerful factors in the moral 
and mental development of school children. It is a common 
saying that Americans, as a people, take life too seriously, and 
the utmost care should be exercised to prevent this condition in 
school children by definite provisions for recreation, especially as 
the curriculum in our city schools is already exacting and be- 
coming more so. 

These Playground Associations are doing wonderful work 
in developing public sentiment in favor of systematic playground 
work and facilities; these playgrounds serving as social centers, 
open to those who need them, at all hours and the year around. 
School gardens, both for agriculture and horticulture are also 
features of many recent school plants. We are not here con- 
cerned with these features except in so far as they affect school 
buildings and equipment. 

ORIENTATION 

Owing to the fact that streets in many of our cities run 
North and South or East and West, it is usually necessary to 
set the buildings parallel with the streets, but this arrangement is 
not as good as that which admits of setting the school building 
at an angle with the North and South direction so that in all 
seasons of the year every room in the building will at some time 
during the day receive direct sunlight. Medical authorities agree 
that the spread of many forms of disease can be arrested by an 
abundance of sunlight. While trees beautify the surroundings 

38 



of the school building, care should be exercised not to have them 
close enough to the building to interfere with the perfect light- 
ing of every room. 

Where it is necessary to arrange school buildings parallel 
with North and South lines, it is wise, if possible, to have most 
of the windows on the East and West facades, thus avoiding a 
part of the heat and glare of direct Southern exposure. 

FOUNDATIONS AND BASEMENT 

The foundation of every school building should be abun- 
dantly waterproofed, an item in building construction which until 
recent years has not received very great attention, but which now 
is so thoroughly worked out that the basement may easily be 
made moisture proof at slight expense. In the smaller school 
buildings of the country, basement stories are usually made use 
of not only for heating equipment, but for play rooms, etc., and 
in such cases it is only necessary to provide that all such rooms 
shall be clean, well lighted and hygenic in character. But in 
the larger and better class of buildings, economic considerations 
and the desire to avoid going up in the air with several stories, 
often renders it advisable to make use of the basement for actual 
school purposes, in which case every rule which applies to the 
proper design of school rooms in any other story applies also 
to the basement. 

NUMBER OF STORIES 

There has been a remarkable change in public sentiment 
in recent years regarding the number of stories admissible in a 
properly designed school building, and it may safely be said that 
there is a strong sentiment against having more than two stories 
above the basement, except where necessity demands it. In 
many cases the basement story is made the same height as other 
stories, the basemen*!: floor being placed at the ground level or a 
very slight distance below it. In some of our largest cities where 
suitable sites cannot be procured, it becomes absolutely neces- 
sary to erect buildings three and even more stories in height, but 

40 



such design is inexcusable under other conditions, and indeed 
some of the buildings referred to contain elevators for the use of 
pupils. There can be no debating the proposition that, on 
hygienic grounds, school buildings should not exceed two stories 
above basement unless elevators are provided for the use of at 
least female pupils. Serious troubles may be brought upon 
young growing girls by too frequent climbing of stairs and there 
is, of course, an added danger in case of fire or panic. 

ATTIC 

The attic of a school building should be floored with a 
tight floor, not only because of the convenience of access to all 
parts of the building, but also to prevent an undue radiation of 
heat from the school rooms in winter and the super-heating of 
school rooms in the upper story in warm weather. In any case 
the greatest care must be exercised in all parts of the attic to 
provide against fire and to give the attic space suitable ventila- 
tion. 

ROOFS 

It will hardly be denied that there is a substantial pref- 
erence in favor of flat roofs for school buildings. While it can 
not be denied that many beautiful effects are obtained by the 
use of pitched roofs — especially in cases where tile and other 
ornamental coverings are used, it must be granted that money so 
expended can often be used to better advantage elsewhere in the 
building. It is a well-known fact that flat roofs are wot only 
more economically constructed, but seldom cause terrible leakage 
or expense for repairs. In the larger cities they are also used as 
playgrounds. 

ENTRANCES AND EXITS 

No school building should be constructed having less than 
two large entrances and exits, and all entrances and exits should 
be fireproofed. It is perhaps safe to say that no school build- 
ing can have too liberal provision of entrances and exits. No 
set rule can be laid down for the dimensions for such portions of 

41 




Example of fireproof "smoke partitions," between stairways and cor- 
ridors, required by the Ohio Code. 

the building without knowing the magnitude and capacity of the 
building in which they occur, but if builders are liberal to the 
point of extravagance in this regard it must be remembered that 
they are thereby only adding to the safety of the building. 
Steps entering school buildings should always be placed on the 
inside of the building. All vestibules should be large and 
roomy to provide shelter for the children and to prevent the 
interior corridors from direct contact with the outside weather. 
Every entrance should have a suitable lobby with inner and 
outer doors to protect the interior of the building from draughts 
and storm. All vestibule corridors and stairways in every school 
building should be carefully and abundantly lighted by direct 
light from outdoors, and long narrow corridors in every case 
should be avoided. In many of the states, laws now require that 
all doors throughout public buildings shall open outward, and in 
any case this rule should be adhered to in school buildings. 

42 



CORRIDORS 

Main corridors should be at least 8 feet wide and in build- 
ings of eight rooms or larger, 10 feet should be the minimum 
width. Secondary corridors may be eight feet or wider, and all 
corridors should be "as straight and as perfectly lighted as pos- 
sible. See the Boston requirements, and the Ohio Code. 

STAIRWAYS 

The simplest standards of common sense dictate that every 
school building should contain at least two stairways, and there 
is a growing demand that all stairways must be fireproof, but 
it is not enough simply to require that there be two stairways. 
It must also be required that they be so placed in the building 
that in case one becomes stopped up, because of fire or panic, 
the other stairway will not be affected thereby. It is the height 
of bad design to have the two stairways terminate in one hall in 
the center of the building. In case the building is more than 
two stories high both stairways should be carried from the bot- 
tom of the building to the top. Whether the stairways are fire- 
proof or not, they should be enclosed in absolutely fireproof 
masonry walls from top to bottom, and in non-fireproof build- 
ings there should be direct access from the stairway enclosure to 
the ground, regardless of the connections between the stairways 
and the interior portions of the building. Large windows should 
also be provided on the stair landings, being accessible from the 
landings themselves, thus reducing the risk of panic, and crowding 
in the stairways, not only by providing an abundance of light but 
a means of egress from the building in case of emergency. Cir- 
cular or angle steps should never be permitted in a school build- 
ing under any circumstances. 

In case stairways are built fireproof, they should be con- 
structed of iron or steel, with treads of slate, marble or cement, 
or treads of cast iron, containing an inserted tread of lead 
similar to the Mason Safety tread. A simple form of iron or 
steel stairway can be constructed at a very slight increase in 
cost over the ordinary type of stairway, all items considered. 

43 





Ideal Staikway 

DouBUE V/lDTH 



Ideau Stairway 
5ingi_e Width 



Details of Stairways 



FIG. 5- 



There is considerable difference of opinion regarding the cor- 
rect width for stairways, but there is comparative agreement that 
the maximum width of steps between railings should not exceed 
five feet. In other words, if a flight of stairs must be 8 or 10 
feet in width, it should be separated in the middle by a balustrade 
consisting of an iron railing and screen between the railings and 
steps, thus making an equivalent of two stairways in one. In 
case this arrangement is followed an iron rail should continue 
around the platform as shown in figure (5). It is well to avoid 
more than two runs of steps between one floor and the next, and 
never to permit a single stair run without a landing. In the best 
design the two runs should be in reverse directions, and so 
designed that there is no opening or well left between the runs. 
The landings of stairways and the spaces at bottom and top of 
same should always be liberal, and many authorities recommend 
the filling out of square corners as shown in figure (5). The 
height of risers in school stairways should never exceed 7 inches, 
and from 6 inches to 6 J/2 inches is much better practice. See 
the Boston and Ohio Codes. 

FLOORS 

It is almost generally conceded that for finishing floors of 
school rooms maple is preferable to all other woods because of 
its toughness and the closeness of its grain. While it is not as 
hard as oak, yet the latter is much more objectionable because 



44 




FIG. 6. 

of its open grain. Rift sawed Georgia pine has also been used 
extensively for school room floors, but, in case the maple cannot 
be procured to advantage, the writer prefers to finish school room 
floors with plastic cement of which there are several first class 
brands on the market. These are especially fine for corridors 
and toilet rooms where money is not available for tile or marble. 
These cements are fireproof and do not produce any dust from 
the friction of human feet, such as is the case with ordinary 
cement floors. Further, seats or furniture may be fastened to 
the floor in same manner as on wood flooring and all cracks 
and unhygienic features are absolutely removed. But best of all, 
by the use of such materials for flooring, it is possible to make a 
cove and base continuous with the floor, as shown in figure (6), 
thus rendering the floor one of the sanitary features of the school 
cove and base continuous with the floor, as shown in figure (6), 
For soundproofing of floors in non-fireproof buildings the writer 
usually follows the plan indicated in figure (6), from which it 
will be seen that an air space is provided between the sub-floor 
and finishing floor, which with an abundance of deadening felt 
should be almost impervious to the passage of ordinary school 
room sounds. 



PLASTERING 



The plastering used in school buildings should be what is 
known as hard or cement plaster finished with smooth white coat 



45 




Scheme No 



Examples of Moi e.rM 
Covr P.oom Arrangements 



FIG. 7. 



Figure 7 illustrates four coat room schemes all in common use. Ad- 
vantages are claimed for each one. In fireproof buildings perhaps scheme 
No. 3 is most used because of economy. Of the others, the author prefers 
scheme No. 2. 

to be decorated with paint. Corners of walls and ceilings should 

be concave and all fancy cornices, moldings, etc., should be 

avoided. No school surfaces should be covered with wall paper 

or finished with a rough surface which would prevent washing or 

wiping down the walls at frequent periods during the school 

year, if advisable. 

WAINSCOTING 

Wainscoting should never be used in a school building 

unless money enough is available to render it possible to use 

glazed brick or tile. Wainscoting of wood is unsanitary, soon 

becomes unsightly and also increases fire risk. 

COAT ROOMS 
There is perhaps no feature of school design upon which 
there is, at the present day, a greater divergence of opinion than 
the question of coat rooms. It is generally conceded that in 

46 










fehf 


c | 








jB-5 


B 


M 


Ml 

1=1 a 








>=> 1 

■CD ■ 









Elevation 
Looking Toward Coat Rack 

Key 

B= Blackboard 
E>-5' Book Shelves 
C - Teachers Closet 
HT= Heat Inlet 

FIG. 8. 

Figure 8 illustrates a type of coat closet, which is hardly a coat room, 
but is more like a coat rack or wardrobe. It consists of a rack or frame- 
work about eight feet high, erected about five feet away from the wall con- 
taining heat and vent registers. 

The back or wall side of this rack contains hooks for clothing, but no 
doors or covering for same. The front or room side of the rack may be 
covered with blackboard, may contain shelves for books, or both blackboard 
and shelves as shown. 

Admirers of this scheme claim many advantages for it, but chiefly that 
it enables teachers to have surveillance of the coat room space without leav- 
ing the school room. To offset this and other advantages claimed, however, 
it must be granted that the scheme is unsightly, unsanitary, wasteful of space 
and more expensive than any other coat hanging scheme above described. 

primary and grammar school buildings the coat room should be 
connected with the school room ; but some authorities hold that 
there should be tight doors between coat rooms and school rooms, 
while other authorities contend that there should be only open- 
ings between the two. These people hold that the foul air, in 
finding its way to the vent stacks, should proceed from the 
school room into the coat room and thence out through the vents 
to the roof. Under this plan there is no access direct from the 
coat room to the corridor. Other authorities prefer connection 
between the coat room and corridor, and a separate ventilating 
system for the coat rooms from that which serves the school 
rooms. Still other authorities recommend a system of large 
closets in connection with the school rooms themselves, as shown 
in scheme (3), the door of the coat closet consisting of a roll- 
ing or sliding partition which is lowered to the floor after the 
wraps are in place, this partition containing vent registers at the, 



47 



bottom. In any case it may be said that the minimum size for 
a coat room adjoining a standard class room should be 125 
square feet floor space and that coat room must, if possible, be 
well lighted and in every case thoroughly ventilated. In build- 
ings above the grammer grades the almost universal practice, at 
the present day, is to provide separate coat rooms not located in 
connection with the school rooms which they serve, and in the 
better buildings lockers are provided for the use of each pupil, the 
entire system of coat rooms being included in the system of forced 
ventilation in the building. 

TYPES OF SCHOOL BUILDINGS 

In villages and in many cities below the first class, all the 
grades including high school have been provided for in one build- 
ing. Just now however, there is a strong movement toward hous- 
ing schools in buildings designed and equipped for the specialized 
work of each school. Even towns and villages are now erecting 
primary, intermediate, technical and high schools of admirable 
types and complete equipment. Examples of all these types are 
found in the illustrated section of this work. 

The growth of manual training schools is now phenomenal. 
It is only about thirty-five years since the first such school was 
established by the city of St. Louis, and that in connection with 
Washington University. The McKinley High School, St. 
Louis, erected in 1902, is probably the earliest type of our 
present day technical high schools. Today magnificent institu- 
tions of this type are found in all sections of the country, some 
of the best of which are illustrated in the following pages. 

Methods of instruction in all secondary schools have been 
profoundly influenced, of late years, toward the natural sciences, 
and college entrance requirements have been extended to include 
laboratory work in these sciences. No longer is education wholly 
a text book affair. Now the student is put in touch with first- 
hand materials of knowledge, and guided and stimulated to make 
over these crude facts into real practical demonstrated knowledge 
for himself. 

48 



Following out this tendency, there is a very new movement 
— probably the most recent and striking in the public educational 
world — for the establishment of Junior high schools, at first at- 
tempted merely to relieve congestion in high schools and eighth 
grades, but finding almost instant favor in many localities. 

The Junior high school is merely a school comprising the 
first year high school, or ninth grade, the eighth grade and some- 
times the seventh grade in a separate institution or classification; 
housed by itself, equipped like a high school, and the system of 
instruction modeled on high school lines. In many cities of the 
second class, having but one central high school, the Junior high 
school offers an admirable plan for extending the high school 
training over a much wider field without crowding in either 
branch of the work. 

Prof. Edward L. Thorndyke of Columbia University, is 
authority for the statement that out of 100 average pupils who 
enter public schools, 90 finish the fourth year, 81 the fifth year, 
68 the sixth year, 54 the seventh year, 40 the eighth year, 27 
the first year high school, 1 7 the second year, 1 2 the third year, 
and only 8 the fourth year of high school. These figures were 
based on official data in New England cities of 25,000 or ro<5rr 
inhabitants. Only 40 per cent finished the eighth grade, and only 
eight per cent finished the high school. Assuming these figures 
reasonably correct with reference to the whole country, it is 
evident that the Junior high school will bring high school 
facilities and training to a largely increased percentage of pupils, 
and undoubtedly also serve to attract many more to continue 
through the senior high school to completition. All things con- 
sidered it would seem that the Junior high school is here to stay. 

All of the movements above briefly described, give rise to 
the insistent demand for school buildings of highly specialized 
types, designed and equipped with all the intelligence and care of 
a watch factory or a great railway terminal. Many of the best 
of such buildings re illustrated in the following pages, but a 
separate and much more detailed work would be needed to 
handle this one subject adequately. 

49 



SPECIAL ROOMS 

APPARATUS ROOMS 

In every school building to contain any considerable 
quantity of apparatus such as high school buildings, suitable 
rooms should be provided for the storage and care of such ap- 
paratus, and in proportion to the value of the apparatus is it im- 
portant that such rooms should be fire-proof and fool-proof. 
They should be provided with suitable cases in which the ap- 
paratus may be protected from dust and interference, the cases 
being furnished with lock and key so as to be kept under the 
control of the head of the department at all times. It is always 
desirable to have apparatus rooms connected with physical and 
chemical laboratories, and the floor area of same should equal 
about one- fourth to one-third that of the laboratory. 

ASTRONOMY ROOM 

High schools which are equipped with observatories should 
have a small room adjacent to the observatory which may be 
heated in cold weather, as the observatory itself is always cold. 
This room may also contain cases for small instruments. 

ASSEMBLY ROOMS OR AUDITORIUMS 
Two different systems are used in the designing of Ameri- 
can high school buildings with regard to Assembly Halls. In 
some, especially those located in small cities and towns, the As- 
sembly Hall is intended for use only as a public Auditorium, in 
which ample stage facilities are necessary together with pro- 
vision for stereopticon entertainments, and in which audiences of 
from 800 to 1 500 persons may be seated. In other buildings 
the Assembly Hall partakes more of the nature of a study room, 
being seated with desks and intended for the use of pupils only. 
In still other buildings the stage equipment is provided even 

51 



though the room be seated with desks for study purposes, and in 
such schools the Assembly Hall is used not only for a study 
room but also for such literary and chapel exercises as are con- 
ducted for or by the pupils. In either of the latter schemes the 
hall must be large enough to accommodate all pupils of that build- 
ing at one sitting, this end being accomplished by different means 
in different buildings. 

Under the present heading, reference is had only to the 
room intended as an auditorium in which no desks are provided 
and the following are the important items regarding same. Such 
rooms should never be placed higher than the second floor of a 
building and never lower than the first floor, provided the base- 
ment floor is below the ground, a "ground floor" Assembly Hall 
being favored by all authorities and required by law in some 
states. If galleries are used, entrance to the same may be had 
from the second floor. Auditoriums in school buildings should 
be provided with a stage as high as possible and at least 1 5 feet 
in depth behind the curtain and should be equipped with a rig- 
ging loft, dressing rooms and a small amount of drop scenery and 
curtains, much the same as may be found in theaters. The 
larger and more elaborate the Auditorium, the more liberal and 
better equipped should be the stage. The floors of school 
Auditoriums are almost invariably made level, or at least with 
very slight incline, no attempt being made to copy theaters in 
this regard. 

Direct current outlet contained in an iron box should be 
located in gallery to supply light for lanterns, and a white curtain 
may well be included in the equipment of the stage for the same 
purpose. An ample switchboard should be provided on the 
stage by which every light in the Auditorium may be controlled 
at will, both separately and as a whole, and the stage should be 
lighted with foot lights, borders, etc., in much the same manner 
as the stage of a small theatre, all being controlled from the 
switchboard. 

Means of exit must be provided directly from the Audi- 
torium to the ground outside regardless of exits provided inside 

54 



of the building, and no Auditorium should be placed high 
enough above ground to render this impossible. 

BALANCE ROOM 

In the larger and more complete high schools a small room 
is provided in connection with physical laboratory in which 
delicate balances are kept in cases for experimental purposes. 
These rooms need not be larger than 50 square feet area. 

BATH ROOMS 

Every school building containing a gymnasium should have 
shower baths, arranged in separate groups for the exclusive use of 
each sex. Probably the best type bath stall is the double stall 
arrangement illustrated in chapter on Sanitation, consisting of an 
outer stall with corner seat to serve as dressing room, and an 
inner stall containing the shower. A curtain at the outside door 
renders both stalls private, so the bather is protected until rubbed 
down and robed. The number of bath rooms depends of course 
on the size of the school enrollment, and the space available. 
One bath for each fifty pupils is a fair equipment. 

Bath rooms should be in immediate communication with 
the gymnasium, locker rooms and toilet rooms. 

BIOLOGICAL ROOMS 
In the better high schools biological rooms consist of a 
pupil's laboratory, a private laboratory for the instructor, a dark 
room and apparatus room all of which are described under their 
several headings below. The biological laboratory should be 
abundantly lighted and equipped with cabinet desks containing 
a drawer for each pupil having the use of such desk, also glass 
cases for specimens, and also containing suitable demonstration 
table, preferably with slate top, and instructor's desk. Equip- 
ment of private laboratory and apparatus room may be made 
as simple or elaborate as available finances will permit. The 
size of biological or other laboratories is dependent upon the 
number of pupils required to use them. If the building con- 
tains a conservatory it should adjoin the biological laboratory. 

55 



BICYCLE ROOM 

In cities and towns where bicycles are used to any extent 
it is advantageous to have provision in school buildings for a 
bicycle room containing permanent bicycle racks, and a bicycle 
run from ground level down to the room. Such rooms should be 
provided with substantial locks. 

BOARD ROOM 

In many places it is necessary to provide rooms in the 
school building for the use of the Board of Education, the size 
of which should be proportioned to the number of members on 
the board. Such rooms should always be provided with private 
toilet rooms, and if possible a telephone closet and fireproof 
vault. If the Clerk of the Board is a permanent employe, who 
devotes his entire time to the work of the Board, an additional 
work room should be provided for his use having abundant light, 
access to the vault and toilets. 

BOILER ROOM 

The boiler room for school buildings should if possible al- 
ways be located outside of the main building. In case this is 
impossible the floor above boiler room should be made both fire- 
proof and heat-proof regardless of the construction of the balance 
of the building. Boiler rooms must always be at least twice 
ihe length of the boilers themselves to provide for cleaning flues, 
and in case fuel is also contained in the same room abundant 
provision must be made for storing same. No boiler room should 
be less than 1 2 ft. clear height and considerably more height 
is advisable. 

BOTANICAL ROOMS 

The botanical rooms may be practically the same as the 
biological rooms. In many high schools the same group of rooms 
are used for both subjects. It is very desirable to have a con- 
servatory in connection with the botanical rooms. 

56 



BUSINESS DEPARTMENT 

The Business Department in high schools should contain at 
least three rooms, one each for bookkeeping, shorthand and type- 
writing. Ordinarily the room for bookkeeping is made the size 
of an ordinary school room and the other two rooms about one- 
half this size. The rooms for shorthand and typewriting may be 
separated simply by a glass partition, and be so located that one 
instructor may oversee both rooms. The three rooms of this de- 
partment should be well lighted, located en suite, and irs the more 
elaborate buildings may also be supplied with an additional 
small room for the instructor's private use. 

CHEMISTRY ROOMS 
Rooms for the study of chemistry in high schools include 
lecture room, laboratory, apparatus room, balance room and 
dark room. The size of the lecture room and class-room is de- 
pendent on the number of students required to use them, and the 
other rooms proportioned thereto. The equipment of the labo- 
ratory may be as elaborate and complete as finances will admit, 
but in any case it is advisable to use work tables having closed 




Chemical Laboratory, Emerson School, Gary, Ind. 
Crose Photo Co. 

57 



Copyright 191 



hoods which are connected with suction pipes under the floor 
and these, in turn, with vent risers in the walls leading to an 
exhaust fan by means of which all air in the laboratory may be 
drawn through the work tables and forced out doors; this method 
of ventilation preventing the escape of foul odors into the build- 
ing. The chemical laboratory should also be provided with a 
floor drain readily accessible at all times. 

clerk's office 

The data for a clerk's office may be found under the head 
of Board Rooms. 

COAL ROOM 

Coal rooms should be located outside of building if possi- 
ble but always in conjunction with boiler or furnace room. They 
should be large enough to contain not less than a half season's 
supply of coal, and if possible a supply for the full season. 

COAT ROOMS 

This topic is treated in conjunction with school rooms but 
as here employed refers to those rooms, in the larger high school 
buildings, which are centrally located and intended to contain 
the wraps for an entire floor or any other large number of pupils. 
Two systems prevail in this regard, one being the use of steel 
or other closed lockers, each pupil being provided with his own 
locker and the key thereto; and the other system consisting of 
open racks in which the wraps are allowed to hang on individual 
hooks and are kept under the espionage only of the janitor. The 
users of both systems seem to be satisfied, so that it is largely a 
matter of individual choice. 

COMMERCIAL ROOMS 
See paragraph on Business Rooms. 

CONSERVATORY 

In large and elaborate high schools a conservatory is pro- 
vided in connection with the biological or botanical laboratory. 

58 



This is a room constructed all of glass, located on a sunny side 
of the building and so arranged with piping that it may be kept 
at any desired degree of temperature uniformly. It usually con- 
tains an aquarium and a counter-table under the windows con- 
structed of slate and supported on brass pipe. It should be 
separated from the laboratory by a partition all of glass, and 
the frame work of the outside should be constructed in the same 
manner as the highest grade hot-houses, preferably of metal 
frame with glass filling. 

director's room 

In connection with large and complete gymnasiums, at least 
one and preferably two rooms should be provided for the per- 
sonal use of the director, this room being connected with the 
gymnasium itself by a glass door or partition and being well 
lighted, although skylight will answer for this purpose. 

DINING ROOM 

In buildings containing departments of domestic science a 
small dining room is desirable in connection with the room in 
which cooking experiments are conducted. This room need not 
be large, say 1 80 square feet. It should have a dish cupboard. 




■mm 



W^mk, vju* 






Dining Room, Emerson School, Gary, Indiana. 
59 



DARK ROOMS 

Dark rooms are considered one of the essentials of modern 
high school buildings to provide for photographic work. They 
may be very small — not over fifty square feet area — and should 
be provided with a sink, running water and two or three con- 
venient shelves. The chief essential of these rooms is that they 
must be absolutely dark, be painted on the inside with dull black 
paint and be separated from any outside room by two doors or 
some other device which will render it impossible by accident, 
or otherwise, for any daylight to be admitted into the room 
while experiments are going on. 

DOMESTIC SCIENCE 

The department of domestic science in present day schools 
as a rule comprises two departments called by some domestic 
economy and domestic art, the former consisting of a depart- 
ment for the study of cooking and the latter for the study of 
sewing, etc. The room for domestic economy is much like a 
laboratory, and its size will be dependent upon the number of 




Domestic Science Laboratory, Emerson School, Gary, Ind. 
60 



pupils to be accommodated, the work being done at specially 
designed tables which must be so disposed as to leave abund- 
ance of working room all around them. Provision must be made 
for carrying gas supplies to each table and plumbing supplies 
to each sink, and in addition, a general sink of liberal dimen- 
sions and preferably of slate or soapstone should also be pro- 
vided. Ample provision must be made for cupboards for the 
storage of utensils, dishes, etc., and it is advisable if possible to 
provide for a small ice-box for the preservation of food supplies. 
The room for domestic art or sewing seldom needs to be 
larger than the ordinary school room unit and in many buildings 
only half this area is ample. The chief requirement for this 
room is an abundance of light and ventilation. 

DRAWING ROOMS 

Every modern high school must make provision for both 
free-hand and mechanical drawing, and while not necessary, it 
is usually advisable that the rooms for these two departments 
shall be close together and communicating. A first requisite 
for drawing rooms in an abundance of light, preferably north 
light, but skylight is also acceptable, especially for free-hand 
drawing. Drawing rooms should contain cases for books, studies 
and models, a teacher's desk and abundant provision for drawing 
tables, easels and chairs or stools. The room for free-hand 
drawing should contain a shelf not less than 1 8 inches wide and 
about 2 feet 6 inches above the floor, and also a second shelf 
about 12 inches wide located 7 feet or 8 feet above the floor, 
both shelves extending clear around the room except where win- 
dows and doors are located. The wall space between these 
two shelves should be covered with Compo board or other soft 
material which will readily take thumb tacks, and the outside 
surface of same should then be covered with burlap of a neutral 
tint. 

DRESSING ROOMS 

Two, and preferably four small dressing rooms should be 
provided in connection with the stage of auditoriums or assem- 

61 




bly halls, and, while it is not necessary, it is nevertheless advisable 
that these rooms should have outside light and ventilation and 

63 



stationary lavatory in each room. Gas lights should also be 
provided as well as electric lights. See Bath Rooms. 

EMERGENCY ROOMS 

See Rest Rooms. 

ENGINE ROOM 

In every building containing machinery, such as engines, 
dynamos, etc., a separate room or rooms must be provided to 
contain the same so that this delicate machinery may not be con- 
taminated with the dust from boiler or coal rooms, and so that 
all machinery units may be kept within close compass, thus being 
more easily attended to by the engineer. The electric switch- 
board should always have connection by telephone or speaking 
tube with the office of the principal or superintendent of the 
building. The engine room should be lighted from Outdoors 
if possible, should be equipped with a clock containing the pro- 
gram or control and alarm bell, provided the same are used else- 
where in the building. The engine room should also contain 
a sink and water-closet for the engineer's use, either in the room 
itself or connected directly therewith. 

FAN ROOM 
Where blast fans are used for heating school rooms, ample 
provision must be made for them in the proper location. Most 
architects err in locating fan rooms by not providing for suffi- 
cient height or proper means of obtaining fresh outside air. It 
is always wise if possible to have fans located near the center 
of the building so that the work to be done will be symmetrically 
divided on both sides of the fan. 

FURNACE ROOM 

The general requirements of furnace rooms are similiar to 
those of boiler rooms except for the provision regarding cleaning 
of flues, but abundance of space should be left in front of fur- 
naces for firing space. The height of rooms to contain hot air 
furnaces need not be made as great as that for rooms to contain 
boilers. 

64 



GYMNASIUM 

Where gymnasiums are used in school buildings it is safe 
to figure on an area for the gymnasium itself of about 8 or 1 
square feet per pupil in the building, but every well equipped 
gymnasium should also have locker rooms, and rooms for shower 
baths and toilets for each sex in addition to the gymnasium itself. 
The height of a gymnasium should be not less than 20 feet and 
should be made 25 feet in the clear if possible. It is impossi- 
ble to lay down any definite rule for the equipment of gymna- 
siums, locker rooms, etc., because the requirements and supply 
of money are seldom the same in any two cases. Elsewhere in 
this book may be found the equipment schedule of the Boston 
public schools, which is a safe guide. 

It is generally considered best to locate gymnasiums in 
basement stories, as it is much easier to sound-proof the ceiling 
than it is to sound-proof floors, which would be necessary in 
case the gymnasium were located in the upper stories. Every 
gymnasium must be provided with the most liberal provision for 
ventilation and, if possible, also have outside light, although the 
latter is not an absolute essential. It is not necessary that gym- 
nasiums should be heated to a high degree, but provision should 
be made so that this matter may be within control. 

Wherever possible, running tracks are provided in gymna- 
siums, the chief requirement of which is that no radius of any 
turns in same should be less than 1 5 feet, and that the floor of 
running track should be slanted to allow for the inclination of 
the runners' bodies. It is well to cover the floor of running 
tracks with cork, and also to have the slant especially designed 
so that the curves will be exactly correct. It is also of vital im- 
portance to so design the supports of running tracks that it will 
be impossible for runners to collide with them in going around 
the track, no matter how close to the outside rail they may be 
running. 

The ideal floor for gymnasium is hard maple, cut opposite 
to the grain of the wood, although some authorities recommend 
hard asphalt and concrete covered with "battle ship" linoleum. 

65 



The use of pressed brick for inside walls of gymnasiums is 
preferable to any other wall covering, although hard plaster is 
used in some places. The circular iron stairway from the run- 
ning track to the floor of gymnasium, and also the brass sliding 
pole, are features which may well be included in the building 
equipment. 




66 



JANITORS ROOM 

Where the machinery is looked after by the janitor, the 
engine room will answer the double purpose and no extra janitor's 
room be required, but in buildings containing no engine room 
and in buildings in which separate engineers are provided, the 
janitor should be given a room for his own use, containing toilet 
facilities and space for storage. 

KINDERGARTEN 

Primary, and in some cases intermediate school buildings, 
should have two kindergarten rooms, separated by sliding or 
folding doors, these rooms so isolated that games and music will 
not disturb other classes. The floors and walls should be care- 
fully sound-proofed. These rooms should never be located 
above the first floor and should be provided with a separate 
toilet room, equipped with low fixtures of special pattern for 
the use of children. A circle should be painted on the floor and 
the walls of the room may well be finished in the manner de- 
scribed for drawing rooms, so as to provide for pictures, 
models, etc. 

KITCHEN 

In all school buildings where lunches are served to pupils, 
it is advisable to provide for a kitchen, the size and equipment 
of which will be dependent on the number of pupils daily to be 
taken care of. In any such room, however, ample smoke flues 
must be provided, a liberal sink equipped with hot and cold 
water, and such other equipment as the circumstances of the case 
demand. 

LIBRARY ROOM 

Most American cities of the present day have large libra- 
ries, so that it is rarely necessary to provide a library in school 
buildings larger than necessary to contain such works of reference 
as are especially required in the curriculum of the school. In 
every case, however, a library should be well lighted, conven- 
iently located, equipped with metallic book-cases and also with 

67 



good, comfortable chairs and tables. In some of the larger 
high schools libraries are made sufficiently large to accommodate 
an entire class at one time. In smaller buildings where no sepa- 
rate library is possible provision is usually made in the superin- 
tendent's or principal's office for sufficient book-cases to answer 
the purpose. 

LOCKER ROOMS 

In connection wtih the gymnasium in basement, locker rooms 
should be provided for each sex, which should be well ventilated 
but may be lighted either by skylight or artificial light if neces- 
sary. The lockers usually employed are of sheet steel construc- 
tion, and usually two tiers in height provided with a lock and 
key for the use of each pupil. Locker rooms usually also con- 
tain compartments about 4 feet square built of slate or marble 
partitions, and having either doors or curtains at the front, these 
compartments being used as dressing rooms for the purpose of 
classes doing gymnasium work. Locker rooms must always have 
immediate access to the gymnasium and also 10 the rooms con- 
taining shower baths and toilets. 

Locker rooms are also provided in the upper portions of 
some school buildings, as described under the heading of coat 
rooms. Wherever locker rooms are provided and steel lockers 
made use of, it is wise to insist upon patterns which are con- 
nected with the exhaust ventilating system, so that air may be 
sucked through the lockers, thence to the wall risers and thus 
out doors. 

LUNCH ROOMS 

In nearly all large cities, high school buildings must be pro- 
vided with lunch rooms for the convenience of pupils. In some 
buildings these rooms are not provided with conveniences for 
serving any sort of food, but are merely intended to provide a 
place in which pupils may eat lunches brought with them to 
school. This case is very simple, requiring simply a room of 
ample size and convenient location, equipped with broad-armed 
lunch chairs, such as are used in the various dairy lunches through- 

68 




Refectory, Scott High School, Toledo, Ohio. 

cut the country. In other places provision is made for serving 
warm food, and in such cases kitchens must be provided as 
above described and permanent lunch tables or counters at 
which the food may be served. It is impossible to give any 
general requirements, owing to the great difference in custom 
throughout the country in this regard, and differences in require- 
ments and size. 



MANUAL TRAINING DEPARTMENTS 

Manual training departments of the present day school 
buildings usually consist of rooms in which are taught the art 
of joinery, wood-turning, forging and metal working. This de- 

69 




Lathe Room, Emerson School, Gary, Ind. Copyrighted 1911, Crose 
Photo Company. 

partment should also always be provided with a liberal stock 
room for the storage of materials and tools. Manual training 
work is usually done in basement stories, and in portions of the 
building so located that the noise cannot easily interfere with the 
work in other portions of the building. Forges should, if possi- 
ble, be connected with down draft suction pipes leading to ex- 
haust fans, so that all smudge in these rooms may be forcibly 
drawn out and forced into the open air without contaminating 
the balance of the building. The equipment of each of the 
rooms or departments named depends entirely upon the scope of 
the work being undertaken, the number of pupils engaged in 
the work and the finances available for the building and equip- 
ment. 

MUSEUM 
Many school buildings contain museums, the chief require- 
ments of which are that they should be well lighted, should be 
fire-proof and equipped with the necessary cases of proper de- 
sign for displaying the exhibits belonging to the school. 

MUSIC ROOM 

As a general rule music is taught in separate classes, but 
many buildings also contain separate rooms for the teaching of 

70 



music. Such rooms need not be seated with desks but use may 
be made of the wide armed lecture chair ordinarily used in lecture 
rooms. Blackboard space must be provided and some musical 
instrument such as piano or organ. 

OBSERVATORY 

Where high schools are equipped with observatories it is 
essential that the walls supporting same must be solid masonary 
from the ground to the observatory floor, and it is also essential 
that the floor upon which the observers walk must not at any 
point be in contact with the floor which supports the instruments. 
The designing of observatories is an art in itself and the utmost 
care should be exercised in providing for one which will work 
satisfactorily. The majority of high school observatories in ex- 
istence at the present time are not satisfactory. 

PHYSICAL LABORATORY 

As stated with regard to other laboratories, the size and 
equipment of the physics laboratory is dependent upon the number 
of pupils, the size of the building and the financial assets in hand. 
In the larger buildings the physical laboratory is arranged en 
suite with a physics lecture room, apparatus room, balance room, 
dark room and also, where possible, a private laboratory and 
office for the instructor of the department. The chief require- 
ment of design in the physical laboratory is that none of the work 
tables should contain any metal whatever in their construction 
and that wherever it is necessary to use metal in any portion of 
the room, it should not be of iron or steel. The physical labo- 
ratory should be so arranged and designed that it will be as free 
from vibrations as possible, and most authorities prefer this de- 
partment to be located directly upon the ground in the basement 
story. 

PHYSIOLOGICAL ROOMS 

Equipment should be practically the same as the biological 
rooms. In many schools they are identical. A small museum, 
and a small operating room for demonstrations upon small ani- 

71 



mas are corwenient and useful, but not indispensable adjuncts to 
the suite. 

PLAY ROOMS 

In grade buildings throughout the country, play rooms 
should be provided but these are almost invariably located in the 
basement. They should be made as cheerful as possible, one 
being provided for each sex, and directly connected with toilet 
rooms. It is also advisable to have doors opening to the out- 
side from basement play rooms and that stone or cement stair- 
ways be provided to give access directly therefrom to the play- 
ground outside. A splendid finish for the interior walls of play 
rooms is pressed brick. 




Roof Play Ground, Washington Irving High School, New York. 

principal's OFFICE 

Every school building supervised by a principal should con- 
tain an office for the use of the principal, and in large and im- 
portant buildings both a public and private office and private 



72 



toilet room should be arranged for the use of the principal. In 
buildings where the board of education or its clerk do not have 
their offices, it is important that the principal should have a fire- 
proof vault connected with his office. 

RECITATION ROOM 

Rooms for recitation purposes only, as distinguished from 
class rooms, differ therefrom in the matter of size and in the 
method of seating. Ordinary school rooms usually have fixed 
and permanent desks. Recitation rooms are usually equipped 
with wide armed lecture room chairs. School rooms seldom 
provide for more or less than forty pupils, but class rooms are ar- 
ranged with provision for seating any number from twenty to one 
hundred. Such rooms seating more than forty pupils usually have 
the floors arranged in steps so that pupils in the rear seats may 
see over the heads of those in front. The rules for direction of 
lighting school rooms are not held to be as immutable, in the case 
of recitation rooms, as they are in ordinary school rooms. 

REST ROOMS 

Every school building should contain at least one emergency 
or rest room which may be used by pupils of either sex taken 
suddenly ill. These rooms should have a pleasant, sunny ex- 
posure, be well lighted and connected directly with a private 
toilet room. They should be equipped with a couch or daven- 
port, easy chair a table and reading matter, and should have a 
small cupboard containing medicine and other conveniences suit- 
able for rendering first aid to the injured or sick. 

SCIENCE LECTURE ROOM 

Every important high school building should be equipped 
with a large lecture room for the teaching of science, the floor 
being arranged in steps to provide for the seating of classes in 
chairs. The science lecture room should be provided with facili- 
ties for lantern exhibitions and should have a large and complete 
demonstration table with slate top on which scientific experiments 
of various sorts may be performed. The lighting in the room 

73 



should be so arranged as to be controlled by a switch, located on 
or near this demonstration table, and some provision should be 
made whereby the windows may be absolutely dark at the will 
of the instructor upon a moment's notice. 

SHOWER ROOMS 

In connection with gymnasiums, provision should be made 
for separate rooms for the use of each sex, equipped with shower 
baths. The type of baths to be used are fully described else- 
where. In, or adjacent to the shower room, should also be 
provided toilet rooms of ample capacity and correct design. Th; 
floor of shower rooms, locker rooms, toilet rooms, etc., should be 
of tile if possible, and certainly of waterproof material. 

SHOPS 

Rooms for the various mechanical trades of the manual 
training departments may well be located in one-story structures 
outside the main building, but in any case must be where their 
noise will not disturb school rooms. These rooms are usually 
unfinished, and have cement floors. Each room must be designed 
to suit the trade taught in it, and it is impractical to lay down any 
hard and fast rules as to size or equipment without knowing the 
work to be done, and the number to be taught. Abundance of 
light must always be provided. 

STAGE 

For description of stage requirements see Assembly Room, 
Dressing Room, etc. 

STUDY ROOMS 

In high school buildings where the plan of separating the 
classes into general study rooms is followed, these rooms are made 
of a size sufficient to seat one or more classes together at a time at 
desks, such as freshman-sophomore, junior-senior, etc. Where 
this plan is followed the general rules as to area per pupil, ven- 
tilation, lighting, etc., given in chapter on school rooms, should be 
followed. It is also important where the study room system is 

74 



used that ample locker or coat rooms be locaced in proximity 
thereto, for obvious reasons. 

superintendent's office 

The requirements for superintendent's rooms are identical 
with those given for principal's office. 

teachers' rooms 

Nowadays it is a poor school building which does not pro- 
vide a private room exclusively for the use of teachers. In every 
building containing such features for pupils, there should, as a 
matter of course, be rest rooms, lunch rooms and toilet rooms for 
teachers of each sex employed in the building. These may be 
adjacent to, but should always be private from the pupils' rooms. 
In case separate rest and lunch rooms cannot be arranged for 
teachers, a flue for a hot plate and vent should be provided. If 
possible — especially for women teachers, the toilet rooms should 
adjoin the rest rooms. Closets or lockers for wraps, a book case, 
and easy chairs are desirable features of teachers' rooms. 

TOILET ROOMS 

The equipment of toilet rooms is fully discussed under the 
head of sanitation, etc., and it will suffice to say here that sep- 
arate toilet rooms must be provided for each sex, and must be 
well lighted and ventilated. If possible, the ventilation must be 
performed by the suction of air through the fixtures, thence into 
the wall risers and out doors, this system being entirely separate 
from the general ventilating system of the building. Wherever 
possible, separate private toilet rooms should be arranged for the 
use of teachers of each sex, although these may be adjacent to 
the rooms used by pupils. 

VAULT 

Fire-proof vaults should be provided as stated in paragraph 
on principal's office and board room. 

ZOOLOGICAL ROOMS 

See Biological Rooms. 

76 



SANITATION 

No effort will be made in these pages to deal with the sub- 
ject of school hygiene which covers every aspect of school life 
likely to affect the health of children, such as periods of study, 
care of the eyes, discipline, medical inspection, etc. The purpose 
of the present work is to cover the essentials of correct school 
buildings without reference to administration. 

Heating and ventilation also properly come under the head 
of sanitation, as nothing is more important for correct sanitary 
conditions than pure air, but this subject will be treated in a sep- 
arate chapter. Sanitation as here considered will have reference 
only to those features of school buildings which conduce to health- 
fulness and comfort. 

WALLS 

In a previous chapter the recommendation has been offered 
that school walls should be finished smooth and decorated with 
paint, also that corners and mouldings should be finished round 
so as to admit of easy cleaning. The first step in the proper san- 
itation of the school building is to have it so designed as to be 
easily and perfectly cleaned. When these provisions have been 
made in the building itself, proper hygienic conditions of walls 
will be maintained if janitors are forced frequently and thor- 
oughly to brush or wash down the walls, and if provision is made 
for having them recoated with paint at reasonable intervals. 

In the designing of school rooms the use of wood frames 
around doors and windows should be reduced to a minimum, and 
the finish should be made as nearly like that which is used in hos- 
pitals as possible. It will be found that it is not necessary to 
use casings around windows and doors, as commonly done in 
dwelling houses, but that the jambs of doors and windows may 
be formed as shown in figure 2, page 28, thus eliminating all un- 
necessary woodwork, mouldings and other devices upon which 
dust is liable to gather and disease germs lodge. 

77 



SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 

Reference has already been made to the necessity of water- 
proofing basements of school buildings to render them dry. It is 
even more important that school buildings be so situated that the 
grounds surrounding them may be readily drained, and that all 
sewage resulting from the building itself may be quickly and 
surely disposed of. Nearly all American cities at the present 
time have effective sewer inspection, and definite codes governing 
the construction of sewers, so that elaborate detail on this sub- 
ject seems unnecessary. For cities in which no regulations exist 
it is very easy to obtain copies of codes from neighboring cities 
from which the standards of good work may be obtained. For 
buildings in country districts in which no sewage facilities are 
provided the service of sanitary engineers should be obtained to 
design sewage disposal plants to care for the sewage from the 
buildings. In every school building, the sewage and plumbing 
system should be made absolutely tight, rendering the escape of 
sewer gas in r Se building impossible. In buildings set with al- 
lowance for scant fall to the sewer, rendering the building liable 
to the danger of sewage backing up into the basement, proper 
valves or traps should be installed by means of which this may 
be rendered impossible. 

PLUMBING FIXTURES 
No part of the building so concerns its sanitary condition 
as the system of plumbing, and the plumbing fixtures which are 
installed therein. Probably no class of material entering into the 
construction of buildings has been brought to a higher standard 
in recent years than sanitary plumbing, and the best demonstra- 
tion of this statement is an inspection of school buildings erected 
fifteen or twenty years ago in comparison with those being 
erected at the present time. 

CLOSETS 
Probably the first step in the present development, was the 
abolition of the range and dry closet systems, and the develop- 
ment of individual water flushing closets of sanitary design. The 

78 



process of development has been a long one, and has probably 
not yet reached its utmost perfection, but several types of water 
closets have been developed which are highly satisfactory for 
school use. First among these may be mentioned the system of 
closets known as latrines because they are the least satisfactory of 
the types now in use. They are merely a modern development of 
the old style range closet, in which a number of bowls are ar- 
ranged consecutively and connected together in such a manner 
that the entire range may be flushed by the flow of water which 
is caused to pass through them at short intervals. They may also 
be provided with positive means of ventilation, but care should be 
exercised that the ventilation of closets has no connection what- 
ever, with the system of ventilation controlling school rooms. The 
merits claimed for latrines are that they are so simple in construc- 
tion that it is almot ismpossible for them to get out of order, and 
that the control of the flushing device rests entirely with the janitor 
who adjusts the apparatus as desired. Properly constructed 
latrines, connected with plumbing thoroughly well done, and so 
designed as to be flushed automatically and powerfully, are quite 
satisfactory and are being used in a large number of present day 
schools. 

However, another and better type of closet is being used 
extensively, consisting of a porcelain bowl of either wash down 
or siphon jet pattern, so designed that pressure on the seat of 
the fixture admits water to the tank placed on the wall in the rear 
of the closet. When the seat is released the water in the tank 
immediately rushes into the bowl thoroughly flushing and cleansing 
it and no more water is wasted than the operation requires. It is 
impossible to make use of the fixture without having it thoroughly 
flushed with water at each operation, and the mechanical part of 
the apparatus is so hidden and protected from view that it is prac- 
tically impossible for mischievous boys to cause any damage there- 
to. Various other forms of special closets for school buildings 
are on the market, but the one just described probably has more in 
its favor than any other type yet developed. One closet should 
be provided in each school building for every twenty-five boys and 

79 




for every fifteen girls. Near every closet or system of closets 

should be an ample number of lavatories supplied with soap and 

towels, not only to provide pupils the. 

4^|^^ opportunity of washing but to teach 

them the advisability of so doing. 

Every water closet should be sur- 
rounded with a partition, making a small 
compartment to ensure privacy, but many 
authorities contend that no doors should 
be provided at the front of such com- 
partments in elementary and intermediate 
buildings. These partitions should be of 
black slate, soap stone or marble, and 
should be set up from the floor 10 or 
1 2 inches and should 
be of such design that 
they may be frequently 
and easily cleaned. 
Water closets and 
closet systems should 
always be so arranged 
that they may be well 
lighted and easily 
cleaned. Wherever 
possible provision 
should be made for 
the positive ventilation 
of every fixture, but 
most certainly of every 
toilet room. The closet 
bowls should not ex- 
ceed 1 4 inches in 
height, in the lower 
grades. 

An excellent type of Water Closet which leaves no space under or be- 
hind the closet where dirt may collect, and renders cleaning very easy. 
Courtesy of James B. Clow & Sons, Chicago, 

80 





Plan of Water Closet Stalls 



Details of Ventilated 

WATER CL.05ET5; 5TALLS Primarv H,&h School. 

Utility Chamber Etc. ILlelvation of Stall Doors 



FIG. 9. 




PATENTED BY JAMES B. CLOW & SONS, CHICAGO. 
Good arrangement of Closets and Utility Chamber to Ventilate as 
described on pages 79-80. 

A utility space or working chamber should be provided behind 
the backs of closets wherever possible, wherein all tanks, flushing 
and plumbing pipes of every description may be concealed. A 
door must be provided for the admittance of inspection or repair 
men. In buildings having forced ventilation, these utility cham- 

82 




Standard design for Toilet Stall Partitions. 
Mott Iron Works. 



Courtesy of The J. L. 



bers serve well the purpose of vent chambers, through which the 
closet compartments may be ventilated. Individual compartments 
should be at least 3 feet 6 inches, front to back, when doors are 
used, and they should be 30 inches or more in width. The doors 
should open out. 

URINALS 

Next in importance to the closets comes the urinal fixtures. 
A urinal which is sanitary must be so designed that it will ( 1 ) 
thoroughly flush frequently, (2) maintain a body of flowing 
water to keep the surface of the urinal constantly flushed with- 
out waste, and (3) be effectively ventilated. In buildings where 

83 



• r \ 




u 



> 






the saving of expense is an important item the best type of urinal 
now in use consists of a large exposed surface of black slate about 
4 feet in height, the bottom of which is carried up from the floor 
about 4 inches and out from the wall about the same distance. 
The surface of the slate is kept constantly moist by a flow of 
water supplied from the top of the slab. Under the bottom of 



84 





Porcelain Urinals in batteries. Courtesy of The J. L. Mott Iron Works. 

85 



the slab is provided a porcelain or cement trough into which the 
water is received, and the space back of the urinal slab serves as 
a vent chamber through which the air is drawn and forced to the 
outside air. Such urinals are illustrated herewith. Recently a 
much superior but more expensive urinal has been perfected, con- 
sisting of solid white porcelain about 18 inches wide and 4 feet 
high shaped like half of a cylinder standing on its end. These 
urinals are all made in one piece having all exposed surfaces 
glazed, and adjacent parts being fitted into each other with per- 
fect cemented joints. The fixtures are built into the tile or ce- 
ment floor of the toilet room and there are absolutely no open 
joints or crevices into which foulness may gather and produce an- 
noying odors. Each urinal is provided with a flushing device 
which distributes water evenly over the concave surface of the 
urinal, the flushing being accomplished by an automatic tank 
which may be set to operate as often as desired. Each urinal is 
also supplied with a vent opening protected by a shield under the 
bottom of the urinal and thus perfect ventilation may be assured. 
One urinal should be allowed for every eighteen or twenty boys. 

LAVATORIES 

So many admirable patterns of lavoratories are on the mar- 
ket that it is hardly necessary to say much concerning them ex- 
cept that the matter of individual use should always be considered, 
and ample provision made whereby each pupil may have access 
to a separate lavatory when necessary. Many of the solid porce- 
lain and iron porcelain enameled lavatories are suitable for use in 
school buildings. Those types are to be preferred which do not 
have any direct connection with the walls, and every part where- 
of is readily accessible for cleaning. All lavatories should be 
provided with self-closing cocks of substantial and durable pat- 
tern, and should have some device for controlling the waste, other 
than the old fashioned chain and stopper. Each lavatory should 
be provided with liquid soap and a container from which same 
may easily be obtained. Wherever possible, hot water should 
be supplied to the lavatory as well as cold water. 

86 



iJHWfc; 



v-, 






# 




Standard School Lavatories. Courtesy of The J. L. Molt Iron Works. 

SINKS 

Sinks should be provided for the use of janitors, engineers, 
etc., which should be cast iron porcelain enameled, having roll 
rim backs in one piece with the sink. These sinks should always 
be supplied with both hot and cold water, where possible. In all 
cities where gas may be obtained, it is now possible to have an 
abundance of hot water, by means of instantaneous heaters, which 
are both effective and economical. 

SLOP SINKS 

On every floor, and in very large buildings in two or more 
places on each floor, there should be slop sinks, with hot and cold 
water if possible. These may be solid porcelain or of iron porce- 
lain enameled. They should have a back 1 2 inches above the 
rim of the sink, the sink and back being all in one piece. 

SHOWERS 

In buildings equipped with gymnasiums, or in which it is 
desirable to provide shower baths, they should be arranged in stalls 
consisting of a dressing compartment and a shower compartment 

87 




O 



cc 



00 JC 

.so 



separated by duck curtains. The shower stalls and dressing stalls 
may be constructed of either black slate, soap stone or marble 
as the available funds may justify; and the shower stall should 
be not less than 3 feet by 3 feet, inside measure, the dressing 
stalls not less than 3 feet by 2 feet 6 inches, inside measure, and 
all stalls at least 6 feet 6 inches high above the finished floor. If 
the funds will admit the shower stall should have a marble or por- 
celain counter-sunk floor slab with combination drain and trap in 
the center thereof. A curbing of the same material as the stall 



; 






... 




^2; 


^f 


— ® -— __ t* 


- ■ j| 


m I* 




Battery of four Drinking Foun- All Porcelain Drinking Foun- 
tains in Iron Porcelain Enameled tain. Courtesy of James B. Clow 
Basin. Courtesy of The J. L. & Sons. 
Mott Iron Works. 



partitions 6 inches high should be provided between the shower 
and dressing compartment to keep the water from splashing the 
floor of the dressing room. The dressing room should be pro- 
vided with a seat of the same materials as the walls thereof for 
use in dressing. 

Stall partitions should be set in the finished floor 1 inch. 
The wide variety of shower fittings manufactured is fully illus- 
trated in the catalogues of the various manufacturers from which 
selection may be made in accordance with the funds available. 
Essentials in every outfit are that the showers should be of plain 
type, with shower head having removable face by means of ball 
and socket joint so the angle may be changed at the will of the 
bather. The shower should be provided with non-scalding valve, 
and should come from the wall or ceiling instead of from the 
floor. In the better class of work temperature regulating 
chambers are always provided and if desirable needle baths, 
sprays, etc., may be added to the equipment. 

89 



DRINKING FOUNTAINS 
Another sanitary feature deemed necessary in every modern 
school building is the drinking fountain, the first and most im- 
portant requirement of which is that it must be of some type 
which does not permit of the use of the old-style germ laden cup. 
Owing to this requirement, leading manufacturers produce pedes- 
tal fountains with porcelain bowls and with some type of bubbling 
cup on top, by means of which a stream of running water, aris- 
ing therefrom, may be used for drinking without the necessity of 
any contact between the lips and the fixture. The better patterns 
of fountains are provided with self-closing faucets to avoid wast- 
ing water, and the fitting through which the water emerges is made 
of porcelain to prevent corrosion or discoloration which would 
result in case metal is used. 

LOCATION OF SANITARY CONVIENCES 
There is much discussion of the proper location of toilet 
rooms or sanitaries in school buildings. Some authorities assert 
that toilet rooms for children should never be placed in the base- 
ment and argue in favor of detached pavilions. Undoubtedly, it 
is best in the large and more expensive types of buildings to pro- 




FIG. 10. 

Figure 8 illustrates an ideal arrangement for toilet rooms for either sex, 
and shows the vent through which the foul air of the toilet room, after being 
drawn through the fixtures themselves is exhausted to the open air, outside the 
building. 

90 



vide ample toilet conveniences on each floor, located, wherever 
possible, in well ventilated wings or separate portions of the 
building, — ease of access and complete isolation being the two 
principal requirements regarding their location. In any case 
every school building should be provided with at least one toilet 
room on each floor for the use of teachers, and this may, without 
disadvantage, be arranged in connection with the toilet rooms for 
pupils. There can be no objection to the placing of toilet equip- 
ments in basements provided the basements are dry, well lighted, 
equipped with proper facilities for water supply and sewerage, 
and also provided there is a good positive system of ventilation 
of the compartments used for the toilet equipment. 

FLOORS 
The floors of toilet rooms must always be of non- absorbent 
materials. If constructed of cement the cement must be absolutely 
waterproof as elsewhere stated. Toilet room floors of unglazed 
or semi-glazed tiles, or of artificial plastic cement, make ideal 
materials for the purpose, especially because integral cove mould- 
ings of same may be used at the walls instead of base mouldings, 
thus rendering it possible to keep the rooms absolutely clean. 
Wherever the supply of funds will admit, toilet rooms should be 
wainscoted with glazed tile or marble. 

VACUUM CLEANING 
One of the sanitary devices which has now been brought to 
a high degree of excellence is a device whereby buildings may 
be cleaned by means of vacuum equipment. Many different 
systems of vacuum cleaners are on the market, some of which are 
absolutely dependable and the cost of installing such plants is not 
relatively very high, especially compared with the positive and 
excellent results obtained therefrom. By means of such devices 
not only floors but walls, ceilings and any other portions of rooms 
desired may be thoroughly cleaned. Estimates of the cost of 
installing such apparatus, full directions concerning their use, 
and the results to be secured from them are readily obtainable 
from any of the manufacturers of such apparatus. 

91 



FIREPROOF AND PANIC PROOF SCHOOL 
BUILDINGS 

Until very recent years the impression has prevailed that, 
owing to its excessive cost over ordinary construction, no method 
of fireproofing could be employed except in the largest and most 
expensive school buildings, because the voting public would con- 
sider such expenditure needless extravagance. This impression 
has been somewhat strengthened by the ever increasing cost of 
structural steel, and the difficulty of obtaining it without weeks 
or months of annoying delay, which also added to the expense 
and difficulty of fireproof construction. 

Recently these conditions have become decidedly modified 
owing to three potent influences: (1) one or two frightful school 
calamities have awakened the public conscience to the conviction 
that it is almost criminal parsimony, instead of wise economy, to 
spare the added expense supposed to be necessary to render 
school buildings fireproof and panic proof. (2) The alarming 
scarcity of lumber has not only greatly increased the cost of tim- 
ber for construction purposes, but the quality of timber now pro- 
curable in many parts of the country is so inferior, and of such 
short lengths, that various expedients of design have become neces- 
sary in order to render such timber usable at all. These ex- 
pedients have seriously added to the cost of non-fireproof con- 
struction until there is but a narrow, and ever narrowing, margin 
between the ordinary type and the fireproof type of buildings. 
When to this factor is added the cost of fire escapes and other 
such devices, required in many of the states by law, it is found 
that there is little difference between the ultimate cost of the 
non-fireproof building and that of the so-called fireproof structure. 
(3) Most potent of all, however, must be mentioned the almost 
marvelous growth of reinforced concrete construction, by the use 
of which, intelligently handled, school buildings may be made 

92 



fireproof at practically the same cost as the ordinary combustible 
type of building; provided the latter is sufficiently complete to 
comply with the ordinary safeguards for life and health which are 
now demanded by the laws in the most progressive states. In 
addition to the moderate cost of reinforced concrete work, its 
increasing popularity is doubtless due to the fact that the in- 
gredients entering into its construction may be found in almost 
every part of the country. Such steel as is necessary to reinforce 
the concrete may be made of the simplest patterns, everywhere 
procurable on short notice, and of such character that no steel 
company or corporation can easily work schemes for putting un- 
reasonable prices upon them. Generally speaking, therefore, no 
progressive board of education should be willing to consider any 
school building proposition which precludes the possibility of fire- 
proof construction. 

One has only to think, for an instance, of the innocent 
children who were roasted to death in the frightful holocaust at 
Collinwood, Ohio, irj 1907; of the homes thus darkened by the 
angel of death, and the desperate efforts of those in authority, in 
such cases, to find some excuse on which their blasted reputations 
can be hung, to become convinced that it is little short of criminal 
to participate in the erection of school buildings which are not 
practically fireproof and panicproof. 

DEFINITIONS 

The term fireproof, while well understood by competent 
architects, is still but a hazy term in the minds of many people. 
It is safe to say that there are few, if any, buildings which are 
absolutely fireproof, i. e., which could not be destroyed by any 
fire, however great, from without or within. But it is a safe 
statement that there are very many buildings in the country fire- 
proof in the sense that they could not be utterly destroyed by any 
fire which can ever assail them, and in which the salvage in case 
of fire would amount to 70 or 80 per cent. Practically all of 
these buildings are indestructible by fire from within themselves, 
and could only be seriously damaged by fires of indiscribable 

93 



fierceness attacking them from the outside. In Chicago, the term 
fireproof construction applies to all buildings in which the parts 
thereof carrying weights or resistance, including all exterior and 
interior walls and partitions, all stairways, elevator enclosures, 
etc., are made entirely of incombustible materials; and in which 
all metallic structural members are protected from fire by in- 
combustible materials. "The materials which shall be considered 
as fireproof covering or protection are, (1) burned brick, (2) 
burned wall tiles, (3) approved cement concrete, (4) burned 
terra cotta, and (5) approved cinder concrete." The defini- 
tion of fireproof construction in the New York building code is 
in effect similar to the Chicago code; but is more explicit, 
especially with reference to the construction of high buildings. 
From the foregoing definitions it will be readily seen that school 
buildings are easily made of fireproof construction, and without 
the excessive expense which is contingent upon the construction 
of high office buildings, etc. 

APPLICATION TO SCHOOL BUILDINGS 

All walls of a school building, except mere dividing par- 
titions, should be of solid brick masonry, particularly those walls 
which enclose or surround stairways. Dividing partitions, where 
necessary, may be constructed of hard burned terra cotta tile 
plastered with cement plaster. All floors should be constructed 
of either hollow terra cotta tile or entirely of reinforced concrete, 
preferably the latter. Stairways should be constructed of either 
iron or steel, or of reinforced concrete, and should be isolated in 
stairway halls and entirely surrounded with masonry or non- 
combustible materials. The stairway leading to basement should 
be kept strictly separate from stairways leading to upper portions 
of the building. Steep roofs, to be finished with tile or slate, 
should be constructed on steel trusses, the roof surface being 
formed of slabs of concrete or terra cotta tile and covered with 
ornamental tile or slate on the outside. Flat roofs may be of 
either tile or reinforced concrete and should be covered with as- 
bestos roofing, waterproof cement or waterproof tiles laid in 
cement. 

94 




a » t a. J 4 
m i m 1 1 i r 



FIG. 11. 



Stairway scheme. Construction entirely of steel and wire glass. Cour- 
tesy of The Mississippi Wire Glass Co. 

95 



_)S_rv.'HH£ A; V f_y 



^n 



(Jecfo/2 3- 3 srj/e 



fu.r t t i t 

FIG. 12. 

Elevation of Steel and Wire Glass Stairway. Courtesy of The 
Mississippi Wire Glass Co. 



96 




1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1- 

FIG. 13. 

Steel and Wire Glass Stairway. Courtesy of The Mississippi Wire Glass Co. 



97 




Photographic view of Steel and Wire Glass Stairway. Courtesy of The 
Mississippi Wire Glass Co. 



98 



Various preparations are on the market, of a fireproof ing 
nature, for finishing floors and this may be used in place of wood 
flooring; but buildings which are fireproofed as above outlined, 
may be considered well within every requirement of safety for 
school building purposes if the floors, doors and windows are 
made of wood. However, where sufficient funds are available, 
even the doors, windows and trimmings may be procured of non- 
combustible materials, if desired. 

PRECAUTIONARY AND EXTINGUISHING APPLIANCES 
Where school buildings are exposed to adjacent structures 
the utmost care should be observed in rendering the exposed 
portions of the school building absolutely fire resisting, with ref- 
erence to the outside danger; which may be done by means of 
metallic frames and sash in windows and the use of wire glass. 
In case of an exposure of unusual risk and danger, a sprinkler 
system could be installed on the outside of the building so ar- 
ranged as to provide a sheet of water pouring down over the 
building in case fire reaching a certain temperature should ever 
come against it. Sprinkler systems may also be installed in any 
portions of school buildings in which it is considered that an un- 
usual danger of fire may arise, such as laboratories, manual train- 
ing rooms, engine and boiler rooms; the above rooms containing 
combustible material. 

Every school building whether of fireproof or ordinary con- 
struction should be provided with stand pipes connected with 
the city water system, or in case this source of supply is of 
questionable value, with a pressure tank located in the attic and 
kept constantly supplied with a large volume of water under 
pressure. Outlets from the standpipes should be provided on 
each floor and supplied with a liberal quantity of non-rotting 
hose equipped with nozzles, ready for instant use. In addition, 
fire extinguishers should be supplied in all school buildings, par- 
ticularly in locations exposed to combustible materials as above 
named. The use of such devices are advisable even in buildings 
of fireproof construction, and their absence in combustible build- 
ings is absolutely inexcusable. 

99 



PANIC PROOFING 

It is a remarkable fact that even in buildings which are 
generally known as fireproof structures, it is still possible for 
accidents to occur which may give rise to frightful panics on the 
part of those occupying the buildings. This is, perhaps, especially 
noticeable in school buildings where little children are congregated 
in large numbers and easily frightened by any unusual noise, the 
smell of smoke, or an alarm of any sort indicating danger. The 
instinct for self-preservation often drives even adults to extremes 
which, after the passing of the excitement, seem to the actors 
themselves almost idiotic; but during the frenzy created by the 
alarm, reason is cast aside and the sedate human being actually 
becomes, for a time, an ungovernable maniac. For this reason 
much study should be devoted to the arrangement of school build- 
ings so that the occurance of panics will be rendered practically 
impossible. 

It is not necessary here to speak of the administrative duties 
of teachers in keeping pupils constantly drilled, in anticipation of 
fire or panic, regardless of the character of the building occupied 
by them. It is now universal practice, made necessary by law 
in many of the states, for teachers to require constant practice in 
this regard. Reference must be made however, to those features 
of arrangement and construction in the school building which, 
(1) render the creation of undue alarms practically impossible 
and (2) provide such facilities that even where the alarm does 
occur an escape to safety may be easily and quickly made. Some 
of these features have been touched upon in other portions of this 
work, but may be briefly reviewed here. 

Every building should contain at least two fireproof stair- 
ways surrounded by fireproof masoreary walls, not connected with 
each other in any particular, and if possible placed on opposite 
sides of the building. Under no circumstances, should a school 
building be designed with a central hall into which all stairways 
open. A fire or panic in such a hall would instantly and ef- 
fectively block all means of egress from the buildings. There 
should be no connection in any case, between the stairways lead- 

100 



ing to the upper portions of the building, and the stairways lead- 
ing down to the basement used as such — i. e., containing heating 
apparatus, etc. Every building should contain a liberal number 
of stairways and these should be of ample capacity. Build- 
ings which are not of fireproof construction should contain 
emergency stairways, so that each emergency stairway will serve 
not more than two school rooms in the second story. Every 
school building should be constructed so as to render the use 
of outside fire escapes unnecessary. The latter are not only 
unsightly and expensive, but almost as dangerous as some of the 
features within a combustible building itself. School rooms in 
first story of combustible buildings should be provided with a 
doorway leading direct to the ground in addition to the usual 
exits by means of corridors, etc. Basement rooms should have 
an area space outside the foundation walls, and exits provided 
into the areas from every basement room to be used by pupils, 
so that instant egress may be had therefrom to the outside in case 
of fire or alarm. 

DESIGN OF STAIRWAYS, ENTRANCES, ETC. 

Every door in school buildings should open outward, 
whether leading from the school room to the corridor, the cor- 
ridor to the vestibule or the vestibule outside. No top and bottom 
bolts should be permitted on any doors. No doors within com- 
bustible buildings should be provided with key locks, except 
main entrance door, library, book closets and boiler room doors. 

The proportion of stairways is covered elsewhere in this 
work, but it may be added here that no stairway should have 
more than one landing and all landings should be of ample 
capacity. The outside wall of landings should be made octagonal 
or circular construction, reducing the landing space to ap- 
proximately a half circule approaching in capacity that of the 
stairways. In case the stairways are of double width, as else- 
where described, the railings forming the division should be car- 
ried on a circle arc clear around the landing. The balustrade 
separating the upper from the lower flight of stairs should be 
made high, absolutely rigid ind with no open space whatever 

101 



between the top rail of same and the steps, this space being filled 
either with reinforced concrete, metal screen balustrade or some 
other similar device rendering it absolutely impossible for pupils 
either wilfully, or by pressure during a panic, to fall from one 
flight of stairs to the one below. A solid wall separating the two 
flights is the best design of all, but the same may be constructed 
of a steel frame fitted with wire glass, if desired, and this form of 
design is seen in many of the higher grade schools of the present 
day. 

GENERAL PROVISIONS 

In general, the danger of panics in buildings is made remote 
in proportion to the simplicity and directness of the plan. The 
more liberal, straight and thoroughly lighted the corridors are, 
the less danger there will be of panic. Secondary corridors 
should be avoided if possible, but in any case must be liberal in 
size, well lighted and not only have access to principal corridors, 
but if possible, to emergency stairways at the end of the sec- 
ondary corridors. AH emergency exits and other means of egress 
from the building which are not prominent and obvious at a glance 
should be prominently marked "EXIT." In case the buildings 
are used at night, lights should be provided in connection with 
these exits so that the letters will appear in red. Such exit doors 
not only should open outward, but be so fastened that it will 
always be possible to open them from the inside without dif- 
ficulty. There should be absolutely no "dead ends," dark nooks, 
or useless spaces in which frightened children could become 
jammed without easy escape. 

Every outside door should be equipped with panic bolts, 
which are a combination of bolts and locks so arranged that any 
pressure against the bolt from the inside of the building will 
instantly release the lock keeper and open the door. This is the 
only lock on the outside doors. In Ohio, these bolts are required 
by law on all public buildings. 

Finally when every possible precaution has been made, the 
children should constantly be impressed with the fact that no 
danger can ever come from the building which they need to fear. 

103 



THE WIDER USE OF THE SCHOOL PLANT* 

The most casual glance at the new school buildings of today 
reveals striking differences from the buildings our fathers attended 
or even the buildings of ten years ago. Thirty years ago school 
buildings rarely ever contained usable basements — even if they 
had been finished and a finished basement was almost unknown. 
Many of those old basements were dark and damp and would 
not be permitted today even for storage cellars. They were 
rarely ever high enough to contain a modern system of heating 
or ventilating. Today the basements are high, well lighted, sani- 
tary and well finished. 

Prior to 1 908 nobody ever thought that the school plant 
could be used at any time or way except for the brief daily reci- 
tation periods. About four o'clock in the afternoon the school 
children went scampering away from the building, instruction 
finished for the day. The janitor thereupon gave the building 
a thorough cleaning by the old methods and during the remainder 
of the twenty- four hours the building stood empty, forbidding and 
forbidden. Friday afternoon it was sacredly and securely locked 
up and trespassers warned away until the next Monday morning. 
On Saturday and Sunday the school grounds were forbidden 
territory, and also for three long months during the summer. 
During one hundred and eighty days the entire school property 
was used hardly seven hours a day including the janitor's time 
therein. One hundred and eighty-five days out of every year 
this valuable plant stood absolutely idle, unused and unusable. 
It was of service to no one and was simply deteriorating. 

Within a very few years this has been largely changed. 
In many cities public school buildings are now open every week- 
day in the year — not only days, but evenings. The school plant 
today is being devoted to a wider use. It has become a place 



* For the title of this chapter and much of the subject matter following 
the author is indebted to a book of the same title by Clarence Arthur Perry 
published by the Russell Sage Foundation of New York City. This work 
may be had of the publishers, and all readers desiring more extended and 
definite information on the subject are referred to Mr. Perry's excellent book 
»nd to other publications of the Russell Sage Foundation on kindred subjects. 

104 



where children may both play and study, where young men and 
women may continue their education up to the standard of the 
colleges of a generation or two ago; where even laboring men 
and shop girls may obtain free instruction outside of shop or 
store working hours, or enjoy profitable physical exercise after 
the weary grind in the shop or store; where neighbors may gather 
to visit with each other ; mothers come together to learn how to be 
better mothers; where the laboring, business and professional men 
may come together and use the plant as a public forum and, in 
short, the activities now carried on in school houses and school 
yards during the margin outside the regular day school hours are 
so varied and numerous that it will be possible to mention only 
a few of the more remarkable in the present work. 

An article in the Saturday Evening Post in June, 1912, 
by Frederick C. Howe, entitled "The Discovery of the School 
House," describes in a very interesting way the beginning of this 
wonderful change in public sentiment. The following quotation 
is from that article: 

"Edward J. Ward discovered the school house. He dis- 
covered it up in Rochester four years ago. He invited some of 
his neighbors into the school one evening to talk things over. So 
much interest was aroused that they came again. At the first 
meeting there were three hundred and fourteen people present. 
They had music, recitations, dances. They found their neigh- 
bors were very pleasant people. Soon the building would not 
hold all who came. It was amazing how hungrily the people 
took to the idea. They had not thought of the school house as 
their property. They thought it belonged to the board of edu- 
cation. Soon other buildings were opened. Finally the schools 
were federated into a city-wide organization representing more 
than fifty thousand citizens. 

"As soon as the people came together they saw the waste 
in the use of schools. They induced the board of education to 
appropriate five thousand dollars to keep them open fourteen 
hours a day instead of seven. They converted the kindergarten 
into a library and club room. They opened the gymnasium five 

105 



nights a week for athletic sports and one night a week for enter- 
tainments. Fathers and sons began to spend the evenings to- 
gether on the rings, bars and tumbling mats. They had boxing 
and wrestling matches and basket ball games. The women 
formed a gymnasium class. 

"Others borrowed a traveling library from the capital at 
Albany, subscribed for periodicals and bought a stereopticon and 
dining room appointments, so that they might give lectures and 
dinners. 

"A short time after the school opened a merchant stopped 
the director on the street and said: 

'The school center has done what I thought was impossi- 
ble. I have been here nine years and during that time there has 
always been a gang of toughs rourad this corner. This winter 
the gang has disappeared.' 

'They aren't a gang any more,' the director replied; 'they 
are a debating club.' 

"The women organized clubs. They became interested in 
child labor, in city problems. The young people had debates, 
a banquet and a minstrel show. The school house became a 
family club. 

"The men began to talk about Rochester. That was the 
club's undoing; but they could not avoid it. They called in 
the mayor, their aldermen, the health and school officials. They 
even had Governor Hughes down from Albany. They kicked 
about the gas company and the street railway service. They 
wanted transfers. Someone took a fall out of the local boss. 
Up to that time the boss had held Rochester in the hollow of 
his hand. He decided to run for congress, always a dangerous 
thing for a boss to do. 

"But Rochester now had a forum for discussion. The peo- 
ple picked out a candidate of their own for congress, a man who 
would represent Rochester, and to the surprise of everybody they 
elected him." 

Soon after the success of these experiments in Rochester a 
conference was held at Madison, Wisconsin, attended by many 

106 



prominent men, including Governor (now President) Woodrow 
Wilson, several other governors, senators, university presidents, 
editors, reformers, educators, architects and other soldiers of the 
common good who came long distances at their own expense to 
attend this conference because the University of Wisconsin had 
called Edward J. Ward to Wisconsin to promote there the 
Rochester school-center idea. In Wisconsin the people of any 
community can use the school houses in that state at any time 
by merely demanding it from the school authorities. 

As a result of the work done at Rochester and of this con- 
ference, several hundred communities have now opened wide the 
school buildings for some purpose or other, and the larger cities 
are now spending hundreds of thousands of dollars annually for 
free school lectures, night classes and neighborhood gatherings, 
for social, recreational and civic purposes; until it is now certain 
that a complete reversal of public sentiment is at hand regarding 
this wider use of the school plant. Chicago alone has spent 
millions of dollars on recreation centers, playgrounds and people's 
club houses open all the year. Our large communities are fast 
becoming educated to the truth so well expressed by Mr. Perry, 
that "The girl without a social center is the mother of the woman 
on the street," and "If a city has to choose between the schools 
and the social centers it could, I believe, give up the schools more 
safely than it could go without the social centers." As a mere 
matter of good business this is a splendid change for the better, 
since the total school investment is now over one thousand millions 
of dollars in this country and the wider use of the school plant 
will go far toward saving an annual waste which has been some- 
thing like thirty millions of dollars. But more important than the 
question of money saving must be reckoned the effect upon Ameri- 
can life. The revival of the town meeting idea is a demonstra- 
tion that we are getting more faith in all the people than we ever 
had before. The social center idea will be good for public 
morals and for a normal social life and it will be bad for graft 
because graft is opposed to social centers. It will make of the 
school house a life-long university where men and women who 

107 



have been deprived of educational advantages in youth may con- 
tinue study at any time which they never had a chance to pursue 
before. Moreover it will be a truly democratic university in 
which all kinds of educational work will be carried on. 

Naturally all of this change in educational systems and 
ideas immediately began to make changes in educational build- 
ings. The architects also had dreams and just as truly as edu- 
cators and reformers made the change in their fields, so have the 
architects been working out a new educational architecture the 
like of which the world has never seen and which no other coun- 
try on earth can excel. Auditoriums for public and social gather- 
ings and lectures; concert halls with movable seats so that the 
hall may be used for receptions, banquets and dances; stages for 
orchestral, choral and dramatic performances; gymnasiums swim- 
ming pools and other facilities for recreation; branch libraries and 
reading rooms ; meeting rooms for mothers ; basement rooms for 
bowling, billiards and other sports ; restaurants where school chil- 
dren may get their noonday lunches and if desired neighborhood 
dinners be given; large well lighted corridors and special rooms 
provided with mural decorations, pictures and models of statuary, 
giving to the cheerless school house as much as possible of the 
sweet home atmosphere; laboratories where practical application 
of all scientific studies may be made and other laboratories where 
domestic science, domestic economy and the mechanic arts may 
be taught; but perhaps best of all, open air rooms are provided 
to be occupied by pupils of frail physique and particularly those 
of tubercular tendencies. All these and many other such features 
are being invented for the instruction and physical care of pupils 
of poor health and backward tendencies, for the benefit of people 
of all classes, and as a result for the benefit of our whole social 
fabric. 

"The single roomed, shingle roofed little red school house 
of the olden time, with its cylindrical stove, split log benches, 
rattling and unmanageable windows has grown into a many 
storied building of brick, concrete, steel and stone with boilers, 

108 



engines and dynamos in the basement." An abundance of light 
comes into it without glare. Sweet, moist, pure air enters and 
leaves it without draft. Good health and good humor pervade 
its halls, and a new and better citizenship will be its ultimate 
fruition. 



109 



COST OF SCHOOL BUILDINGS 

It must be self-evident that it would be impossible to arrive 
at any rule to govern estimates of the cost of school buildings. 
In the case of duplicates, it is of course easy to gauge the prob- 
able cost of number two by what number one has already cost, 
although even this procedure would be unreliable if a long time 
intervened between the construction of the two buildings. But 
no reliable rule of thumb exists by the use of which any one may 
tell accurately, in advance of actual bids or quantity estimates, 
just what a building will cost. Difference in time; difference in 
location; difference in ornamentation, construction and equip- 
ment — all these and other items affect the price, and seldom if 
ever are combined alike in any two buildings. 

However it is interesting and valuable to have the cost 
records of school buildings reduced to some standard form of 
measurement, for purposes of study, comparison and guidance, 
within reasonable limits. Tell an experienced real estate man 
that such a lot is worth $ 1 00 a front foot in a certain city, and 
at once he has a mental picture of that lot possessing value to 
himself, by comparison with other properties. Tell an experi- 
enced school architect or engineer that such a school building ir 
a certain city costs 20 cents per cubic foot, and immediately he 
can form a fairly accurate mental picture of what the building 
comprehends. Every experienced architect can price his owr 
buildings by the cubic foot method with surprising accuracy, but 
the practice is not accurate for general application by different- 
especially inexperienced — persons. 

The practice of most architects in estimating by cubic feet 
is to ascertain the entire area of the building including all pro- 
jections, integral parts thereof (but not including projecting steps, 
areas, etc., at the ground level only) and then multiply this area 
by the height from basement floor to a line representing the mean 

110 



of the roofs. Having thus ascertained the number of cubic feet, 
the probable cost of the building is obtained by assuming some 
price per cubic foot, and multiplying the number of feet by the 
price. The result will be reliable or otherwise according to the 
reliability of the price per foot, and this can be reliable only 
when the proposed building is to be of identical character, loca- 
tion and of reasonably close date with some former one already 
built. 

For the benefit of study and comparison the following tables 
are published from the Boston and St. Louis school reports, giving 
a variety of valuable cost data for several years past, concerning 
buildings in those cities. It will be seen that the price per cubic 
foot varies from 1 5 cents to 30 cents, and the average, for 
Boston is 21.3 cents, St. Louis 19.1 cents. The relative per- 
centage of the various branches of work is given, and in some 
cases the cost per pupil. 

If one were to seek some definite rule based on this data, 
the only one of real value would probably be the following: If 
attempting to build a school building according to Boston prac- 
tice, and the Boston Code, allow at least 20 cents per cubic foot 
as the unit price. If attempting to build according to St. Louis 
standards, allow at least 1 8|/2 cents as the price per cubic foot. 

The present Ohio Code, as enforced, is without doubt the 
most stringent and exacting school building code in existence at 
this time (1914). In many trials, it has been found that a 
building of the plainest description, almost absolutely without 
ornament, with flat roof and heated by furnaces, fan system, 
cannot now be built according to Ohio requirements whether fire- 
proof or not, under 16 cents per cubic foot. If heated and ven- 
tilated by the "split" system (steam with heating and ventilating 
independent) and equipped with high grade plumbing fixtures, 
this price will be at least 1 8 cents per cubic foot. This for a 
very plain building, practically without ornament, and with very 
limited equipment. 

Whenever possible costs per cubic foot are given with illus- 
trations of school buildings in the following pages. 

Ill 









,H 


t^ 


>* 


Oi 


OO 


Oi 


'Ifdnj 




QO 


■* 


o 


CO 


o. 


cr- 


J3d iSOQ 




f~ 


o 


c<] 


CO 


o 




•pa; 




o 


o 


o 


o 


o 


© 




o 








o 




-BpOOIUIOODV 




t- 


o> 


r~ 




CD 


Ol 


uaj pimo 




















o 


o 


o 


o 


o 




•UI00J-SSBJ3 




o 


o 


o 

o 


o 
o 


o 

o 


o 
o 


'^aa^ aiqno 




t c 


o 






pj 






CO 


»o 


■* 


CO 


■«* 


i o . 


■aaia j g 


- 


- 


- 


- 


- 


- 
















S^o 


qmnid g 














°S£ 


I U 














§£•- 

offlo 


1 ™ 
•;e3 H j § 


c 


«' 


C4 


(M 


« 


oa 
















































P«S a 


• 3 Pia 3 


o 


^ 


^H 


CO 


o 


o 
































•jooj 1 c 


■** 




CO 


s 


gj 


•* 


•no jad 5 soo | » 














| 


T* 




o 


CO 

oo 


*o 


r-- 1 




CO 


a: 


CO 




o 


t~ 


sjuarjuoQ 1 


«© 


**r 


C* 


o 


IC 


CO 


iraiqnQ 


»o 


X 


CO 


UO 


»<3 


oo 




1 " 




















CO 


CO 


CO 


£ o 


•D3I3 


Li 

0) 

Ph 




























<~ o 


1 ° 
















"""u s 














1 Pi 














o> o2 

0>*^ 




G 




oc 






00 




5T!3H 


£ 














+J 














tj 


•apia 


o 


s 


-r 


■ o 


CO 

00 


iO 


oo 


1 


A 












• 1 



£ m 



iCOOO NOffiifi 



* • bo T3 iS 
^ o> 5 «* S c 

cq'-Ph Wo 



CQMQhH 



COKDhH 



CCOl-SO tOOOO O ** -- *f3 

Ci O -tf- O NOOC 



wfficuta 



WMcuH 



a o r tj- 



uo CO CO *rf 



paWo-a 



Oi i— ci »o 



aMc-H 



•ap«jf) 


Ph o 


p. 


P. 


Oh 


c 
























01 






_; 










3 




01 


•O 
C 






o 2H3 








c 


o> 










t» 


o 


a 





5 P3 


CI 


s 


3 


3 
c« 

Ph 


w 


01 

tfc 

01 

>-> 





112 



jad ^soo 



p^pouimoaay 



UIOOJ-SSBTQ 

'laajl oi'qno 



O o o 

_ ■*> m 

oij.2 

£ ^3 
= «5 

o a t- 





QQ 






























•J3ia 


0) 


















R 
















-£ 














•q.nu 


0) 
















DQ 
























CO 


<M 


<M 


?B9H 


0) 
















•3pia 








CO 


<M 





- 


m 



•100^ otqno 
jad ;soo 



•s^ua^uoQ 









.p 






rO . 




G"3.S 


pfiH 


^•3 


coM 


§« 


^ t-< 


^m 



•3913 



qmnu 



•^an 



•spia 






(DO>-*iO 

cr> co -^ i— 1 

CO CO i-TcM 



CD^ '-1 00 



CO CO *0 ^ 



OOOO 



cqMcuw maPnK fflffi^ta pqMphH cqW^h cqMphH 



OOOtDN 



HN^OO 



iO ^ OQO 
1— OOCO 



O? •<*« CO CO 



•apEJQ 


O 


Ph 


P* 


O 





a 










T) 






















a 








rt 




(-. 


o2'-3 


bo 

c 
!S 

DQ 


a S 
3 
.2 

O 



1-3 





(- 

a 

5 


1"S 

SO 



113 



o 

CO 



a. 
a 

Oh 



o 
U 



5 
£ 

E 

o 






o 

o 

fa 






e 
U 



CQ 



o 

bo 

c 

© 

03 



=2 



p.^pouiuiooov 
U 3 J PIR0 I 






•uiooj-ssb[3 



o w o 
c 

oPQo 

£3 a 



•oaia 



q. r id . g 



^E9H 



•3pia 



loo^ DiqnQ £ 
jad isoq « 



s^ua^uoj 
isoiqno 





to o 




o« 


c« m 




cO . 




tjrt.S 


? o2 


S-H-g 


c o« 


§•» 


Pis 


& « 



•3313 



q.nid 



5Ba H 



•spia 



CO CO CO 



•* ■>»• 



Eh W 



be bfl c f4 +j 

•5 3 -° "O E « 
t3 £ c " -is 

«*cm ho 



Ort«« 



CM "»• OS CO 
UO ■* 05 CO 



■^ t^ CM 00 

CM 00 Ci O 



sSia cc-MphH sa^a aSa.a mKc-k ccWfcH 



•aptuO I O 







~ 



_ O C 

ca 03 



-I 

CD O 

£33 



^ o 
ES 

a 

(73 



He 
o.E 



114 



a. 

s 



© 









o 



o 

be 

s 



o 

K 



J3d }SOQ 



p.poaiinooov 
uaapuqo 



•caooj-ssBjo 



a** o 

On o ai 

2 p. 



•3913 



q.nid i 



JE9H 



•3pia 



4003 ojqno 
jad ?so3 



■B^najuoo 



u. o 

3^1 



■391 3 



•q.nw 



?B3H 



apia 



o .5 

E-i « 



»o IC 



own. HS 



w^cl, 



W o 
O 



ChKOhW pcKp-H 



a:om>o 



cc -* r- t^» 



03NIOO 



•ap^JO I ffi 



— 60 
^ O C 

o23 
en « 



O 






o 



05 00 os»c 



■«* o~« © 



Ph o 



116 



3 



o 
O 



3 

M 



o 
O 

6* 

3 

O 

-c 
02 





•ndnj 


CM 


CM CO »C 

co co co 


jad }soy 


« 

■* 


cm" cm ed 




'-' 


1-1 


H iH 




o 


O CM CM 


P.^ouiuiodov 


to 


O CO lO 
!>. CO Tii 




o 




: co ** 


•niooj-ssBjo 


o 
o 




i CD CO 

C3 lO 


'laaj ojqriQ 


■* 






I>^ 




CM 




J CM CM 






•2 -H 




4^ 


•0313 


c 

01 






S^S 




o 








CD 












_, -WW 
a u 


quinia 


c 

01 

O 














■rt rt ^q 




■S <*< 


<N CM CM 


o«o 


■%i&Yi. 


a 

o> 








o 








CO 








•3pia 




00 O O 












CO 






•^ooji 


55 <n 


CI Tf **t< 
CM CM CM 


;qno jad }soq 


01 

O 








o 


OS o 


3 CO 




. oo 


CO CO TJH 




00 


OO iO CO 


•s^ua^uog 


,-h" 


O CO lO 


IBDtqno 


CO 


CO lO l>- 

»0 i-H CM 




•39[3 


In 


r* "* irj 


mo 

C3 03 

t- o 




£ 








4-3 






S_ b» 


q""»Id 


0) 


to »o CO 


O cu.g 
o> o2 

a=« 
o> *" 




Ph 






■^ajj 


4-> 

0) 


o> o> o 




Ph 














£| 


•spia 


2 

S 00 


CM CM OS 
OO CO t^ 






Cm 






+a 


o 


tO CO CO 


CO • 

o bo 

o .5 


>o 


eO tJH -# 


CD 


CM* CO "■* 




CO 00 to 


^*ST3 


O 


00 O t-h 


rt °— ' 








° £ 


OO 


Tt* o <o 


o 


CO CO CO 


Eh PQ 


T " 


t-* CM 




lOOlOO 


oot>cc 




woooo 


O O 00O 




oooiin 


!DO«C 




COO oo 


^o^^ 


* » bo "-jot 
m bo rj ™ -w 
C CJ.3 u o 


co t^ic co 


CO CO O <M 




CDNHCO 


OcoCOO 
O^^COCO 


CO t^ 00 oo 

co en -<^ (N 


OS CO t- CO 

CfiOl — t^ 




OlOCOiH 
COOCOCM 


2ta as o-S 


-Ti>r^r^* 


o cqco ■<* 




05tJ*"iOi-h 


^"c-Cco-eo 




•ya- 


€©■ 








rn Hi^K 


PhWChH 




PQWCkW 


CQEDhH 


apujO 


Ch W 


o 







d a 


fi 


T3 

>> 


— bi 
o a 


3 T3 

0) t-~) 


3 


^fl 


o-a2 


§ IH 


a 


i-i o 


<i> °'S 


Ph i' j3 


CO • 


E'c 


2w 3 


t, J3 bo 


^3 C 


c3 ij 




3 m 


01 
01 


IS 




go 

< 


SO 



117 



to 


o 




« 




e» 


CO 


c 




CN 




CO 1 






c 




■* 


00 




CO 


o 


CO 1 


CC 




t~ 




O0 


t^ 


CO 


to 


o\ 




oc 




to 




r~ 


CM 


■* 


to 


»o 


t- 1 


CN 








"- 1 


"- 1 


rt 


~ 


•"■ 


^ 1 


c 




c 




CM 


CO 


o 


CM 


CO 


^ 1 


c 




■^ 








-c>< 






CO I 






to 




CO 




to 


CO 


r*- 


CO ' 






OO 


o 


,_, 


(^ 


to 


iO 


t^ 






IO 


o 


CO 


■*f 


os 


CO 








CO 


to 




«* 


o 


iO 


CO 1 






■* 


r~T 


^r 


o 


to 


r-T 


tc 










<M 


CM 


CO 


CM 


CO 


CO 










- 


- 


- 


- 


- 


- 






- 


CM 


- 


- 


C3 


- 


- 


e- 








CM 


CM 


CM 


CM 


CM 


CM 


a. 


> 


OO 


CO 


00 


oc 




-* 


^ 








CM 






<M 






cn 








00 






0© 


00 


^_ 


c. 




OJ 




CM 








CM 






to 






00 


CN 


t^ 


03 










o 


IO 


CO 


CO 


T* 




c 




o 


o 


•* 


CO 


b- 


O 


o 


c 


* 


^S 


o 


** 


to" 


ce 


_H* 


oi" 






CO 


o 


oT 


CO 


o 


O 


Oi 


tr 




^ 


s 


o> 


CO 




CO 


CM 


•* 




»o 


■** 


CO 


Tjl 


•<* 


to 


IQ 


p 


9 


W3 


CO 


CO 


m 


to 


IO 


CO 


c 


> 


- 


00 


o 


o 


OS 


CM 


o 


■< 




en 


CM 




CM 




00 


os 


a 


3 


t^ 


00 


00 


00 


CO 


t^. 


*~ 






-* 


^r 


to 


CO 


o 


■* 




if 


i 






CM 


CM 


I*- 


*o 


to 


00 


c 


1 


00 


"* 


o 


to 


^ 


CO 


CM 


Cg 


» 






o 






U3 




oc 


■* 


* 


to 


OO 


to 


os 




to 


CO 






















"< 


1 




CM 


CM 


00 


•o 


o 


CI 






o 


to 


CM 


t~ 


iO 




to 


















^ H 




O O OJO 


^J- oo o 


to •**< 


■« O 


io ooo 


COO o o 


oooo 


Tf o o o 


tO O O to 


Niomo 


00 tO 


OO 


to coooto 


c-jooo 


r~000 


to o o o 


tO ooo 


CM to to tO 


to to ■**■ to 




O0 to 




■<*• CO 


iO o»o o 


to O CD o 


CO o o 




CO o 


OO 


OCROC 




Oi^r^N 


lOOOCJ 


CO CM 


-J- O 


o-oo 




o o 


tO o o o 


t-- o 


OO 


CO -^ to c 




»N<NO 


to t*- to to 


01 co to r^ 


roww 


CO 


tO O: OS to 


— < o es 


>-H 


O to 


CO 00 


I^O-* - 




r-- cs co -^ 


■^ .— 


to to 


— ' to" CO CM 


CC<M ^h 




•** to 


CO CO 


to to CM 


<M 


t^ CO to"**" 


OS to CO CO 


OS 


00 *H 




to 




vH 




CO 




•* 




00-H 




■* 




ftO- 


6* 




t» 




6^ 




a» 




6» 




t& 




ra 




fflSCLlH 


----- 


paMcus 


eoffia.w 


- = - - 


mWcuH 


WBPhIxI 


fflKOiH 


w 


o 




Oh 


Ph 


Ph 


CL, 





o 






cci 












a 








B 

CI] 

<! 






a 




d 


o 






SI o 




*' 


o 

u 


"3 

m 


< 
Eh 


J3 


c 
o 
>> 




wT3 

b 


"3 
E 

Ct) 

W 




33 

0) 

>> 

.2 
"3 




o 

l-S 




<5 -*a 
O 




o <" 

o 




c 
Si 
o 

►-3 




>> 

b 

cd 





118 





00 


■* 


■* 


o 


■* 


O 


<M 


r~ 


eo 


CO 


o 


CD 




00 


" 


o 


CO 


<M 


CO 





Sggc 



ooo 
ooo 






COO ^H TtH 



wWp^h wWpuh mWphW cqMhiH wWphK cqa&nH pqWfeH 



tDOONN 



^HOOO 



OOcOO 
OONtH (M 



o 



o 



H 



3 C 



119 



.2P5 



2 * 



i. -a 



© 
© 

Xfl 






o 



Cfl 









O 


















U5 












to 




CD 




t~ 










CO 




CS 




in 






1^ 


OC 




= ■* 


eg 






00 


CI 






rH 






CN 


CO 




H ^H 


O — i 


^ 






a> 


LO 


O 0O 


o 










O CT: 


3.5 D. 3 


CO 






»o 


C3 


00 l~ 


o^ a 










*"! 


^ 








a^ 














1 


.S-E3S 


o 






r^ 


00 


to j o 


1 Nom 
Capa 
1 pup 


o 
o 






;2 


C<J 


<-J 1 o 


4J +j 60 

a) *-« w -^ 


CO 


c 


c 


to 


; 


tc 


o * . c 










. 






O a gS 


'" 




M- 


oc 


CD 


s s 




o 


er 


c 


c 


O 


O 1 o 




o 


c 


c 


o 


o 


o I o 


m t. w c 

o o< ca o 


o 


c 


c~ 


o 


ai 


1-^ ^H 


■«J" 


c: 


CO 


co 


** 


cr. ■-< 


o°-o£ 


CO 


c 


CN 


o" 


o 


to CO 












7 1 






_-. to • 


o 


c; 


c 


o 


o 


O 1 to 


o 


c 


c 


o 


o 


O IO 


ubics 
nten 
. bld| 
u. ft. 


o 


CN 






,' 


«5 
■tp 




00 1 C) 




o 


<«* 




r~ 


iO 


to IO 


GO 








CO 


aa 






c 




<N 


of 






















No. o 
Class 
Room 


J 


< 




«j 


< 






O 










■^ 


(N 


cc 




•«r 


CO 




(M 






CO 


r~ 


o 


CO 


w 


o 




o 


iO 


cc 


■* 


Tf 


tc 


CO 




o 


»o 


iro 


o 


as 


a 




IO 


IO 








CI 


N 






o 




cm" 


*o 


r~ 


CO 


o 


a 




ho 

a 


el 


oo 


*C 


■* 


CD 


ti 


CO 




CO 




Tt< 


"* 






69- 


ee 












2 


<MOO 




©»fl«Ow 


-i © o to 




MO00WO 




one 


ooo 




o o o 




COMMiO 


~ O o r- 




W-hcOWC 




"OOir 


^ ifl o 


pq 


«xd 




i— CO 00 c 


C.NOOO 








^ CN »^ 


/' — / 


« -* CO 




ONCiOO 


1— OS t^ o 




JOOOO^H 




iO CC CC 


CO CO ^h 




ot^o 






OOOiO 




oo co ■**« r- --tf 




i^oo- 


COiO — i 


o 






















•oVm 




00 ©» O CO 


r— »o ■** 




CWOW^l 




O0 I 1 - CN 


OS CO 00 




o — 




OS Tf CO «-t 






~H ^ CO ^^ 






CO i-l 


o 
O 






c^ 


ta 




CO 








& 


h 






€/3- 
















^ 


► 












V 


k 


^ 


h 








































a 
















































3 
















M 






pid 




A! 


M 




Jd 




jbd 




^3 


M i 


Jtf 








u 






u. 




u 






i- 




N 




1~ 4J> 












o 






o 




o 


o 









o 




O X 


O ! 


o 








> be 




£ 


bo(^ 


P bo 


* 




^ 


bo^fe 


^ bb 


£ 


bo 




-j.Ei» 


2.S-°'£ 


— .S bo o 

2j2.c-c 




— bi) c o o 


-.S 61 

2-° S 


— bO.S 

2 c -° 




- - - 
cSct 

0) 3 ID 


SSsJB 


c E « « 

0J 3 Q; <U 






C S ctj 

cu.2 « 


cv'3 B 
c ca 5 

4, 0) 3 




OOhE 


qwEw 


UcmKW 




OBtwa 


OOhM 


OSPh 


"o 








_d 
















o 
























43 








-o 
















o 








T) 
















DO 






bo 


< 




J3 






0) 














bo 









O 

£ 






a 

>> 






H 






c 
.2 


d 


V 


CD 




n 












C3 

2 


o 
a 

0) 


1 


"3 
3 




CO 

E 

ctt 


S 




m 

0) 


ca g 


a 


1 






o 

5 


o 
O 


_i, 


1 

CN 


»o 




1 

CI 


1 

CO 


CO 


o 


o 


o 




o 


o 


o 


Go 


Ci 








o> 


OS 


OS 


" H 










1-1 






~* 










'-< 












1 


** 













120 













"1 










« 










CO 














c 














CO 














o 






to 
cm 


tr 


CO 


CM 


CO 


oo 




CO 




H 


rt 




M 






CD 




>o 


O 






xi « s a 




CO 


00 


to 




CM 




O ft 


00 


CC 






o 

OO 


N 




"Si? 
3--J2 


t^ 


c 


o 


O 


o 


o 




E S ft 
5 ft 3 


to 


c 


o 


O 


to 


o 




■* 


cn 








































m ^^ij 


CD 




CO 


o 


to 


SB 




° 8 3 c 


|>I 


CO 


00 


l>^ 


t^ 


ci 






rt 










rt 




*•* 


rt 


" 




















O 


c 


o o 


o 


o 




Cost 
per 
Class 
room 


_0 


c 


o 


o 


o 


o 




CD 


00 


d 


o 


CM 


d 




CO 


to 

CC 


tc 


CO 
CO 


00 

to 
oo 


CD 






o 


c 


o 


CO 


OO 


Td 




g can 


cm 


c 


o 






OO 








o 


CO 


o 


<CD 




■~ cu^ 


o 


c 






t^r 


CC 




^• tJ ' Q J 


CO 




■* 






CC 




3 C . 3 


00 


CO 


CD 


CD 








^ o O 










rt * 






**-< CO 
















P8B 

. ca o 

OS o 


co 1 


■"*! 


■* 


TH 


CO 


■* 




" H 


CM 


CM 


CM 


CM 


CJ 










CO 


o 


o 








CD 


CC 


■<* 


to 


t^. 








■* 


CT 




c5 


oa 








CO 


CO 


CD 


CO 


t- 








CD 


~* 


CM 


CO 


CO 


t£ 






00 


O 


CO 


oo 


i^T 






bo 


•cd 


to 




to 


CD 


1^ 























w- 










is 


oaooi 




MOO 


t-h CNJ COO 




CO ON CM O 




NCOOOO 




rtto^tO 




'3 


OCOOOi 




CO -cHOO 


O ON *-- O 




MO-ihO 




[^ CO CO O O 




CJJ-^ to CM 




co ccocm 




COCO CN 


rji ^ CO to t^ 




CD O O to OD 




CO t^aOOCD 




CO CO CM CD 




NOOlO 




Ttd-HCO 


OCOiC* 




NN^hiO-^ 




^tr 1 to CO OS OS 




Or- co to 






CO CO to CD 




rtcMOO 


CCth r*H CO CM 




Tt< O to CO CM 




00 to t^'CO ■■* 




CO CD O to 




o 


























OD O CO UO 






CM ~CDCM>-* 




00 OCOCM i-i 




NOiCNrt 




^H OD CD to 










CO t-i 


■*Ort 




«I1H 




CD CN 




■«* « 




o 
O 
























M 












&z 






VS 














€fl 














99 














m 






































a 












a 












a 






































i 


































.id 




M 


M 




* 




X 3 


£ 






3 


X 






3 


X 




iid 






u 




t-i 


u, 




U, 




i- — ' 


Ft 








u 








u, 




u 






o 




o 


o 




O 




O X 


O 






X 


O 






t? 


O 




o 






P bi 


£ 


^ bi 


^ bi 


t^S 


P bi 




S 


P bi 




fa 


^ bi 


^ 






-3.S °0 o 


-=.S b 


1 *3,5 bo u O 


— .S bid o 


t:-S bo ci o 


-3.S boo 






g-e.src 


g.3 c 


gff.= fE 


S^-E'C-E 


2 ^ o -c -n 


2^.E - C 






a 

c 
a 

C 


PhBH 


a 

c 
a 

C 


E *■ 

3 o 


<L 

c 

a 

• C 


Plum 
Heat: 
Elect 
Elect 


a 
c 
a 

C 


Plum 
Heati 
Elect 
Elect 


c 

a 
C 


Plum 
Heati 
Elect 
Elect 


a 

c 
a 

c 






o 
o 


a 


























CO 


cu 





















































o 
























0) 


O 


















i 




E 


CO 






-m 










d> 




rt 


a> 






3 














£ 






bo 






>i 


(V 






C3 


>> 

CO 


C3 


"3 
bo 


a 








°1 


H 


o 


fe 


00 


W 


J 




1 


1 














■* 


-* 


to 


to 


to 


»« 




o 


o 


O 


o 


o 


O 




CD 


CD 


CD 


!CD 


OS 


OS 











































































121 











<e 










OS 






lO 








CM 








a 


M 


eq 








eo 


M £ Q. 


■<# 


Tj" 00 




CO O 




'" 


l>- 


CO 


CD iO 




*0 -«* 


= 


oc 


CD 


'" H 




""' 






^ 


rl 


~ 


rt 


O _ i 


<M 


c 


> t- 




~H (M 


x 


«y 


o 


a ci m a 




c 


1 CO 




CM t*. 


GG 


U5 


OS 


3.2 S.3 


00 


a 


) 00 




r- o 




— 


OO 














rt 






2« m 




















.£'3:3 


o 


> o 




O o 


O 


O 


o 


£ 2 a 

O &3 


o 




> o 




o o 




o 


o 




o 


CM 








c 


r>» 


t- 


















gb£v 


cm 


ex 


) CM 




O Oi 


f. 


e 


oo 


O 4> • C 


CD 


o 


00 




CD 


CC 


3 


06 


■"" 




< rt 






CM 


~ 


** 


^ 




o 


: 


> o 




o o 


o 


a 


o 




o 


e 


> o 




o o 


= 


o 


o 


Cost 
per 
Class 
room 


co 


IC 


) co 




co o 




CO 


oo 


r- 


c 


OS 






■o 




Q0 


CO 




< W5 




CD CO 


Tl 


o 


CO 


CD 


a 


* t-^ 




t^r r-* 




en 


Q0* 




CD 


j 


) r- 




O OS 


— 


e 


o 


— °3 »•„ 


OO 


t> 


CD 




O CO 


X 




GO 




CO 


a 


J CO 




»o o 


— 


i 




.r- a 1 -r ^ H 


1>* 


X 


» o 




»o tC 




X 




x«-G • 


OO 


a 


5 O 




o o 




co 




3 C . 3 


OS 


a 


O 




-h 00 


Cl 


CO 


CD 








— * 




" 


" 






««-. CO 




















°SE 














< 






. rt o 


"f 


•< 


r •*»• 




-*• 


CC 


-t 


iO 


or; o 


« 


c 


1 CM 




M CN 


CN 




•^ 






a 


S Tj* 




O CD 


CC 


X 


o 




r- 


a 






to CD 




c- 


(M 




oo 


c 


5 CD 




-d* oi 


a 


>n 






iO 


a 


CN 




Cft o 




a 








a 


S CM 




r- •* 


it 


c< 


00 




o 


x 


f CN 




(N CO* 


1- 




LO 




CD 


a 


> 00 




oo r*- 




e 




bo 












e> 


»H 




C 


ft* 












6» 






is 


iO OO 




-Hioce»o 


«OcOift 




iOOOi« 




COOOO 








o o 


'3 

n 


NOiO 




O — tf5 CM 


~h (OIOIN 




-*J< ©ooe- 




iO^hOO 








tM O 


O <M CD 




tP tfi »n co 


ot^oicd 




TjioOiO CC 




»-i CC OS CO 








CO iO 






■^CONO 


NOXO 




00 CO f-H »c 




W(N00N 








-^ ts. 




t*» as <«*« 




CM OS COT* 


CD »C CD CO 




CO CM 00 O 




Ol OS 00 CD 








OS O0 


o 


»ox»o 




ro odr-ws 


cx tC»o 




~* OS CD \fi 




tM~ GO* 00* -O 








tM* CM 


*■» 


CO *-» 




CD ^ 


U5 — i 




m *i 




-* rH 








2 


o 
D 


ee- 




■» 


M> 




t» 




f/& 






























































3 
























































O 
























































lM 














































































































o 






■id 






.*' 




J 


A! i 






Jd 




J. 




M 




M 








a 


















i- 














u 




u 














o 






o 




o 


O i 






a 




c 




O 




o 












£* 






^ oil 


£ 


^ bo 






P bo 


£ 




^ bk 


^ 












— ^ bo 


— c to o 


-3.E boo 


— .£ bo cj 




■sltie 












23 g 


2 '-S .s 'C 


l*&% 


JiC'C 




S-2-SE 








— ■ in 

an 

E — 
go 

o 




0) p+J 
B = c4 
01 3 cp 


c i « s 

cu j-> OlJS 


flj C w+J 

qEKw 


CD C'S * 

g § s s 

qcL,ffiw 












"o 
































o 
































J= 
































w 















































































■d 


















CD 














B9 


















E 

CIS 


T 
g 
c 
a 


i 


a 




b 

c 
s 
c 


) 


cu 

a 
S 




cu 

CO 

eg 


c 
c 

CO 


E 
O 
> 

- 


CD 0) 

EE 

c« a) 
cu cu 


0) £ 


w 

1 


5 

| 


1 


1 




| 


1 


1 1 


IO 


m 


CO 


CO 




CO 


OS 


OS 


OS »-h 


<" s 




o 


o 


o 




O 


a 


o 


Oh 


«a 


os 


OS 


OS 


OS 




OS 


- 


OS 


OS OS 
































" H 








""* 












rt 


rt 


^ 


rt 







122 





1 ^ 6 ^ 


to 


CM 














o 














^ 


o 


^H 












o 




Sal 
O a 


■* 


CO 


^ 


•* 


•^ r~ 


^ 




■W 


CO 






COIO 






iO 


en 




OS 


co r~ 






rt 


" 


■^ 


- 1 


-H ■* 


CO 




o — 


o 


CM 


cc 


■* 


t-t- 


•o 




s a s a 


CO 


r^ 


as 


»» 


CN1 O0 






3«p,3 


t~ 


O 


as 


oo 


OS CD 


■* 




O"" ft 




"* 






(M 






c ca a 
S ft3 
J? cs a 


o 


o 


o 


o 


OO 


o 




o 


o 


o 


o 


»o o 


CO 






o 




U5 


CO Tt* 
























>o 


CO 


lO 


or- 










*° ii ™ 


<N 


00 




O 0) • S3 


ex 


2 


t-^ 


CSI 


od t^ 


Ol 






o 


o 


o 


o 


oo 


o 






o 


c 


© 


o 


o o 


o 




Cost 
per 
Class 
1 room 






© 


-* 


O CD 


t^ 






cc 


r*- 


<M 


CNI-* 






t- 


as 


lO 


CO 


CC CNI 


CO 




^ 


as 


00 


O? 


OO c 


•* 




w • 


o 

o 


o 

o 


o 
o 


o 

o 


OO 

oo 


o 




8 s 2d 


o 


c 


© 


o 


oo 


o 




















a 


CI 


c^r 




^HCN 






S-SS . 


■*f 


t- 


© 


cq 


m co 






3 S3 . 3 


c^ 


o 


o 


■* 


CN t^ 


00 




no*" 




rt 


~* 




rtM 






u-. y. 












°£S 




<c 




+- 


< 






. ni o 


CO 


o 


csi 


o 


r^.m 


■■* 




Op! O 


cq 


CN 


<M 


* H 


CN CD 








as 


W 


,-, 


t^ 


OO 


o 






o 


;C 


rH 


o 


OO 


o 






a 


c 


t^ 




rt'o 


CO 






cr- 


c 


■«*i 




CO c 


CO 






£* 


cc 


lO 


tM 


COO 


CO 






^ 


cc 


oo 


CD 


TjTcD 


CO 






O 


a- 


QO 


OS 


(M CC 






u 










CN CC 






_g 










m 






2 






O CDOOU5 O 




OOOOOOsO 








oooooo 






'3 

pa 






©!>.<N©«-< O 




oow o ■■* o 








oooooo 










dootood 




O'OOJOCIO 








■^OOOSIOIOIO 










ONCMCTiOit^ 




omnaNO 








00 O f-i OS OS CO 












C#NihOOC«J 




COQOitfflO} 








tONCOtDN^ 






o 




























OiOOMitH 




OSCOU3*-! OJ 








•o 






w 






-3<HN 




CO i-H 
60- 








60- 






o 






»■ 






















U 


































































































cr 




























to 












M 








"rt 






bi 
















c 


S3 








c 


a 








te - 























o 










o 










t> 0) 














o 


1 


S£3 


o 


) 


■5 v c 

-2 o„2 






Work, 
d Side 
i Fenc 


o £ 

feu 










g^ bK'e g 


■3.5 M.S o R 

2^.2 tf -cp 






ral 
itoi 

rete 
Fen 
ric 
um 










ene 
lum 
eat 
eat 
iect 
acu 


C S si d " o 






m S3 « --S 3 














fi«Cg"o 














fl)™oO»a 










C 


PhWWH> 


c 


0(tI.ffiW> 






c 


oo«w> 




"o 
o 

^3 
















■c 








o 
















B 








W 




4- 












J? 








'o 




C. 


i 










"a 
> 






0) 

s 

ci 


c 


'a 
> 




> 




a 




6 




£ 




a 


s 


13 


o i 


H 






X 


c 


CU 


ea 


■-, > 


'3 






B 





>> 




c c 


V 




°1 
si 


§ 


m 


Q 


0) "r 

fr<0 


ft 
W 




1 

o 


J^ 


J, 


J, 


1 1 


cl 


















Q6 


a 


Os 


as 


as 


C7S OS 


OJ 




rt 


^ 


r" 
















"- 1 
















rt 


1-1 


rH 















Ht5 t- to m m 

S m a ft ft-g E o) 

'-^ J3 — -S g C3 

o a> fc aj mIj °^ 
■^^ p m » a .. 

"e'-s! 150 !! 

g|S ft |Sc3S 
>«T3 T:o e as 

3"^ S3 £ t- O' 

CTStsOaiOMj 
ffi d ^5 > *" E m 
■» « c o 2 8 o g 

o<< .» >>a» S«- 

ja ..e-i^ E o ° 
«3 8 "-3 ® 5 b 

^£g c 2^-§" 

CP ~ 1^ O _ W 

'3 bia c S ^ 3 o5 

-. - O 

V — , m 



■43 1- 1 0) 0)93 

S ..33 0)13 gm 

o o c x^.^ p _ 

T3 O— 0)^ D C 'S 

T3 "" 8,-0 tt) ■S a. S 

io.s§l»g.sf 

g-ca— booicatt) 

O+s rl C£ U tt) 

P M ^3 3 03 

o ^3 os 3— g 

M 1 4J 'C tt) (J) 

W ID C ii O.S ? 

■oJ g'33+j >. 
opq 5 aca o g« 

/-, Ofi.t) .a 

( -'oa & j) « to „ m 

ffl (a +s > c— +S.2 

^0««-S tt; .*> 
cix c a > o) a 



u ^i O 



123 











c 
















<* 








cr 










c- 




X 


O 


1 ►- 


o 


OS 


■<>< 


+> . a 


66 






t» 


co 


OS 


CO 


M 


1 ~ 


•a 




o 


SSa 








OS 




CD 




3a 


\ =' 


(M 






u fl a 


oo 






CO 


00 


IO 


X 


■^ 


.- 




CO 


CD 


"- 1 






*■* 


"- 1 


*? 


CO 


CO 


1- 


*"' 


T " 


1-1 


Cubic 
feet 
per 

pupil 


<n 






oo 


CI 


CM 


CO 


r^ 


r* 


i^ 


■* 


CM 


cc 






CO 


cv 


CM 


— 


CO 


CM 


o 


CO 


t>- 


oc 






«3 


r~ 


00 


— 




I* 


o 


00 


ai 














eq 


■* 




*^ 






•Sua 


o 






o 


o 


o 


e- 


C 


O 


o 


e 


o 


>o 






lO 


o 


o 




GO 


»o 


»« 


~ 


o 


o 






to 


o 


cu 


■r 


'U' 




o 


o 


<M 


























>7 a o. 
























1o t-i^ +^ 


oc 






00 


OS 




lO 


CO 


t» 




CO 


"5 


o» .c 

r 1 Q. 3 QJ 

i u 5 


^J 






ex 


cs' 


OS 


00 


lO 


o 


t^. 


OS 


CD 


CM 






CM 


CM 


1-1 


rt 


1-1 


en 


rt 


'- , 


o 




O 






o 


o 


O 1 o 


- 


a 


a 


o 




o 






o 


o 


o o 


1 = 


o 


c 


o 


o 


Cost 

per 

Class 

room 


pH 






r^ 


Os 


© U0 


«_1 


=- 


irr 


OS 


c4 


c. 




00 


CO 


«n oo 


OS 






1C 


•o 


c 






oc 


o 
os 


oo ^ 
r-X oo 


OS 




CO 

X 


o 

00 


o 










CO 


CO 




= 


= 


= 


S 


= 


o 




WS 






>o 


m 


OS 


= 


= 


= 


ia 


c 




■JSm. 








t-- 


CO 


oo 


=: 


o 








»fl 


ubici 
nten 
. bid 
u. ft 


• 






cm 


(N 


CO 


■~ 


o 




X 


■** 












cs 


oc 


- 


o 


-r 


■a 


CO 




OC 






CO 


I- 


OS 


t 


= 


us 


e 


-r- 




^ t> o 














« 


ei 




~ 




— 


»- m 


























°S£ 


J 








tJ 




«: 


< 




J 


J 




. c« o 








o 


•** 




3 


m 




= 




or; o 










<M 


<M 




CO 




Bi 


p 


CS| 
































r-- m 


cm 


o 


^r 


o- 


r~ 




O 


C: 


Oi 




■*r 




CO it! 


as 




o 


fl- 


— 


e 


c 


t^ 


as 








CD »M 




CO 


oc 


ee 


■* 


■a 




t^ 










r~ oc 


uo 


00 


00 


-T 


ec 


e 


M 


oc 


iO 




a 




<M C 


CO 


CO 


CO 


CM 


CO 


c 






CI 








oT •»■ 


CO 




oc 


c 




cc 






CO 








00 


o- 


00 


oc 


cc 






OC 


EC 


a. 


60 














EC 


M 










_C 


** 












M 












■3 






r^ooc 






— ooe: 




■*ooo 
















73, 


■» c oo 




-^nou: 






d 0-1 o a: 




CI CO ©CM 
















3 






f'cON^ 






o -* ~ o 




©CO 00 CO 
















n 






OS CO OO <C 






XiOXtO 




N^hOO 






















coao*o *i 






co cs cc co 




•*}• CM -"S" <N 
















O 


^N CS~ l~ 




p-TiooTo; 


1 




cscjcsco 




cs cT©co 
















m 


iO cm 




V3- 






C0~»CM 




— M 
















O 


€©■ 










<** 




v> 
















o 








01 
















































> 


















































<c 




































































































o 








i 
























M \ 






,fid 










,M 


M 


M j 








































*- 




















o 






o 






c 




c 


o 


O : 




















* oil 






£ b 


1 




o 




pJ bi ^ 


^ bi 




















« 5 Mo 


— • ^ be c 


is 




-3.E bOO 


-=.E bi 


1 u 
















2xi c-n 


gSgi 




J^c- 


2-S c 


















ill] 

OPhSW 


01 P +s * 

OPhKK 


E <= 




- 
C 


E£ t> 

PhKW 


a 

i 



c 


5 5 


ai 














~o 




































o 




































j= 








































































w 






























































X 






A 




o 






.2 


.3! 












bi 


.: 






cS 




0) 

E 






'> 


'> 












X 


a 




T 


p- 


1 

< 
| 


so 

z 


c 

0. 

— 

1 




a 

01 

T3 

el 
O 

| 


c 

0) 

lu 
as 
O 
| 




1 

at 

o 
1 


3 

Ef 

X 
7, 

\ 




B 
a 

— 
c 

| 


5 

c 

E 

s 

K 

| 


k 

c 

CU 

C 

| 


c 

1 

a 


4- 

s 

B 



1 


r» 




00 






t-~ 


X 


X 


x 


OC 


oc 


CS 


« 5 


o 


o 


o 




o 


o 


s 


= 


o 


o 


a 


O 


oa 


a» 


o> 


OS 




a 


OS 


9: 


— 


— 


o- 


— 


as 












rt 








■" 






1-1 










■"' 










rt 


" 




** 




•^ 



124 



HEATING OF SCHOOL BUILDINGS 

Practically all works relating to school buildings treat the 
subjects of heating and ventilating conjointly as one subject. With 
reference to some systems this is fitting, because in them the 
heating and ventilating is performed at one operation, the heated 
air being used also for ventilating; but perhaps a more intelligent 
understanding of the subject may be obtained if the two processes 
are first considered separately and afterwards with reference to 
their relation to each other. 

DIRECT HEATING 

All systems of heating may be grouped under two general 
heads, ( 1 ) direct heating systems in which the heat radiating 
apparatus is located in the room being warmed, such as stoves, 
steam and hot water radiators, and (2) indirect heating in which 
the heat radiating apparatus is not located immediately in the 
room to be warmed, but in the basement or some other portion 
of the building distant from the room or rooms being warmed. 
There are buildings in which both the direct and indirect are 
used in combination, which systems are discussed fully in the 
chapter on ventilation. 

One principle should be borne in mind constantly, — that 
ventilation on any positive or sanitary basis is an utter impos- 
sibility in rooms warmed by the direct system; heating is possible 
6ut no practical ventilation. It is also well to remember that 
the process of heating a room is a three-fold operation; (1) heat- 
ing the air within the room, (2) heating the walls, floor and 
reiling of the room, and (3) heating the air which may find its 
way into the room through crevices, around windows, doors, etc., 
to replace air which has leaked out in the same or any other 
manner. 

HEATING DEVICES 

Direct System. — The heating apparatus of the earliest 
schools undoubtedly consisted of enormous open grates or fire 

125 



=1 


BIB ' 





Fig 1 



Evolution Of 
Heating Systems 

Fig J Direct Heating., No 
Ventilation 

Tig. 2. Indirect Heating 
" No Ventilation 
FIG. 14. 

places which were, without question, bright and cheerful but not 
suited to school requirements. The open fireplace superheats 
those nearest the fire and leaves cold those at a distance. It is 
also expensive, as at least 50 per cent of the heat producing power 
of the fuel is lost through the open chimney. Open fireplaces 
may produce slight ventilation by reason of the draught created 
by the hot air passing up the chimney, but such ventilation is 
limited exactly to the amount of air which can leak into the 
room around doors, windows, etc., and such leakage rather con- 
tributes to the discomfort of the occupants of the room, than 
to ensure a perfect ventilating system. 

Doubtless, the next step in the development of direct heat- 
ing apparatus, was the modern iron stove which is still used, 
particularly in rural districts, for heating school rooms. Any 
sort of stove is but little better than the open fireplace, pos- 
sessing all of its defects and no additional merit except that of 
economy. The stove produces even less ventilation and in fact 
possesses but one reliable characteristic, — the ability to produce 
a great deal of heat at one point in the room quickly, and with 
a limited quantity of fuel. With the use of steam for heating 

126 



buildings, the annoying and unsightly radiator came into use, and 
in many places soon replaced the old fashioned fireplace and 
stove; but steam radiators for direct heating of school rooms 
are little better than fireplaces or stoves, and are incapable of 
producing any ventilation whatever. They are chiefly admirable 
as dust catchers. Owing to the excessive temperature and rather 
depressing effect of steam heat, hot water is often substituted 
therefor, but aside from the different character of heat furnished 
by the two systems and the very slight economy resulting from the 
use of hot water, the two systems are identical in principle and 
results. Many schemes have been devised for modifying and 
elaborating the apparatus for direct heating, above described, 
and for combining socalled systems of ventilation therewith, 
but with very indifferent success. Even though flues are pro- 
vided for the outflow of heated air from the rooms they do not 
ventilate, except in the imagination of the designer. 

Indirect Heating. — Indirect heating is any system in which 
the heat radiating surfaces are located outside of the room to be 
heated. Indirect systems may consist of hot air furnaces, or a 
"Battery" of steam or hot water coils located at some central 
point or points in the building, the apparatus being so connected 
with the flues and piping that the air which is heated in the 
apparatus is conducted, in the flues, to the rooms to be heated. 
Flues or outlets are then provided in each of the rooms for the 
escape of the air in the room outdoors. Where no fan or blower 
is used, such a system is commonly designated as a gravity system, 
this phraseology being based on the theory that the heated air 
entering the room is rarified, by means of the heat, sufficiently 
to cause it to rise in the outlet flues and escape outdoors, thus 
creating space in the school room which will be immediately filled 
by other heated air and the operation thus kept up indefinitely; 
a theory, however, far from reliable or trustworthy. Where the 
operation is controlled by means of fans or blowers the result 
may be positive and sure, but this phase of the subject is treated 
under the head of ventilation. 

127 



Fresh Air- 




Heated Air 



pen Register 
Radiator 



Example or Direct-Indirect Heating 

FIG. 15. 

In the systems of direct heating described it is assumed that 
the heating apparatus simply warms, and keeps warm, the air 
in the school room, no provision being made for the admission 
of fresh air or the egress of vitiated air except by leakage as 
stated. Indirect heating, however, involves some movement or 
change in the air of the rooms being heated, and a system ol 
Hues to provide for same; for if no means be provided whereby 
the air first in the rooms man find its way out, it is manifestly 
impossible to introduce fresh heated air from the basement, or 
other central point, into the rooms. Indirect heating therefore, 
has the advantage over direct heating that it necessarily involves 
more or less positive ventilation. 

Direct Indirect Heating. — A system of heating once much 
in vogue, but now obsolete and little used, was the direct-indirect 
system, which can be used only in connection with steam or hot 
water. This system consists in the placing of radiators adjacent 
to windows or other openings, leading direct outdoors, the theory 
being that the heat in the radiators would induce currents of 
fresh air to pass from outdoors over the radiator into the rooms 
to be heated. Of course, no air whatever would enter the rooms 
in such manner unless flues were also provided whereby air in the 



128 



rooms might find its way through these vents outdoors, and even 
in such case, ventilation by this system is exceedingly uncertain. 
Systems of this sort give much annoyance through freezing of the 
steam pipes exposed to the cold air and it is impossible to con- 
struct a system so as to supply an ample and positive volume of 
fresh air for ventilation. 



129 



GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF VENTILATION 

The physical health, and the effectiveness of all animal and 
human energy, are dependent to a wonderful degree upon the 
quality of air breathed. It is therefore impossible to overestimate 
the importance of maintaining, as nearly as possible, the normal 
purity of outside air throughout all school buildings. 

"The blood is the life," and the life of the blood is fresh 
air. Fresh air is exhilarating, vitalizing, purifying. Without it, 
life would end in a few minutes. 

The most essential element of life is not food, nor drink, 
nor light, nor heat, but fresh air. "Starvation is a matter of days 
with solids, hours with liquids, and of minutes with air." Fresh 
air is the very source of vitality. It turns the blue impure blood 
to rich red blood in the lungs and eliminates the waste tissues of 
the body and builds up the new. 

As Prof. Woodbridge says: "air is as much matter as is 
water or ice. It may be clean or dirty; moist or dry; cold or 
hot; it may be measured and weighed; moved and brought to 
rest, and it may pass thro all these states and yet to sight appear 
the same." Where there is animal life, there is always atmos- 
pheric pollution and "atmospheric purity in the presence of that 
life is possible only when there is atmospheric abundance:" 

The human heart pumps about twenty-six pints of impure 
venous blood into the lungs each minute for the purpose of puri- 
fication. The lungs, however, can transform this blue venous 
blood into pure arterial blood only by extracting about six pints 
of oxygen from the air per hour, and throwing off a corresponding 
amount of carbonic acid, which is a deadly poison totally in- 
capable of sustaining life. If the lungs could not throw off this 
carbonic acid, a man would die in a few minutes, the same as 
one who drowns, is hung or otherwise asphyxiated. 

Just as the draft is as essential to the boiler fire as the coal, 
so air in purity and abundance is as essential to the vital fire as 

130 



is food. A good draft is of more importance to a bright fire 
than is good coal, for if the draft is good, a hot fire may be made 
and held with poor fuel, but with a poor draft the best of fuel 
will not make and sustain a hot fire. Inferior food with an 
abundance of exercise in the open air is better than the finest of 
food with the breathing of tainted and vitiated air. To boiler 
power and engine energy coal and air are equally essential. To 
vigor of body and to vital energy food and air are also equally 
essential. To both the quality of air is of more importance than 
is the quantity of fuel and food. 

There is no menace to vitality and to the sum of the prod- 
ucts of vital energy so continuously imminent, so insidious so 
effectively active as are the invisible wastes of the body. The 
dead of the weapons of the world's battle-fields are few com- 
pared with those whose lives have been either blighted or pre- 
maturely ended because of failure to maintain the body in a 
correct relation to the atmospheric source of abundant energy 
waiting to be transformed into vital force, and who have died 
for want of proper breath. He who would live at his best must 
breathe air at its purest. There is no material necessity to life 
greater than that of pure air. There is nothing so priceless and 
yet so costless as air. There is no financial investment which 
does or can yield so sure and so large returns as money wisely 
expended for pure air. 

Ventilation, as contemplated by this work, refers to the 
continuous renewal of the air within buildings intended for school 
purposes. It will have no reference to accidental or imperfect 
ventilation, such as may be obtained through windows, doors or 
other such means, but only to such positive ventilation as may be 
brought about only by means of a definite supply of fresh air 
forced into the rooms at one or more places by means of pressure 
from the blower or otherwise, and the consequent displacement 
of the foul air in the room by means of the same pressure; — in 
short, will refer to a gradual, complete and continuous changing 
of the air from foul to fresh so that the air breathed by the 
occupants of the rooms will be at all times as near perfectly pure 

131 



as possible. No such result can be attained unless the volume of 
fresh air supplied is based upon the number of occupants, and 
length of periods during which the rooms are occupied; and 
unless the supply of fresh air, and the removal of foul air, is 
accomplished regardless of the varying internal and external 
temperatures, as well as the velocity and direction of the air 
outside of the building. 

A few general principles, now well established, regarding 
the character and motion of air in a room should be kept in mind 
to insure an intelligent grasp of the subject. 

( 1 .) The air in a room must be conceived of as a definite 
medium, just as one thinks of the water in a bucket which is 
filled to the brim with that liquid. As it is impossible to put 
more water into the bucket without forcing out of the bucket some 
of the water which is already therein, so is it impossible to force 
air into a room (uniform pressure being maintained) without dis- 
placing some of the air within the room. Further, the volume of 
air which can be delivered into any room is always equal to the 
quantity of air displaced therefrom, if the pressure remains the 
same. 

(2.) The air of nature is a mechanical mixture of 
nitrogen and oxygen, with a little carbonic acid, a form of oxygen 
called ozone and more or less vapor of water. The amount of 
carbonic acid in the open air of nature is from 4 to 6 parts in 
10,000 by volume. 

In places where ventilation is not perfect, air contains also 
impurities such as sulphuretted hydrogen, sulphuric, nitric and 
ether acids and often more or less solid matter like particles of 
dust. Air in rooms occupied by human beings becomes rapidly 
contaminated by the products of respiration from the human 
beings, the pores of the skin, etc. Air also contains bacteria or 
disease gevms ; and many authorities believe that the dust particles 
in air are largely responsible for the distribution or propagation of 
the bacteria of various diseases. 

(3.) While the ends to be sought in ventilating are 
threefold (1) hygienic, (2) economic and (3) mechanical, both 

132 



heating and ventilating are most important for hygienic reasons. 
Pure air is as important to the human body as food and water. 
A candle will not burn in air improverished of oxygen. So, 
also, breathing impure air dulls the fires of the body and thus 
clouds the intellect. The more the bodily vitality is lowered, the 
greater is the danger of contracting both temporary and per- 
manent disease. Real vital energy must not be expected in 
abnormal atmospheric conditions. If pure air is entirely absent, 
death is immediate. One cubic foot per minute will barely sup- 
port life. Five or even ten cubic feet per minute admit of but 
low vitality; thirty cubic feet per minute will ensure vigor and 
health, but additional fresh air up to the point where noticeable 
draught begins, is the ideal condition. 

(4.) The air in a room is always in motion owing to the 
fact that certain portions of the room, such as glass, may be 
colder or hotter than other portions, such as walls, and this in- 
equality in temperature is certain to result in air motion by the 
force of gravity, cold air falling because of its density and heated 
air rising because of its rarity. 

(5.) Carbonic acid gas expelled from the human lungs by 
respiration, or emitted through the pores of the skin, is 50 per 
cent heavier than pure air and therefore falls toward the floor. 

(6.) The air in nature is purified by the action of winds, 
rain, lightning, etc., but it is impossible to purify the air inside 
of a building except by removing and replacing it by fresh air 
brought from out doors; therefore any socalled system of 
ventilation which does not positively produce this result is not 
in reality a system of ventilation at all. 

(7.) Positive ventilation can be secured only where pro- 
vision is made for ( 1 ) some source of power for forcibly moving 
the air, (2) flues and inlets for conducting the fresh air into 
the rooms, (3) outlets and flues for conveying the exhausted air 
again to the outdoors. 

(8.) The quantity of fresh air necessary to maintain a 
fixed standard of purity may easily be determined, using the 
carbonic acid as the index. Each adult averages 20 cubic 

133 



inches of air at each breath, and about 20 respirations each 
minute. Knowing the amount of carbonic acid in pure air, and 
in air expelled from the human lungs, and knowing by experi- 
ment that discomfort if not harm attends the breathing of air 
containing more than 8 parts in 1 0,000 of carbonic acid, it is 
easy to figure the requirements for any standard. This subject 
is fully elaborated in Prof. R. C. Carpenter's excellent work on 
Heating and Ventilating Buildings. 

In Massachusetts the state law requires that the ventilating 
apparatus of all school buildings shall supply at least 30 cubic 
feet of fresh air per minute or 1800 cubic feet per hour for 
each pupil, upon which basis the air in a standard school room 
containing 40 pupils would have to be wholly changed once in 
every 8 minutes. This has practically become the standard the 
country over. 

INLETS, OUTLETS AND FLUES 

The utmost care must be observed in designing inlets, out- 
lets and flues for ventilation. It is an easy matter to bring a 
definite volume of air into a given space in a given time but it 
is often exceedingly difficult to accomplish this result, at the same 
time reaching all parts of the room with the fresh, pure air, but 
avoiding the formation of air currents, draughts and eddies. To 
secure satisfactory results the air should be uniformly distributed, 
should be warmed enough to prevent a feeling of chilliness on 
the part of individuals in the room, and should proceed at a speed 
which will not give the sensation of a draught. Air entering a 
school room should not have an initial velocity in excess of 10 
feet per second at the opening of the flue, or in excess of 5 
feet per second in the school room. 

The best results are obtained when the air inlets are located 
at a considerable height above the floor and the outlets are located 
at the floor on the same side of room as the inlets. The ad- 
vantages of this arrangement are that heated air tends to rise 
and spread uniformly just under the ceiling, after which it 
settles lower and lower in the room, gradually displacing the cool 
and foul air therein and the room is thus soon filled with fresh, 

134 



UlU — B J5L A Tii l i! G !-inc_ 
'?J7 



Worst Ft>ssie>LE Arrangement 




.Little Better. 





Circulation too hi&h 



Circulation Ome Sided 





TAIR CIRCULATION 



Ideal method 



FIG. 16. 

warm, pure air while the vitiated air passes out through the vent 
shafts under the impelling force of the fresh air which has been 
forced into the room. Mr. Warren R. Briggs, of Bridgeport, 
Conn., published in the third annual report of the Connecticul 
State Board of Health, 1 879, the results of a series of experi- 
ments made by him to determine the most advantageous location 
of inlet and outlet flues for ventilation purposes. The results 
of these experiments were given in the work published by Mr. 
Briggs in 1 899, on the American School Building. These ex- 
periments were conducted with a model having about one-sixth 
the capacity of an ordinary school room and the movements of 
the air were made visible by mingling smoke therewith whereby 
all changes undergone in the air were made visible. 



135 



These experiments are illustrated in figure (16). It is 
perhaps well to add that the practice of the best ventilating 
engineers and the experience of the years which have elapsed 
since these experiments by Mr. Briggs demonstrate the correct- 
ness and reliability of his conclusions, as to the direction of these 
air currents and the positive character of their action. 



136 



SYSTEMS OF VENTILATION 

Until very recent years ventilation was regarded more as 
a luxury than a necessity. Although the discomforts of poorly 
ventilated rooms have always been known and deprecated, the 
apparent necessity of complex and expensive methods for cor- 
recting the difficulty has undoubtedly retarded the advancement 
in this department of building economy. But, as a result of the 
recent advance in hygienic science and experiment, it is now well 
known that the vitiated atmosphere of crowded rooms is 
positively and undeniably injurious, often leading to the propaga- 
tion of various dangerous diseases, and that continued exposure 
to it is reasonably certain to be followed by serious consequences. 

It is of the utmost importance that school buildings should 
be ventilated according to the most advanced knowledge and 
experience, and every school board should insist upon expert 
service in this department of building economy whether it has 
been afforded elsewhere or not. The practice, followed by many 
boards, of permitting various manufacturers to submit their own 
layouts is very unwise, and is continued no doubt because many 
architects, not skilled or experienced in designing ventilating 
apparatus, are glad to have manufacturers relieve them of 
expense in this manner. This procedure not only defeats all true 
competition, but has the additional defect of making the boards 
of education act in the capacity of judges of the various ventilat- 
ing schemes submitted, which they are utterly incompetent to do, 
and many failures can be explained by this program. If any 
portion of a school building is worthy the attention of an expert 
surely this is it. 

VENTILATION BY NATURAL METHODS 

On the basis of least expense, natural agencies, such as 
air supply through doors and windows, were long depended upon, 
but it is apparent that such ventilation is not a "system" at all 

137 



Went Stack 



Smoke Stack 




FIG. 17 

This illustration shows 
diagramatically the princi- 
ple of a gravity system of 
heating and ventilation, 
showing the path of outside 
cold air as it passes over 
the furnace, up into the 
school room and outdoors 
again through the vent 
stack. The motion of the 
air is produced by the heat 
of the furnace. 

Grayjty System 
Of Mot Air Indirect Heating 
And Ventilating Combined. 

and is both spasmodic and disagreeable, if not dangerous be- 
cause of draught. 

VENTILATION BY GRAVITY 
The first step away from ventilation by natural methods 
consisted in supplying buildings with flues either for the intro- 
duction of fresh air, the withdrawal of vitiated air, or both; but 
where no method was employed for forcing fresh air in through 
the former, or drawing the foul air out through the latter, such 
systems of flues were even less dependable than the natural 
processes above referred to. This led to a further step in ad- 
vance known as the Gravity System and consisting of some 
means of encouraging or inducing a movement of the air from 
the rooms into the foul air flue. One such plan involves the use 
of two flues for each room, one leading into the room from a 
furnace, or battery of furnaces, located in the basement, and the 
other leading from the room to a point above the roof of the 
building. It is the theory of this system that when the air used 
for heating the rooms leaves the furnaces, it both rises and ex- 
pands in volume, because of its heat and lighter specific gravity, 



138 




FIG. 18. 

Showing proper arrangement of warm air and exhaust flues. Fan 
plenum system. No exhaust fan used. 

139 



and thus enters the room with a certain velocity due to these 
causes. This velocity is supposed to be sufficient to displace an 
equal volume of air already in the room and force it up the 
vent flue and thus out doors. This is a beautiful theory and 
such systems sometimes do operate with a fair degree of satis- 
faction when wind and weather conditions are favorable; but if 
the winds or weather are unfavorable, the system is just as certain 
to prove ineffectual and little better than no system of ventila- 
tion whatever. 

A final step in the development of the gravity system con- 
sists in placing gas jets, stack heaters, steam coils, iron smoke 
stacks, etc., in the exhaust flues, with the idea that the heat thus 
generated will cause a positive draught and thus force foul air 
up the exhaust flue and thus out of doors, but the same objections 
may be urged to this phase of thp gravity system, which is some- 
times called ventilation by aspiration, as have been urged against 
the simple gravity system, differing only in degree. 

FORCED OR MECHANICAL VENTILATION 

The inevitable result of the unsatisfactory results obtained 
from all methods of ventilation previously referred to, has been 
the general conclusion of all authorities that there is no system 
of ventilation, of any sort, which is positive, uniform or other- 
wise dependable except the method of supplying air for ventila- 
tion by force from a blower or fan; and that if the air is wanted 
in a particular place, at a particular time, and in certain definite 
quantities and velocities, it must be forced to go there under the 
necessary conditions in spite of winds, weather and all other 
such conditions. Further, actual experience is demonstrating that 
no positive system of ventilation is so inexpensive — results con- 
sidered — as the fan system. 

VENTILATION AND HEATING COMBINED 

Although the subject of heating has been separately treated 
in the present work, experience has demonstrated that in our 
climate it is never wise to operate the system of ventilation en- 
tirely by itself. The air used for ventilation should at least be 

140 



warmed to the temperature of the room into which it is introduced. 
In some systems the heating and ventilation is performed at one 
operation, the ventilating air being first forced through the heat- 
ing furnaces or coils, thus raising it to a high temperature, in 
which condition it is introduced into the school room under 
pressure from the fan or blower. After passing through the room 
it is forced on out through the ventilating stacks, but not until it 
has performed the two operations at once. 

The latter system while in more common use is not as good 
practice as the system in which the heating and ventilating are 
nearly independent of each other for the following reasons: 

1 . In order that the ventilating air shall not lose so much 
heat in its passage through the school rooms as to cause an un- 
pleasant and cooling feeling upon the occupants of the room, it 
is necessary to overheat the air at the coil or furnace, thus cook- 
ing, or burning, and depriving the air of the humidity which it 
must have for ideal results. 

2. Owing to the absence of this humidity the mucous 
membranes of the persons occupying the room become affected 
and are more liable to colds and other irritating affections. 

3. Such dry air quickly affects the vitality and comfort, 
if not the health of the pupils occupying the rooms, and it is 
very frequently found necessary to resort to the opening of 
windows or transoms to secure fresh air in its natural condition 
of humidity because of the absence of same in the ventilating 
air furnished to the room, thus counteracting and nullifying the 
mechanical ventilation. 

SYSTEMS OF FORCED VENTILATION 

There are two systems of forced ventilation. ( 1 ) the 
Exhaust system, and (2) the Plenum or pressure system. The 
exhaust system consists in using a fan to forcibly withdraw the 
air from rooms. This system is now little used except for 
ventilating toilet rooms, chemical and other laboratories, etc., 
and as an auxiliary to the plenum system. In this system 
a partial vacuum is created within the apartment and, 

141 




142 



as all air currents and leaks are thus inward, there is nothing 
to govern the quality or velocity of the air, and it is difficult to 
provide proper means of warming it. In the case of toilet rooms, 
laboratories, etc., the system is very desirable, and in many build- 
ings imperative. Further, the tendency of the air to leak from 
corridors and adjoining rooms into the toilet rooms, etc., be- 
cause of the vacuum above described, is a positive merit rather 
than a defect in this case because it counteracts all tendency of 
foul smelling air to pass from these apartments into other portions 
of the building. 

By the Plenum system, fresh, pure air may be forced into 
the rooms at any desired degree of temperature or velocity, at 
any desired degree of humidity, and under such conditions as may 
be positively controlled at all times; and all leakage is outward 
through windows, etc., thus preventing the drawing of polluted 
air into the room from any source whatever. Moreover, all air 
which is forced into the room by the Plenum or pressure system 
and owing to that pressure, forces out of the room an equal 
volume of the vitiated air, already in the room, and does so by 
positive measurable processes which remove all doubt as to the 
actual results accomplished. When it is remembered that the 
physical energy of the body is absolutely dependent upon a 
constant and positive supply of fresh, pure air, as surely as the 
energy of the engine is the result of the fires under the boilers, 
the vast importance of this result is easily realized. 

HEATING AND VENTILATING AIR 

Air used for ventilation is always heated in cold weather 
before its introduction into school rooms, and as already ex- 
plained, may be sufficiently heated so that the heating and 
ventilating are performed at one operation. In buildings where 
steam or hot water is used for heating, the air for ventilation is 
frequently heated to only 70 degrees by means of indirect coils 
located in the basement, the idea being that the radiators in the 
rooms are to provide that heat necessary for the rooms, and the 
indirect coils in the basement are for the purpose only of temper- 

143 




o 
em. (J 






e £ 

k. _a 

oh 



'•=0 



ing the ventilating air so that it may enter the rooms at the same 
temperature as the air which is already in the rooms. This latter 
plan is considered far the best system of heating and ventilating 
now in common use and is much to be preferred over any system 
in wlrch the heating and ventilating is done at one operation. 

QUANTITY OF VENTILATING AIR 

Professor Woodbridge says that "Only two considerations 
should be allowed to limit the quantity of air supply: Air 
draughts and bank drafts." In other words, ventilating air should 
be supplied in maximum quantities up to the point where danger 
arises from colds due to draught, provided the funds in hand will 
admit of such liberal supply. The length of time rooms are 
actually occupied continuously has much to do with the quantity 
of ventilating air which should properly be used in the rooms. 
Under the Massachusetts law, as first passed, it was attempted 
to require 50 cubic feet of air per capita per minute in public 
schools, but as it was found impracticable to obtain such a high 
standard, especially within reasonable financial limits, the 
standard was dropped to 30 cubic feet per minute which is now 
generally adopted in school work throughout the country as a 
minimum volume to be provided m any system of ventilation 
worthy of the name. As more and more attention is given to 
perfecting ventilating apparatus, the time will probably come 
when 40 cubic feet or even 50 cubic feet may be obtained within 
reasonable limits of expense and this is the goal toward which 
all progress should be aimed. 

AIR VELOCITIES 

In very good practice of the present day, the inlets and flues 
in ventilating systems for schools are so designed that the velocities 
of ventilating air will be as follows: Leaving the register into 
the room not over 300 linear feet per minute ; passing through 
distributing flues and risers about 700 linear feet per minute; in 
mains and branches 1000 to 1500 linear feet per minute. The 
velocity of ventilating air in toilet rooms, laboratories, gym- 
nasiums, physical training rooms and other special rooms may 

145 



be varied from the above to suit the special conditions as the 
judgment of the engineer dictates. But all such rooms should 
have much larger per capita supply than ordinary school rooms. 
See the Ohio code; heating and ventilating. 

HEATING BY ROTATION 
As a measure of economy, many heating and ventilating 
plants are so designed that for quick preliminary heating of the 
building the ventilating air is drawn from within the building 
itself into the fan chamber, and thence forced back again into 
the building, thus making a complete rotation of the building 
without contact with the cold air from out doors. This process 
no doubt saves expense in the initial heating of the buildings, and 
may be recommended for that purpose only, but all air for 
ventilating purposes, while rooms are occupied, should be drawn 
directly from out doors and if possible from a point above the 
building rather than near the ground. 

AUTOMATIC CONTROL 
Wherever the funds in hand will permit, the heating and 
ventilating apparatus should be automatically controlled, and no 
first class building may be considered complete without such 
control. Among many systems now on the market the Johnson 
system, the American system and the Powers system are probably 
in more general use than any others. One remarkable effect of 
impure air is to render the occupants of the room more or less 
insensible to heat. Thus both teachers and pupils in poorly 
ventilated rooms will frequently complain of cold when the 
thermometer indicates the actual temperature of the room to be 
as high as 75 or 80. Under such conditions, the addition of 
more heat, without pure fresh air, simply aggravates the con- 
ditions. Moreover, if teachers in various parts of the building 
are permitted to tinker with the heating and ventilating apparatus 
to satisfy their own whims, or even if an experienced janitor is 
allowed to have control of this matter, the results will prove very 
unsatisfactory and annoying. By the use of an automatic system 
the heat may be kept permanently at any desired degree in every 

146 




portion of the building, and the flow of ventilating air may be 
controlled according to the wishes of the superintendent of the 
building, and kept within any bounds desired. This result is 
accomplished by means of thermostats, located in each room, 
which are connected by means of compressed air pipes with 

147 



various dampers located at the proper points in the heating and 
ventilating system. In some of the systems the work is ac- 
complished by means of electricity instead of compressed air. 
Thermostatic valves are also provided for attachment directly to 
steam or hot water radiators so that no matter what system of 
heating and ventilating is used, automatic regulation is not only 
feasible but has been demonstrated absolutely reliable. In general 
the cost of automatic regulation amounts to about one-tenth or 
one-twelfth of the cost of the entire heating and ventilating 
system. 

LOCATION OF OPENINGS 

The location of inlets and outlets for ventilating air is a 
very important matter and has much to do with the efficiency 
with which the ventilating air performs its work. Naturally the 
air currents within a room always tend downward owing to the 
cooling effect of windows and the outside walls, and the move- 
ment of the air which is thus slightly chilled is over the floor and 
back toward the warmer and inner walls again. The tendency 
of the air near the ceiling is naturallly toward the outer walls 
and the falling currents above mentioned. For these reasons the 
proper location for the air inlets is upon the inside wall at the 
point as nearly as possible central with reference to the outside 
or exposed walls, and the best practice includes the use of dif- 
fusers to spread the air in every direction horizontally, as it 
enters the rooms, in order to encourage its distribution into all 
portions of the room, and avoid the danger of a mere circling 
of air in a vertical plane from the point of inlet to the point of 
outlet. It is also advisable to have the inlet high enough to 
avoid any possibility of draught upon the occupants of the room 
and the best practice of the present day is to locate inlets at 
least seven feet above the floor level. From the foregoing reason- 
ing, it will be obvious that the outlet for vitiated air should also 
be on the inner and warmer wall of the room, and should be 
in or near the floor so as to catch all impure air as it passes over 
the floor, before it has an opportunity to rise along the inside wall 
and become again a part of the air current ventilating the room. 

148 



Where it is possible to do so, it is advantageous to have two 
inlets and outlets for the purpose of better distribution of the 
ventilating air. 

HUMIDITY 

During the past few years, medical men, and scientists 
have been emphasizing the fact that moisture is a necessary and 
integral part of the human body, and that heating and ventilating 
systems are failures which do not in some way provide for this 
condition. The air we breathe must be not only pure, but to be 
ideally healthful must contain a certain amount of water vapor. 
The amount of moisture the air contains is called its humidity. 

When air contains all the moisture it can carry without 
precipitating it in the form of water like rain, it is said to be 
''saturated." This condition is styled as 100 per cent humidity. 
Air containing no moisture is said to be at degree humidity, 
the term humidity, as here used, therefore refers to the relative 
humidity in the air. The relative humidty in the Desert of 
Sahara is said to be 33 per cent, in the average American home 
and school room 20 to 28 per cent — or dryer than the Desert of 
Sahara. Physicians say these conditions are not conducive to 
health. 

As the temperature increases, the capacity of the air to 
hold moisture also increases. The following table shows the 
actual weight of water that can exist as a gas or vapor in air 
at some of the ordinary temperatures: 



Tern. 


No. grains in cu 


ft. 


Tern. 


No. 


grains cu. ft 


100 


19.8 




40 




2.8 


90 


14.8 




30 




1.9 


80 


10.9 




20 




1.2 


70 


8.0 




10 




.8 


60 


5.7 









.5 



50 4.1 —10 .3 

The amount of moisture in the atmosphere in a building is 
governed by ( 1 ) the temperature, (2) the nature of the evapor- 
ating surface and (3) by the rate at which the humidity is car- 
ried away. The correct percentage of humidity in school rooms 
is about 50 per cent. 

149 



If air is heated to 70 degrees or higher but without the addi- 
tion of watery vapor, its capacity for absorbing moisture is very 
much increased, and it will take up moisture from all moist objects 
it touches. It will take it from the skin as rapidly as the skin 
gives it off. It will take moisture from the mucous membranes 
of the nose, mouth and the respiratory tract, causing more or 
less drying of the skin and these membranes, thus rendering them 
fit for the spread of disease. Dry skin, throat trouble, catarrh, 
colds, overactivity of the glands, etc., are thought to be caused 
in many cases by such loss of moisture from the body due to 
dry heat. 

The pneumonia and croup period is the season of artificial 
heat in living rooms. 

This dryness of the air also requires a higher temperature 
to give the same bodily sensation of warmth and comfort obtained 
at a much lower degree in air containing normal percentage of 
moisture. If a room at 70 degrees F. is not warm enough for 
any normal healthy person, the percentage of moisture is too low. 
Not more coal, but more water is needed. 

FILTERING AIR FOR VENTILATION 

Another refinement found in the better grade of heating 
and ventilating plants, consists of air filters for the purpose of 
purifying the air of solid impurities which is used for ventilation. 
While such an equipment may be desired or necessary in some 
localities, it is not as yet considered of sufficient importance to be 
included in the majority of American school buildings. Hygien- 
ically considered, it is not of great importance, as the filters would 
in no case remove disease germs. And simply to remove dust 
from the air by the ordinary methods of filtration requires so njuch 
extra fan power in forcing air through the filters that the result 
does not justify the added expense, except in closely congested, 
smoky and murky city districts. It has been estimated by some 
one that 6000 tons of soot hang over London every day. All 
cities are overhung with much smoke, soot and dust and every 

150 



possible expedient should be employed to prevent this from 
passing into the school rooms. 

NOTE: — All readers who care to study a more exhaustive and tech- 
nical paper relating to the warming and ventilating of school buildings are 
referred to a treatise written by Professor S. H. Woodbridge of the Massachu- 
setts Institute of Technology for the Board of Education of the State of Con- 
necticut in 1898. Professor Rolla C. Carpenter, in his exhaustive work on 
Heating and Ventilating Buildings, page 430, publishes this treatise and pro- 
nounces it the best general discussion of the subject hitherto published. The 
author acknowledges this paper to be his authority for many of the conclusions 
on this subject contained in the present work. 



151 



CHART SHOWING STATUS OF RLGULATION OF 
SCHOOLHOUSE CONSTRUCTION IN THE UNITED STATES IN 1912. 







COMPILED 


BY 


TRAHK IRVING 


COOPER. 


bOSTCW 




















Dt 


?i Plan 


INSTRUCTION 


taO N SANfTATO 


[VIBMING! 


a 


• Statl • P 

■4-1 


h 


> 

Si 




-■: 

: 


1 


-• 

c 
2 


i 
ii 

3 

< 


14 

< 


E 

C 


i- 

8 

5 


j; 






p 


' 


g 




i 
§ 

s 
" 


S ° 


-• ? 

= E 


• 

E 




| 


s 


Al AftAMA 


y Zl 
















































ADI7HNA 


xi 




& 


8 








































s 


AD KANSAS 
















































u 


T.AI IFDPNIA 


x| 




■ 






- 


































H 


CO! OPADO 


X 


JS 




» 








































< 


con nrc.Tir.1 it 




■ 


■ 




















1 






1 


1 










DFI AWAPP X 














































5 


Fl OD 1 DA 


















































fiFODOIA 


















































IDAHO 
















































■ 


II 1 INOIS 
















































u 


INDIANA X 


X 














































- 


IOWA 












































1 '' 


kan.sa.s vr Mnrrs a r. 


























E 










5 


KFNTIICKY 










































lOlllSIANA X 










1 


































u 






























» 














Efl 


MADYI AND 








































s 












■r 


r 


N< 


m 


1 




1 








1 














5 








































a 




xl 




























f... 








XXX 


:r 


■ ] 




§ 


































































































9 








































W/> 




- 






fa 


















































• 




















































^_ 




, 














































xl 


1 


a 














1 


























^ 


nfw mfxicc) 








31 


1 






































NFW YDDK. 


x l 


■ 1 


M 


' ; 


i 




































NflPTM fADO INA 


x l 
















































NCSTH UNOA X 














































rwin 

DM AHOMA 


















































ODFOON 
















































■ 




x| 


























1 


•« 










WIDDf ISI AND 


IE 








































£ 


SOI ITU CADdi INA 


1 












































xl 


; 






• 


























3C 








5 


TFNFSSFF 












































•i 


TTXA.S 












































■s 


UTAH X 
































1 


VFDMONT X 




























































xl 












































5 




xl 












































X 


















































■tfYDMIMTi 

















































Km A TnL PLANS KX 3O10DL CV'LD«NGS IN THIS 5TATI MUST E£ APPROVED DY STATE AOCHITECT 

Note & These wus abe prtpaetd cy rePABTwrtfr cr inspection cr wopashops factcpies 

»N0 PI/6LIC BUILDINGS 

Non C These lavs and regulations apply to state buildings only 



tfHHNC COOPtP 



STATE SCHOOL CODES 

The following states are still without any definite laws or 
code governing the character of public school buildings, in regard 
to construction: 



Alabama 

Arizona 

Arkansas 

California 

Colorado . 

Delaware 

District of Columbia 

Florida 

Georgia 

Idaho 

Illinois 

Iowa 

Kentucky 

Maine 

Maryland 

Michigan 



Mississippi 

Missouri 

Montana 

Nebraska 

New Mexico 

Nevada 

North Carolina 

Oklahoma 

Oregon 

Rhode Island 

South Carolina 

Tennessee 

Texas 

Washington 

Wisconsin 

Wyoming 



None of the states in the above list have any laws or codes 
governing the construction of school buildings at the present time 
(January, 1915), although some of the states in this list have 
laws requiring drawings and specifications for school buildings 
to be submitted to the state boards of health or the state factory 
inspector for approval before the buildings are constructed. 
These conditions obtain in Vermont and one or two other states. 
However, no state in the above list has now any requirements 
whatever regarding the heating and ventilating, lighting, sanita- 
tion, fireproofing or panic proofing of school buildings. 

In all of these states, notably Missouri and Illinois, the 
large cities like St. Louis and Chicago have city building codes, 



153 



the provisions of which apply to school buildings in common 
with all other buildings, but as a rule such city building ordinances 
relate only to safety of construction, and to fire protection. 

THE CONNECTICUT LAW 

Every school house shall be kept in a cleanly state and 
free from effluvia arising from any drain, privy, or other nuisance, 
and shall be provided with a sufficient number of proper water 
closets, earth closets, or privies, for the use of the pupils attend- 
ing such school house, and shall be properly ventilated. 

Whenever it shall be found by the state board of educa- 
tion, or by the board of school visitors, or by a member of the 
town school committee of the town in which any school house 
is located, that further or different sanitary provisions or means 
of lighting or ventilating are required in any school house, and 
that the same can be provided without unreasonable expense, 
either of said boards, or such member of the town school com- 
mittee may recommend to the person or authority in charge of 
or controlling such school house such changes in the ventilation, 
lighting, or sanitary arrangements of such school house as they 
may deem necessary. In case such changes be not made sub- 
stantially as recommended within two weeks from the date of 
notice thereof such board or member of the committee may make 
complaint to the proper health authority of the community in 
which such school house is situated, which said authority shall, 
after notice to and hearing of the parties interested, order such 
changes made in the lighting, ventilation or sanitary arrange- 
ments of such school house as it may deem necessary and proper. 

All public school houses, the construction of which was 
not begun before the passage of this act, shall be constructed 
in accordance with the provisions hereof. 

No school house for the accommodation of pupils of gram- 
mar school grade, or of a lower grade, shall be constructed so 
as to contain more than two stories above the basement. 

No school house for the accommodation of pupils of a 
higher grade than grammar school grade shall be constructed so 

154 



as to contain more than two stories above the basement, unless 
such school house is of fire-proof construction throughout, and in 
that event shall not exceed three stories above the basement. 

All school houses of eight or more class-rooms not of fire- 
proof construction throughout shall be built as follows: 

(a) The outer walls shall be of brick, natural or artifi- 
cial stone, terra cotta blocks, re-enforced concrete, or other fire- 
proof material. 

(b) The walls separating the school rooms from the halls 
or corridors shall be of masonry or other fire-proof material. 

(c) There shall be a stairway constructed in at least 
two opposite sides of the building leading to the ground floor 
from the floor or floors above, and no such school house here- 
after built shall contain circular stairs. 

(d) There shall be one exit constructed in at least each 
of two opposite sides of the building upon the first floor leading 
to the ground, which may be the same as the exits from the 
floor or floors above the first. 

(e) The stairs and stairways shall be of fire-proof con- 
struction. 

(f) All doors leading from rooms into halls or corridors 
shall be hung so as to swing into the hall or corridor, and all 
doors leading from the corridors out of the building shall be so 
hung as to swing outward. 

(g) There shall be a door of fire-proof material at the 
head of each stairway leading from the first floor to the base- 
ment. 

(h) All wooden partitions, ceilings, floors, and wood- 
work about the heating apparatus or plant shall be covered with 
asbestos, tin, sheet iron, or other fire-proof material so as to 
effectually overcome danger from fire. 

No door leading from a school room into a hall or corridor, 
or from a hall or corridor out of the building shall, during school 
hours, be locked or bolted or secured in any other manner than 
by a spring which will readily yield to pressure from the inside. 

155 



There shall be placed in a hall or corridor of every such 
school an alarm consisting of a bell or gong arranged or equipped 
so as to be sounded from at least one convenient station or place 
upon each floor and of sufficient size and volume of tone to be 
distinctly heard in every room when sounded. In the absence 
of such alarm there shall be placed in each room an alarm con- 
sisting of a bell or gong of sufficient volume to be heard through- 
out the room where placed, all or simultaneously from the same 
station or place, at least one of which stations or places shall be 
conveniently located in a hall or corridor upon each floor. 

The following act regulates the employment of architects 
on public buildings: 

SECTION 1 . Whenever any building is to be erected by 
the State of Connecticut in the designing or construction of which 
the services of an architect shall be required, the comptroller 
shall give public notice, for not less than one month, through the 
public press, that such public building is to be erected, together 
with a statement of the amount appropriated therefor and other 
details of the proposed construction, and that any and all archi- 
tects who may see fit may submit plans, specifications, and esti- 
mates of cost for the construction of such building. 

SECTION 2. Upon application to the comptroller by any 
architect, the comptroller shall give such additional information 
regarding such contemplated building and its character, construc- 
tion, and details as he may possess. 

SECTION 3. All plans, specifications, and estimates for 
such building, submitted to the comptroller, shall be received by 
him and by him delivered into the custody of the board of con- 
trol or, in case a committee is raised, or persons appointed by 
the general assembly to have charge of the supervision or con- 
struction of such building, then to such committee or persons, 
which board, committee, or persons shall receive and inspect all 
of such plans and specifications. 

Section 4. Said board, committee, or persons having 
charge of the supervision or construction of such building and 
the selection of plans and specifications therefor, shall give a 

156 



public hearing to all parties interested, who shall have ample 
opportunity to present the merits of any of said plans and specifi- 
cations. 

SECTION 5. Said board, committee, 'or persons shall 
have the right to accept and adopt any onv of the said plans 
and specifications, and may reject any or all of them, and such 
selections shall be conclusive. 

Any janitor, teacher, or other person who violates the pro- 
visions of 311 shall be fined not more than three hundred 
dollars, or imprisoned not more than three months, or both. 
Every member of a board of education, school board, board of 
school visitors, or building committee, or official who is charged 
with the duty of planning, contracting for, or building a public 
school house, who plans or contracts, or participates in contract- 
ing for, or votes to build, or builds such school house in viola- 
tion of any of the provisions of 308-309 shall be fined not 
more than three hundred dollars, or imprisoned not more than 
three months, or both. 

Every story above the first story of a building used as a 
school house, orphan asylum, insane asylum, reformatory, opera 
house, hall for public assemblies, boarding house accommodating 
more than twelve persons, or tenement house occupied by more 
than five families shall be provided with more than one way 
of egress, by stairways on the inside or fire escapes on the out- 
side of such building. Said stairways and fire escapes shall, at 
all times, be kept free from obstruction and shall be accessible 
from each room in every story above the first story. 

Every theater, nickelette, school house, or hall, excepting 
town halls, in which people commonly assemble in larger num- 
bers than one hundred, shall be provided with one or more exits, 
each exit consisting of a door so hung as to open outward, and 
in case any passageway from such theater, nickelette, school 
house, or hall to such exit contains one or more doors, each door 
shall be so hung as to open outward. 

The owner or lessee of any such theater, nickelette, school 
house, or hall who uses or permits any such theater, nickelette, 

157 



school house, or hall to be used as a place for the assembly of 
people when such theater, nickelette, school house, or hall does 
not conform to the provisions of this act shall be fined not more 
than two hundred dollars, or confined in jail not more than six 
months, or both. If the owner or lessee is a corporation, the 
directors shall be deemed the owners or lessees within the mean- 
ing of this act. If the owner or lessee is an ecclesiastical society 
or a school district, the trustees of such society or the board 
having control of the property or of such school house shall be 
deemed the owner or lessee within the meaning of this act. 

THE INDIANA LAW 

DOORS MUST SWING OUTWARD 

243. Whoever, being the owner, manager, lessee, trus- 
tee, or person having the charge of any theater, opera house, 
museum, college, seminary, church, school house, or other 
public building, refuses or neglects to cause all the doors thereof, 
constructed for the purpose of ingress and egress, whether inner 
or outer doors, to be so hung that the same shall swing outwardly, 
shall be fined in any sum not exceeding one thousand dollars 
nor less than ten dollars, to which may be added imprisonment 
in the county jail for any period not exceeding six months: 
Provided, that this section shall not apply to the outer doors of 
one-story churches and school houses. 

SANITARY BUILDINGS 

I. That after the going into effect of this act, all school 
houses which shall be constructed or remodeled, shall be con- 
structed in accordance and conform to the following sanitary 
principles, to-wit : 

(a) Sites. — All sites shall be dry, and such drainage as 
may be necessary to secure and maintain dry grounds and dry 
buildings, shall be selected and supplied. Said site and said 
buildings shall not be nearer than 500 feet to steam railroads, 
livery stable, horse, mule or cattle barn used for breeding pur- 
poses or any noise-making industry or any unhealthful condi- 

158 



tions. Good dry walks shall lead from the street or road to 
every school house and to all outhouses, and suitable play 
grounds shall be provided. 

(b) Buildings. — School buildings, if of brick, shall have 
a stone foundation, or the foundation may be of brick, or con- 
crete: Provided, a layer of slate, stone or other impervious 
material, be interposed above the ground line, or the foundation 
may be of vitrified brick and the layer of impervious material 
will not be required. Every two-story school house shall have 
a dry, well-lighted basement under the entire building, said base- 
ment to have cement or concrete floor and ceiling to be not less 
than ten feet above the floor level. The ground floor of all 
school houses shall be raised at least three feet above the ground 
level and have, when possible, dry, well-lighted basement under 
the entire building, and shall have a solid foundation of brick, 
tile, stone or concrete, and the area between the ground and the 
floor shall be thoroughly ventilated. Each pupil shall be pro- 
vided with not less than 225 cubic feet of pace, and the inte- 
rior walls and ceiling shall be either painted or tinted some 
neutral color as gray, slate, buff or green. 

(c) Lighting and Seating. — All school rooms where 
pupils are seated for study, shall be lighted from one side only 
and the glass area shall be not less than one-sixth of the floor 
area and the windows shall extend from not less than four feet 
from the floor to at least one foot from the ceiling, all windows 
to be provided with roller or adjustable shades of neutral color 
as blue, gray, slate, buff or green. Desks and desk seats shall 
preferably be adjustable, and at least twenty per cent of all 
desks and desk seats in each room shall be adjustable, and shall 
be so placed that the light shall fall over the left shoulders of 
the pupils. For left-handed pupils, desks and seats may be 
placed so as to permit the light to fall over the right shoulder. 

(d) Blackboards and Cloafy Rooms. — Blackboards shall 
be preferably of slate, but of whatever material, the color shall 
be a dead black. Cloak rooms, well lighted, warmed and ven- 

159 



tilated, or sanitary lockers, shall be provided for each study 
school room. 

(e) Water Supply and Drinking Arrangements. — All 
school houses shall be supplied with pure drinking water and 
the water supply shall be from driven wells or other source ap- 
proved by the health authorities. Only smooth, stout glass or 
enameled metal drinking cups shall be used; water buckets and 
tin drinking cups shall be unlawful and are forbidden; and 
whenever it is practicable, flowing sanitary drinking fountains 
which do not require drinking cups, shall be provided. All 
school house wells and pumps shall be supplied with troughs 
or drains to take away waste water, and under no conditions 
shall pools or sodden places or small or large mud holes be 
allowed to exist near a well. When water is not supplied at 
pumps or from water faucets or sanitary drinking fountains, then 
covered tanks or coolers supplied with spring or self-closing 
faucets shall be provided. 

(f) Heating and Ventilation. — Ventilating heating stoves, 
furnaces, and heaters of all kinds, shall be capable of maintain- 
ing a temperature of 70 degrees Fahrenheit in zero weather and 
of maintaining a relative humidity of at least 40 per cent; and 
said heaters of all kinds shall take air from outside the building 
and after heating, introduce it into the school room at a point 
not less than five nor more than seven feet from the floor, and 
at a minimum rate of thirty (30) cubic feet per minute for each 
pupil regardless of outside atmospheric conditions: Provided, 
that when direct-indirect steam heating is adopted, this provision 
as to height of entrance of hot air shall not apply. Halls, office 
rooms, laboratories and manual training rooms, may have direct 
steam radiators, but direct steam heating is forbidden for study 
school rooms, and direct-indirect steam heating is permitted. All 
school rooms shall be provided with ventilating ducts of ample 
size to withdraw the air at least four times every hour, and said 
ducts and their openings shall be on the same side of the room 
with the hot air ducts. 

160 



(g) Water-closets and Outhouses. — Water-closets or dry 
closets when provided, shall be efficient and sanitary in every 
particular, and furnished with stalls for each hopper or place, 
and when said water or dry closets are not provided, then sani- 
tary outhouses, well separated for the sexes, shall be provided. 
Good dry walks shall lead to all outhouses and screens or shields 
be built in front of them. Outhouses for males shall have uri- 
nals arranged with stalls and with conduits of galvanized iron, 
vitrified drain pipe, or other impervious material, draining into a 
sewer, vault or other suitable place, approved by the health 
authorities. Any school trustee or trustees, who shall build or 
construct any school house or cause to be built or constructed 
any school house which does not include each and every sanitary 
provision commanded in this act, shall, upon conviction, be fined 
in any sum not less than one hundred nor more than five hun- 
dred dollars; and any money claim for the material entering 
into, or any money claim for the construction of any school 
house, which does not in every way and all respects comply with 
the requirements of this act, shall be null and void. 

BUILDINGS FIRE — MEANS OF ESCAPE 

1 . Every building now or hereafter used in whole or in 
part as a public building, public or private institution, sanitarium, 
surgical institute, asylum, school house, dormitory, church, 
theater, public hall, place of assemblage or place of public resort, 
and every building in which persons are employed above the 
second story in a factory, workshop, or mercantile or other estab- 
lishment, and every hotel, family hotel, apartment house, board- 
ing house, lodging house, club house or tenement house, in which 
persons reside or lodge above the second story, and every factory, 
workshop, mercantile or other establishment of more than two 
stories in height, shall be provided with proper ways of egress 
or means of escape from fire, sufficient for the use of all persons 
accommodated, assembled, employed, lodged or residing in such 
buildings, and such ways of egress and means of escape shall be 
kept free from obstruction, in good repair and ready for use 

161 



at all times, and all rooms above the second story in such build- 
ing shall be provided with more than one way of egress or escape 
from fire, placed as near as practicable at opposite ends of the 
room and leading to fire escape on the outside of such building 
or to stairways on the inside, provided with proper railings. All 
outside doors subject to the provisions of this section shall open 
outward, and all windows open outward or upward. No chairs 
or seats shall be allowed in the aisles or passways of such build- 
ing during any entertainment or service, or when people are assem- 
bled therein, and no one shall interfere with any peace officer in 
attempting to enforce the provisions of this act. The proscenium, 
or curtain opening, of all theaters shall have a fire-resisting cur- 
tain of some incombustible material, and such curtain shall be 
properly constructed and shall be operated by proper mechanism. 
The certificate of the fire chief of the city where said building if 
located, certifying that the provisions of this act have been com- 
plied with, shall be prima facie evidence of a compliance with 
such requirements. 

FIRE ESCAPES 

2. In addition to the foregoing means of escape from fire, 
all such buildings as are enumerated in section 1 of this act as 
are more than two stories in height shall have one or more fire 
escapes on the outside of said building, as may be directed by 
the fire chief aforesaid, except in such cases as said fire chief 
may deem such fire escape to be unnecessary in consequence of 
adequate provisions having been already made for the (sic) 
safety in event of fire, and in such cases of exemption the said 
dre chief shall give the owner, lessee or occupant of said build- 
ing a written certificate to that effect and his reasons therefor, 
and such fire escapes as are provided for in this section shall be 
constructed according to specifications issued by (the) state de- 
partment of inspection and accepted by the chief inspector, 01 
approved by the fire chief, and shall be connected with each 
floor above the first, well fastened and secured by extending the 
bolts or fastenings entirely through the walls, and of sufficient 

162 



strength, each of which fire escapes shall have landings or bal- 
conies guarded by iron railings not less than three feet in height, 
and embracing one or more windows at each story and connect- 
ing with the interior by easily accessible and unobstructed open* 
ings, and all the balconies or landings shall be connected by iron 
stairs, placed at a slant of not more than forty- five degrees, pro- 
tected by a well secured hand rail on both sides, with a sixteen- 
inch- wide drop ladder from the lower platform, reaching to the 
ground; except in cases of school buildings iron stairs shall ex- 
tend to a ground landing, and no telegraph, telephone, electric 
light poles, trees or wire, signs or other obstructions shall inter- 
fere with the construction and use of any fire escape. 

PLAN OF ESCAPES APPROVAL 

3. Any other plan or style of fire escape shall be suffi- 
cient if approved by the chief inspector, but if not so approved 
the chief inspector may notify the owner, proprietor or lessee of 
such establishment or of the building in which such establishment 
is conducted, or the agent or superintendent, or school officer, 
or either of them, in writing, that any such plan or style of fire 
escape is not sufficient, and may by an order in writing, served 
in like manner, require one or more fire escapes as he shall deem 
necessary and sufficient to be provided for such establishment at 
such location, and (of) such plan and style as shall be specified 
in such written order. Within twenty days after the service of 
such order the number of fire escapes required in such order for 
such establishment shall be provided therefor, each of which shall 
be of the plan and style in accordance with the specifications in 
said order required. The windows or doors to each fire escape 
shall be of sufficient size and be located, as far as possible, con- 
sistent with accessibility from the stairways and elevators, hatch- 
ways or openings, and the ladder thereof shall extend to the roof. 
Stationary stairs or ladders shall be provided on the inside of 
such establishment from the upper story to the roof as a means 
of escape in case of fire. 

163 



THE KANSAS LAW 
Be it enacted by the Legislature of the State of Kansas: 

DOORS IN SCHOOL HOUSES 

That the doors of all public or private school houses of 
more than one story shall open outwards, and all doors of school 
houses shall remain unlocked while school is in session. 

SEPARATE EXITS 

That in every public or private school house of two or more 
stories every story above the first shall be provided with either 
two or more exits from the upper floor, separate and distinct from 
the exits of the lower floor, or shall be provided with sufficient 
and suitable fire escapes, which shall be built of iron or steel. 

FURNACES 

That the tops of all furnaces in public or private school 
houses shall be covered with asbestos covering or masonry, and 
the top of such furnace shall not be nearer than eighteen inches 
to the nearest woodwork above. The ceiling above said fur- 
nace shall be covered with asbestos. 

PLANS STATE ARCHITECT 

That no contract shall be let for the erection of any school 
building, nor shall any public funds be paid out for the erection 
of school houses of two or more stories, until the plans for such 
buildings shall have been submitted to the state architect and 
approved as to all the requirements of this act. 

INSPECTIONS 

That each county superintendent shall annually inspect each 
public school building, including the county high school building, 
in districts under his supervision; and the mayor or fire marshal 
shall annually inspect all public and private school buildings in 
cities of the second class; and the fire marshal shall annually 
inspect all public and private school buildings in cities of the 
first class. The examining officer under this section shall report 

164 



to the respective school boards having jurisdiction any violation 
of this act, or any conditions which he may deem dangerous, or 
which will in any way prevent a speedy exit from the building, 
and it shall be the duty of said school board when thus notified 
immediately to make such changes as are required by this act, 
and such boards are hereby authorized to draw upon their gen- 
eral revenue funds, without further appropriation, to comply 
with all requirements of this act. 

FIRE DRILLS 

That in every public or private school having more than 
one hundred pupils (excepting colleges and universities) a fire 
drill and summary dismissal from the building shall be practiced 
at least once each month at some time during school hours, aside 
from the regular dismissal at the close of the day's session. 

PENALTIES 

That any officer or member of a school board who shall 
permit any provision of this act to be violated for sixty days may 
be removed from his office by a civil action. Independent of 
such civil action, any officer, member of a school board, city 
superintendent, principal or teacher violating any provision of 
this act shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall be punished 
by a fine of not less than fifty dollars or more than five hundred 
dollars, or by imprisonment in jail not exceeding six months, or 
by both such fine and imprisonment; provided, however, that this 
act shall not prevent the prosecution and punishment of an officer 
or other person under the ordinary provisions of the crimes act 
for death or injury to any child in a public or private school 
occasioned by the negligence of such officer or other person. 

WHEN EFFECTIVE PENALTIES 

That within sixty days after the taking effect of this act 
the provision of section 1 of this act must be fully complied with, 
and within one hundred and twenty days the provisions of sec- 
tions 2 and 3 must be complied with; and any neglect to comply 
with the provisions of this act beyond the times herein specified 

165 



shall subject the officers and persons named in this act to the 
penalties prescribed in this act. 

This act shall take effect and be in force from and after 
its publication in the statute book. 

Approved February 23, 1909. 

Published May 29, 1909. 

LOUISIANA LAW 

Note: — By Act 192 or 1898 the state board of health 
is authorized to enact regulations which are binding upon the 
public. 

PARISH BOARD AND SUPERINTENDENT TO ENFORCE RULES 
AND REGULATIONS 

The parish or municipal school board, and the parish su- 
perintendent of schools shall be held responsible for the execution 
and enforcement of the following rules and regulations, and all 
other health laws governing the hygiene of the school room and 
the premises of the schools under their respective jurisdictions. 

PLANS FOR SCHOOL HOUSES TO BE SUBMITTED TO STATE 
SUPERINTENDENT, PARISH SUPERINTENDENT AND 
PARISH HEALTH OFFICER 

Plans and specifications for every school house hereafter 
erected in the state must be submitted to the parish superintendent 
of schools, and to the state superintendent of education, and also 
to the parish health officer, that it may be determined whether 
every hygienic or necessary provision is made, especially with 
reference to ventilation, light and protection against fire. 

REGULATING VENTILATION AND LIGHT 

Every school house, public or private, or other building 
used for school purposes, shall be ventilated in such manner as 
to afford eighteen hundred cubic feet of air per hour for each 
adult, and a proportionate amount for each child, and shall con- 
tain not less than two hundred cubic feet of air space for each 

166 



child to be taught therein. Windows and transoms shall be so 
constructed that windows may be lowered from the top and trans- 
soms opened. Every school house must be lighted in such a 
manner as to minimize the eye strain. Each room must contain 
of actual surface of glass in windows not less than one-seventh 
of the floor space. 

REGULATING THE SWINGING DOORS 

All doors except those which slide into wall pockets shall 
open outward and all partition doors shall be hung on double- 
action hinges. 
GOVERNING THE TREATMENT AND SWEEPING OF FLOORS 

AND WIPING OF FURNITURE, ETC. 

The floors of every school must be treated with some anti- 
septic floor dressing. Applications to be at sufficiently frequent 
intervals to keep down effectually the dust; floors to be scrubbed 
thoroughly before each application. Floor dressing for use in 
the schools must be approved by the state analyst. 

The floors of every school must be swept daily, sweeping to 
be done after all pupils have left the building. All windows 
must be thrown open and school house thoroughly aired after 
cleaning. 

All desks, wainscoting, window sills and baseboards in 
every school house in the state must be wiped off daily with a 
cloth moistened with 1-2000 bichloride of mercury, or 3 per 
cent carbolic acid solution. 

SPITTING ON FLOORS STRICTLY PROHIBITED 

Spitting on floors, walls, etc., must be strictly prohibited 
and anti-spitting placards placed in every room. 

MASSACHUSETTS LAW 

In the State of Massachusetts, school and all other public 
buildings are under the authority of the inspection department 
of the district police, whose inspectors are required to enforce 

167 



the laws regarding factories and public buildings. The city 
of Boston has a school house commission consisting at the pres- 
ent time (January 1st, 1914) of three persons: R. Clipston 
Sturgis, Jas. B. Noyes and Tilton S. Bell. 

This commission has full charge of the school buildings in 
the city of Boston, determines the character of buildings to be 
erected for school purposes, selects the architects and approves 
the drawings and specifications used for the construction of such 
buildings, and has prepared a very elaborate and itemized build- 
ing code, relating to school buildings for the city of Boston, 
based on the experience and researches of the members of the 
commission, as well as the experience gained from the construc- 
tion of many buildings in recent years. It is believed that this 
code represents the very acme of public school requirements at 
the present day, and may safely be considered as authoritative, 
proper allowance being made for local modifications and con- 
ditions necessary in the different parts of the country. This 
code is reproduced in full by permission from the 1914 report 
of the Boston School House Commission among the following 
codes. 

STATE LAW 

Form of specification to accompany plans for public build- 
ings and school houses. 

This form is intended to give architects and others general 
information as to what is required by law and the regulations 
of this department, and, if fully filled out, may be accepted by 
the inspector in place of a copy of the building specifications, but 
full detail specifications may be required if deemed essential to 
a clear understanding of the plans. 

The law requires that a copy of the plans of every public 
building and every school house (except in the city of Boston) 
shall be deposited with the inspector of factories and public 
buildings of the district in which such building is located, before 
the erection of the building is begun, which plans shall also in- 
clude the system or method of ventilation to be provided, together 
with such portion of the specification as the inspector may require. 

168 



The plans usually required are a plan of each floor, in- 
cluding the basement and the attic, if the attic is occupied, and 
a front and a side elevation, and also plans and sectional detail 
drawings of the system of ventilation. Further plans may be 
required by the inspector if deemed by him to be necessary. 

In planning buildings to be used for school rooms, or 
places of assemblage above the first story, provision should be 
made for at least two stairways, and such stairways should be as 
far apart as practicable. No such stairway should be less than 
four feet wide in the clear, and winding steps should be avoided. 
The height of rise and width of tread of all stairs, measured on 
the cut of the stringer, should be given on the plans. No flight 
of stairs should be more than fifteen steps between landings. 

The main stairways from places of assemblage should have 
a width of not less than twenty inches for every hundred persons 
accommodated there. Such stairways should be railed on both 
sides. All outside doors to such buildings should open out- 
wardly, and be plainly so shown on plans. The standing leaf 
of all pairs of doors leading to ways of egress should be fastened 
by face bolts, operated at top and bottom by one handle, at a 
convenient height from the floor. 

In the ventilation of school buildings the many hundred 
examinations made by the inspector of this department have 
shown that the following requirements can be easily complied 
with: 

1 . That the apparatus will, with proper management, 
heat all the rooms, including the corridors, to 70 degrees F. in 
any weather. 

2. That, with the rooms at 70 degrees and a difference 
of not less than 40 degrees, between the temperature of the out- 
side air and that of the air entering the room at the warm-air 
inlet, the apparatus will supply at least thirty cubic feet of air per 
minute for each scholar accommodated in the rooms. 

3. That such supply of air will so circulate in the rooms 
that no uncomfortable draught will be felt, and that the dif- 

169 



ference in temperature between any two points on the breathing 
plane in the occupied portion of a room will not exceed 3 degrees. 

4. That vitiated air in amount equal to the supply from 
the inlets will be removed through the ventiducts. 

5. That the sanitary appliances will be so ventilated that 
no odors therefrom will be perceived in any portion of the build- 
ing. 

To secure the approval of this department of plans showing 
methods or systems of heating and ventilation, the above require- 
ments must be guaranteed in the specifications accompanying the 
plans. 

MINNESOTA LAW 

Note: The State of Minnesota has no definite law or 
code governing the construction of school buildings, but all plans 
for school buildings in the State of Minnesota must be prepared 
in accordance with the regulations of the State Board of Health 
which are as follows: 

No school room, or class room, except an assembly room, 
shall have a seating capacity that will provide less than eighteen 
square feet of floor space and 216 cubic feet of air space per 
pupil, and no ceiling in buildings hereafter to be erected shall be 
less than twelve feet from the floor. 

A system of ventilation, in order to be approved by the 
Minnesota State Board of Health, shall furnish not less than 
thirty cubic feet of air per minute for each person that the room 
will accommodate, when the difference of the temperature be- 
tween the outside air and the air in the school room shall be 
thirty degrees F. or more. 

In a gravity system of ventilation, in connection with a 
furnace or steam plant, the flues for admitting fresh air to the 
room, as well as the vent flues, shall have a horizontal area of 
not less than one square foot for every nine persons that the 
room will accommodate. 

170 



The flues for a "plenum" or "vacuum" system of ventila- 
tion shall have a horizontal area of not less than one square foot 
for every fifteen persons that the room will accommodate. 

The window space shall equal one-fifth of the floor space 
of the school room. 

In all rooms not exceeding twenty-five feet in width all 
the light shall be admitted to the left of the pupils. 

In rooms exceeding twenty-five feet in width, light shall be 
admitted to the left and rear of the pupils. 

Translucent instead of opaque shades shall be used in the 
windows for controlling the light. 

The top of the windows shall be as near the ceiling as the 
mechanical construction of the building will allow. 

No cloak room shall be less than six feet wide, nor shall 
it have less than one window. 

The so-called "Sanitary wardrobe" which allows the foul 
air of the room to pass through the clothing of the children be- 
fore passing into the vent duct, shall be condemned as un- 
sanitary. 

THE NEW HAMPSHIRE LAW 

BUILDINGS, ETC., IN CITIES 

No schoolhouse shall be erected, altered, remodeled, or 
changed in any city school district, unless the plans thereof have 
been previously submitted to the school board of that district and 
received its approval, and all new school houses shall be con- 
structed under the direction of a joint special committee, chosen 
in equal numbers by the city councils and the school board. 

Upon the completion of a new school house, the city councils 
shall, by vote, transfer it to the care and control of the school 
board. Whenever a schoolhouse shall no longer be needed for 
public school purposes, the school board shall re-transfer its 
care and control to the city. 

DOORS TO OPEN OUTWARD 

The outer doors and doors of passage leading outward, of 
churches hereafter built or rebuilt, school house containing more 

171 



than two school rooms, and halls and other buildings used for 
public gatherings, shall open outward; and it shall be the duty 
of the selectman of towns to see that these provisions are com- 
plied with, and to prosecute persons who neglect to do so. 

NEW JERSEY LAW 

STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION 

The State Board of Education shall have power: 

To frame and modify by-laws for its own government; to 
elect its president and other officers, and to prescribe and en- 
force rules and regulations necessary to carry into effect the 
school laws of this State. 

Appoint an Inspector of Buildings, who who shall devote 
his time during the entire twelve months in the year to visiting 
the schools in the State and to making a thorough report with 
regard to each. 

COMMISSIONER OF EDUCATION 

The Commissioner of Education shall be the Secretary of 
the State Board of Education, and a member, ex-officio, of all 
boards of examiners. He shall enforce all rules and regulations 
prescribed by the State Board of Education. He shall have 
supervision of all the schools of the State receiving any part 
of the State appropriation. He shall, from time to time, instruct 
County and City Superintendents as to their duties and as to 
the best manner of conducting schools, constructing schoolhouses 
and furnishing the same. 

The Commissioner of Education may direct the entire or 
partial abandonment of any building used for school purposes 
and may direct the making of such changes therein as to him 
may seem proper. 

The Commissioner of Education shall decide, subject to 
appeal to the State Board of Education and without cost to 
the parties, all controversies and disputes that shall arise under 
the school laws, or under the rules and regulations of the State 
Board of Education. The facts involved in any controversy or 
dispute shall, if he shall so require, be made known to him by 

172 



written statements by the parties thereto, verified by oath or af- 
firmation, and accompanied by certified copies of all documents 
necessary to a full understanding of the question in dispute, and 
his decision shall be binding until, upon appeal, a decision thereon 
shall be given by the State Board of Education. 

The Commissioner of Education shall keep a record of all 
his official acts and shall preserve copies of all decisions made by 
him, and shall adopt and provide an official seal. Copies of all 
acts, orders and decisions made by him, and of all papers de- 
posited or filed in the Department of Public Instruction may be 
authenticated under said seal, and, when so authenticated, shall 
be evidence equally with and in like manner as the originals. 

In case a Board of Education, or any officer thereof, or 
the legal voters of any school district, or any board or officer 
of the municipality in which any such school district shall be 
situate shall neglect or refuse to perform any duty imposed upon 
such board, officer or legal voters by this act or by the rules 
and regulations of the State Board of Education, the custodian 
of the school moneys of such school district shall, upon notice 
from the County Superintendent of Schools, approved by the 
Commissioner of Education, withhold all moneys received by him 
from the County Collector and then remaining in his hands to 
the credit of such district, until he shall receive notice from said 
County Superintendent of Schools that said board, officer or legal 
voters have fully complied with the provisions of this act and 
with the rules and regulations of the State Board of Education. 

The Commissioner of Education shall prepare and cause 
to be printed forms for making all reports and conducting all 
proceedings under the school laws of this State. He shall cause 
all school laws to be printed in pamphlet form, and shall annex 
thereto forms for making reports and conducting school business, 
and shall distribute the same. 

COUNTY SUPERINTENDENTS 
A County Superintendent of Schools shall have power: 
To exercise general supervision over the public schools of 
the county under his charge in accordance with the rules and 

173 



regulations prescribed from time to time by the State Board of 
Education; to visit and examine all the schools under his care; 
to inquire into the management, methods of instruction and dis- 
cipline in such schools; to note the condition of the schoolhouses, 
sites, buildings and appurtenances; to examine the courses of 
study, textbooks and school libraries; to advise with and counsel 
Boards of Education in relation to their duties, particularly in 
respect to the construction, heating, ventilating and lighting of 
schoolhouses, and to recommend to Boards of Education and 
teachers proper studies, methods, discipline and management for 
the schools. 

SCHOOLHOUSES, FACILITIES AND ACCOMMO- 
DATIONS—NEW JERSEY 

Each school district shall provide suitable school facilities 
and accommodations for all children residing in the district and 
desiring to attend the public schools therein. Such facilities and 
accommodations shall include proper school buildings, together 
with furniture and equipment, convenience of access thereto, and 
courses of study suited to the ages and attainments of all pupils 
between the ages of five and twenty years. Such facilities and 
accommodations may be provided either in schools within the 
district convenient of access to the pupils or as provided in sec- 
tions one hundred and seventeen, one hundred and eighteen and 
one hundred and nineteen of the act to which this act is an amend- 
ment. Whenever any school district shall fail to provide such 
facilities or accommodations, the County Superintendent of 
Schools shall transmit to the custodian of the school moneys of 
the school district an order directing him to withhold from such 
district all moneys in his hands, or which shall thereafter come 
into his hands, to the credit of such school district received from 
the State appropriation or from the State school tax until such 
suitable facilities or accommodations shall be provided, and shall 
notify the Board of Education of such district of his action with 
the reasons therefor. Such order sjball not take effect until ap- 

174 



proved in writing by the Commissioner of Education, and said 
approval shall state when said order shall take effect. 

Each Board of Education shall provide at least two suitable 
and convenient out-houses or water-closets for each of the school- 
houses under its control. Said out-houses or water-closets shall 
be entirely separated each from the other and shall have 
separate means of access. Said out-houses and said water- 
closets, if detached from the schoolhouse, shall be separated by 
a substantial close fence not less than seven feet in height. The 
Board of Education shall have said out-houses and water-closes 
kept in a clean and wholesome condition. The question of rais- 
ing the amount needed to carry into effect the provisions of this 
section shall not be submitted to the legal voters of the school 
district, but the Board of Education! shall notify the assessor or 
assessors and collector, by notice signed by the president and dis- 
trict clerk or secretary, of the amount needed for such purpose, 
and such amount shall be assessed, levied and collected at the 
same time and in the same manner as other special school taxes 
are assessed, levied and collected. 

The Commissioner of Charities and Corrections shall, upon 
the request of the Commissioner of Education, cause to be pre- 
pared standard plans and specifications for school buildings to 
contain one, two, four, six, eight, twelve, sixteen, twenty and 
twenty-four rooms. The Commissioner of Education shall, upon 
receipt of such plans and specifications, cause blueprints to be 
made of the plans, and shall have printed copies of the specifica- 
tions and shall loan copies to any district upon its application. 
The Commissioner of Charities and Corrections shall also, upon 
the request of the Commissioner of Education, cause to be made 
a thorough examination of any school building and to report to 
the Commissioner of Education his findings in regard thereto. 

No contract for the erection of any public school building 
or any part thereof shall be made until and after plans and speci- 
fications therefor have been submitted to and approved by the 
State Board of Education. A copy of the plans and specifica- 
tions as approved shall be filed forthwith with the State Board 

175 



of Education. A copy of the contracts for the erection of the 
whole or any part of the school building and for the furnishing 
thereof shall be filed with the State Board of Education within 
ten days after the same have been signed. No change in the 
plans or specifications shall be legal unless the same have been 
submitted to and approved by the State Board of Education. A 
copy of all changes as approved shall be filed forthwith with 
the said Board. 

RULES AND REGULATIONS OF STATE BOARD 
OF EDUCATION— NEW JERSEY 

Revised to August 15, 1914 
In order that the lives, health, sight, and comfort of pupils 
may be properly protected, all schoolhouses hereafter erected 
shall comply with the following conditions. 

When existing schoolhouses are enlarged these provisions 
shall apply only to the added portion. It is recommended, how- 
ever, that the old portion of such buildings shall conform to the 
provisions of the Code as far as practicable. Correspondence 
is invited from districts considering the enlarging or remodeling 
of existing schoolhouses. 

DEFINITION OF CLASSROOM 
Whenever the word "classroom" is used it is construed to 
mean "all rooms in a school building used by the pupils for class- 
room or study purposes" (exclusive of gymnasium, assembly 
rooms and manual training rooms). 

LIGHT 

Unilateral Lighting 
The windows in all classrooms shall be so arranged that 
the light shall come from the pupils' left. If desirable to have 
more window space, the supplemental light shall come from the 
rear. The windows shall be grouped together as nearly as 
possible on the pupils' left. The windows shall extend as near 
to the ceiling as the principles of construction will admit, and 
must be without transoms or unnecessary framework. Any con- 

176 



siderable area on the side to the left of the pupils that is with- 
out window surface should be opposite the space in front of or 
in the rear of the pupils' desks. The total glass area on the 
pupils' left side, exclusive of mullions, stiles, rails and check rails, 
must equal at least 20 per cent of the floor surface. 

PRISMATIC GLASS 
A 1 per cent deficiency in the required glass area of a 
classroom may be corrected by the use of prism glass in the 
upper sash of windows. 

BAY WINDOWS 
Bay windows will not be permitted in classrooms, except 
those used for kindergarten purposes exclusively. 

LABORATORIES AND LIBRARIES 
Laboratories and libraries shall have glass area equal to at 
least 20 per cent of the floor space; this light may come from 
any direction. 

VENTILATION 

Each classroom shall have at least 18 square feet of floor 
space and 200 cubic feet of air space for each pupil to be ac- 
commodated in such classroom. All school buildings shall have 
a system of ventilation by means of which each classroom shall 
be supplied with fresh air at the rate of not less than 30 cubic 
feet per minute per pupil. Approved ventilating stoves will be 
allowed in all one-story school buildings, and in all school build- 
ings in which the number of rooms does not exceed two. 

The State Board of Education strongly recommends the 
installation of a mechanical system of ventilation, operating by 
electricity, gas, steam or other motive power, in all buildings of 
four or more rooms, and of two or more stories in height, as 
experience shows that gravity ventilation is unreliable. 

HEAT AND VENT FLUES 
All fresh and foul air ventilating flues and ducts must be 
of fireproof material and the flues and ducts shall not come in 
contact with wood construction. 

177 



HEAT 

The heating plant must be capable of heating all parts of 
the building to a uniform temperature of 70 degrees in zero 
weather with the ventilating system furnishing the required 
amount of fresh air in each classroom. 

HEATER ROOMS 

All boiler and furnace rooms shall be enclosed by fireproof 
walls, floors and ceilings, and all doors shall be of Underwriters' 
approved type firedoors, tin-clad, hung with proper equipment 
to keep them closed. The ceiling or floor construction over said 
rooms shall be of reinforced concrete or standard fireproof hollow 
arched tile and steel beam construction, designed to be absolutely 
fireproof and capable of sustaining a live load of 100 pounds 
per square foot. 

SUGGESTIONS FOR PLACING BLACKBOARDS 

The importance of blackboards in the daily work of the 
school is often very much underrated by school boards and archi- 
tects. This matter is now generally well planned in new buildings 
in cities, but in country districts it is not unusual to find black- 
boards of very poor quality and unnecessarily limited in amount. 

All available space in the front of the schoolroom and on 
the right hand side of pupils should be given to blackboards. 

These boards should be of slate and of good quality. 

They should be 4 feet wide (from top to bottom). 

A chalk trough 3 inches wide should be placed along the 
lower edge of all boards. 

The following directions for placing blackboards have been 
issued by the U. S. Bureau of Education). 

ONE-ROOM BUILDINGS 

Grades I— VII 

Board on front wall — 32 inches above floor. 
Board on side wall — 26 inches above floor. 

178 



TWO-ROOM BUILDINGS 
Grades I— IV 

Board on front wall — 26 inches above floor. 

Board on side wall — 26 inches above floor. 
Grades V—Vlll 

Board on front wall — 30 inches above floor. 

Board on side wall — 30 inches above floor. 

TWO-STORY BUILDINGS 
All school buildings two stories in height, and of more 
than four classrooms above the first floor, shall have enclosing 
walls of hard burned brick, stone or concrete. 

THREE-STORY BUILDINGS 
All school buildings of three or more stories in height shall 
be of fireproof construction. The doors, windows, window 
frames, roof rafters and trusses, trim, finished floors and other 
interior finish may be of wood. 

BASEMENTS 

When a school building has a basement, the ceiling of 
which is 7|/2 feet or more above the finished grade line at any 
point, such basement shall constitute a story, and will be so 
considered in determining the number of stories in such school 
building. 

AUDITORIUMS 

A building having an auditorium or classroom on the third 
floor is considered a three-story building. 

It is strongly recommended that auditoriums be placed on 
the first floor. All auditoriums shall have ample means of exit, 
leading direct to the street. Unless especially approved, auditor- 
iums will not be allowed on the second floor if their seating 
capacity is 500 or more persons. 

FLOOR BEAMS 
The following is a schedule of the size of unsupported floor 
beams and the maximum spans of such unsupported floor beams 
that will be permitted. 

179 



Hemlock : Spans over 1 8 feet and up to 20 feet, in- 
clusive, 2x12 spaced 1 6 inches on center. 

Spruce: Spans over 20 feet and up to 22 feet, inclusive, 
3x12 spaced 1 2 inches on center. 

Spruce: Spans over 22 feet and up to 24 feet, inclusive, 
3x14 spaced 1 2 inches on center. 

bellow Pine: Spans over 24 feet and up to 26 feet, in- 
clusive, 3x14 spaced 1 6 inches on center. 

Yellow pine: Spans over 26 feet and up to 30 feet, in- 
clusive, 3x14 spaced 1 2 inches on center. 

All spans shall be bridged with 2x3 herring-bone bridg- 
ing not less than 8 feet apart. 

TERRA COTTA TILE WALLS 

Hollow tile may be used for exterior and interior bearing 
walls which receive directly the loads from floors or roofs, in 
addition to their acting as partition walls, in buildings not more 
than two stories in height, provided the load does not exceed 200 
pounds per square inch of effective bearing parts. The thickness 
of ?uch w?!ls shall not be less than would be required for brick 
walls. The thickness of walls shall be calculated as the out- 
side dimension of the tile (exclusive of plaster and stucco) and 
each tile shall be the full thickness of the wall. 

All tile used in bearing walls shall be laid with the voids 
running vertically (except an approved interlocking tile) and shall 
be laid in mortar composed of 1 part Portland cement, 2*/2 
pirts sand and not more than 1-10 (bulk measurement) of hy- 
drated lime. 

No blocks will be approved that do not develop a com- 
pressive strength of at least 3500 pounds per square inch of net 
section; and in no case shall the voids exceed 50 per cent of the 
gross sectional area. 

All blocks used in outside walls must be dense and well 
burned, and shall not absorb more than 1-10 (10 per cent) 
of their weight in water after immersion two hours, and must have 
a clear ringing sound when struck. 

180 



No tile shall be used in any bearing walls below the first 
floor of beams. 

Hollow tile may be faced with brick, or stuccoed after be- 
ing made damp-proof by approved methods. If faced with brick, 
such brick facing shall not be considered as performing any con- 
structive function unless such brickwork is properly bonded to 
the tile walls by a continuous course of brick headers at least 
every 2 courses in height of tile, or every 7th course of brick- 
work, if the tiles are of such size as will permit. 

Header course of flemish bond will be approved. The 
header courses may be backed with hollow brick. 

Where floor beams rest on tile walls, 2 courses of hard 
burned brick shall be laid directly under such beams. 

Where girders rest upon walls so that there is a concen- 
trated load on the block of more than 1 ton, the blocks sup- 
porting the girder must be made solid by filling with Portland 
cement concrete. Where such concentrated loads shall exceed 3 
tons, the blocks for 2 courses below and for a distance extending 
at least 1 8 inches each side of such girder, shall be made solid. 
Where the load on the wall exceeds 5 tons, the blocks for 3 
courses beneath and at least 3 feet each side of such girder shall 
be made solid in a similar manner. 

All piers or jambs that support loads in excess of 4 tons 
shall be built with brick masonry, concrete or blocks filled solid 
with Portland cement concrete. 

Each tier of beams shall be anchored to the side and end 
walls at intervals of not more than 6 feet. 

No walls constructed of hollow tile shall be broken to re- 
ceive pipes, but must be provided with chase or especially mould- 
ed blocks. 

Hollow blocks spanning more than 4 feet must be properly 
reinforced. The skew-backs must also be filled solid with con- 
crete. 

Where walls are decreased in thickness, the top course 
of the thicker wall must be made solid with concrete or have 2 
courses of hard burned brick. 

181 



CHIMNEYS 
No chimney shall be started or built upon any floor or 
wood beams. 7 he bricks used in chimneys shall be good, hard, 
and well burned. 

CORRIDOR WALLS AND FLOORS 
Interior corridor walls and hallway floor construction must 
be of fireproof material. (See heater rooms, ceiling construction, 
for floor in corridors.) 

HEIGHT OF CEILINGS 
All ceilings shall be at least 1 2 feet in height. Every 
school building more than one story in height shall have sheet 
metal ceilings, or plastered ceilings on metal lath. 

MANUAL TRAINING ROOMS 
Any school building having rooms in the basement which 
are used for such activities as manual training, domestic science 
or chemical laboratory, said rooms shall have enclosing walls 
of fireproof construction. The ceilings over said rooms shall 
also be of fireproof materials. (See heater rooms, ceiling con- 
struction.) The interior doors leading to the rooms shall be of 
kalamein or other approved fireproof doors; said doors to be 
equipped with proper springs to keep them normally closed. No 
stops, hooks or other devices to hold the doors open will be 
approved. When such doors are glazed it must be with wire- 
glass. 

STAIRS 

Width, Treads, Risers 

All stairways (except cellar stairs) must be not less than 
4 feet in width and shall have intermediate landings. The stair 
risers shall not exceed 7 inches in height, and the treads shall 
not be less than 12 inches in width (including the projecting 
nosings). 

A uniform width must be maintained in all stairways and 
platforms, and there must be a uniform rise and tread for each 
run. 

182 



HANDRAILS 

Handrails shall be properly placed on both sides on all 
stairways used by pupils, and the inside rail must be continuous. 

WINDERS 

No winders will be allowed. 

SAFETY TREADS 

Stairways constructed of reinforced concrete shall have an 
approved non-slippable tread embedded in the concrete. 

CONSTRUCTION, ENCLOSURE 
All stairs must be constructed of fireproof material (except 
stairs in one-story buildings leading to the cellar or basement, 
which may be of slow-burning construction), with no open riser, 
and must be enclosed by fireproof walls and without open well 
holes. 

PARTITIONS 

All stairways in buildings of more than one story in height 
must be separated from corridors by thick wood, iron or kalamein 
partitions. Doors shall swing toward the exits only and be 
glazed with polished wire-glass. All such doors shall have door 
springs and checks, but no floor stops or other devices to hold 
the doors open will be allowed. 

NUMBER OF STAIRWAYS 

There should be 2 flights of stairs in buildings having 
more than two rooms and less than nine rooms on the second 
floor, 1 stairway at each end of the building, and each leading 
direct to an exit from the first floor to the ground. 

Every school building having nine or more classrooms on 
the second floor shall have at least 3 flights of stairs, each lead- 
ing to an exit from the first floor to the ground. There should 
be 1 stairway near each end of the building; other stairways 
mu>:t be subject to approval as to number and location in each 
case. 

183 



DOORS 

"In any schoolhouse of two or more stories in height, the 
doors leading from the classrooms to the corridors, and from 
the said corridors to the street or to the ground surrounding such 
schoolhouse, shall open outward. All swing doors shall have 
plate glass windows of suitable dimensions." (Swing doors are 
construed to mean single and double acting doors.) 

ANTI-PANIC BOLTS 

All outside entrance or exit doors shall have key locks that 
can be locked on the outside only, but that can always be easily 
opened on the inside by simply turning the knob or pressing the 
release bar. No night-latch attachment, bolts, hooks, thumb 
knobs or other locking device is to be used. 

FIRE DOOR AT BASEMENT STAIRWAY 

Every school building shall have an exit to the ground for 
every flight of stairs leading to the first floor. All doors leading 
to the cellar or basement shall be fireproof and fitted with springs 
to keep them closed, except in one-story buildings. 

CLOAK-ROOMS 

Ample cloak-rooms shall be provided. They should be 
well lighted, venlilated and heated. They should be provided 
with a sufficient number of hooks so that each pupil may have 
one for his individual use. These hooks should be placed low 
enough so that the young children can readily reach them. 

INSIDE TOILETS 

Individual porcelain bowl water-closets, and slate, corru- 
gated glass or porcelain urinals, properly ventilated, must be pro- 
vided where running water can be secured. No latrine, range 
or incinerating closets will be permitted. All floor surrounding 
and within 3 feet of inside water-closets or urinals must be con- 
structed of non-absorbent waterproof materials. Suitable wash- 
bowls must be installed in each toilet room. 

184 



VENT FLUES 

The ventilating flues and ducts leading from toilet rooms 
must not connect with those leading to or from any other room. 
All toilet rooms must be located so as to receive ample outside 
light. 

OUTSIDE DRY TOILETS 

Each board of education shall provide at least two suit- 
able and convenient outhouses or water-closets for each of the 
schoolhouses under its control. Said outhouses or water-closets 
shall be entirely separated each from the other, and shall have 
separate means of access. Said outhouses and said water-closets, 
if detached from the schoolhouse, shall be separated by a sub- 
stantial close fence, not less than seven feet in height. 

The vaults under these outhouses or water-closets shall be 
built of brick and laid in cement mortar or concrete and shall 
not extend under the floor of said buildings, but may project 
beyond the rear of the buildings to facilitate the proper cleaning. 

The vaults shall be properly ventilated by running a wooden 
or metal flue from the underside of the floor line up through the 
roof. This flue should not be less than 8 inches square (inside 
measurement). Each toilet should be provided with a sash not 
less than 2 feet square, arranged to slide or hang on hinges. 
This opening must be covered with a close mesh copper wire fly 
screen. Outside of each boys' outhouse or water-closet, properly 
protected from the rain or snow, shall be provided a metal urinal 
trough drained into the vault of said closet. This trough and 
the buildings are to be properly screened by a tight board screen 
not less than 7 feet high. All outside toilet doors shall be 
equipped with proper locks and spring hinges or springs to keep 
said doors shut. 

FIRE ESCAPES 

Where fire escapes are found necessary they shall be con- 
structed of iron strings, treads and closed risers, said risers being 
not more than 7 inches high and the treads not less than 1 0J/2 
inches in width. The top platform must be level with the class- 

185 



room floor, and entrance to the platform shall be made by means 
of a door, which must be cut down to the level of the floor. 
The stairs shall not be less than 36 inches wide and shall be 
supported on strong iron brackets bolted entirely through the 
wall, or on iron columns. Long runs must have intermediate 
landings. The lowest flight must not be movable. The outside 
strings shall be protected by a heavy galvanized wire mesh screen 
or other approved protective railing not less than 5 feet high. 
Whenever a fire escape crosses a window, said window must be 
glazed with wire-glass. Hand-rails must be provided for each 
side of the stairs. 

WASTE PAPER CHUTES 

Waste paper chutes must be constructed of fireproof ma- 
terial throughout, including self-closing doors. 

SEATING 

All plans and blue prints must show the location of each 
pupil's and teacher's desk, together with the number of pupils' 
desks. 

LIVING APARTMENTS 

Living apartments will not be approved in any part of a 
school building. 

APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL OF PLANS 

The following form should be properly filled out and for- 
warded to the Secretary of the State Board of Education, with 
the plans and specifications submitted for approval. This blank 
may be obtained from the Commissioner of Education or the 
form may be copied from this pamphlet. 

Date 

Calvin N. Kendall 

Secretary Slate Board of Education, Trenton, N. J. 
Dear Sir: 

Herewith I submit for examination and approval the plans and specifi- 
cations in duplicate for the proposed 

(New school house or addition) 
to be known as 

Name of school 

186 



Street location 

School District of County of 

No. of sheets of building blue prints 

No. of sheets of heating and ventilation blue prints 

No. of rooms.. { Jj^ j Basement 

(Cross out one) 
brick or frame 

i it. .. i Auditorium 
( without ) 

(Cross out one) 
Money available $ Estimated cost of building $ 

H. and V. $ Seating $ Total $ 

Architect's name 

Address 

The District Clerk is 

Address 

In drawing these plans and specifications I have fully complied with all 
the requirements of the New Jersey School Law in reference to school 
buildings. 



(Signature) 

THE NEW YORK LAW 

No schoolhouse shall hereafter be erected in any city of 
the third class or any incorporated village or school district, and 
no addition to a school building in any such place shall here- 
after be erected, the cost of which shall exceed five hundred 
dollars, until the plans and specifications for the same shall have 
been submitted to the commissioner of education and his approval 
indorsed thereon. Such plans and specifications shall show in 
detail the ventilation, heating and lighting of such building. 

Such commissioner of education shall not approve any 
plans for the erection of any school building, or addition thereto, 
unless the same shall provide at least fifteen square feet of floor 
space and two hundred cubic feet of air space for each pupil to 
be accommodated in each study or recitation room therein, and 
no such plans shall be approved by him unless provision is made 
therein, for assuring at least thirty cubic feet of pure air every 
minute per pupil, and the facilities for exhausting the foul or 

187 



vitiated air therein shall be positive and independent of atmos- 
pheric changes. 

No tax voted by a district meeting or other competent 
authority in any such city, village or school district exceeding the 
sum of five hundred dollars, shall be levied by the trustees until 
the commissioner of education shall certify that the plans and 
specifications for the same comply with the provisions of this 
section. 

All schoolhouses for which plans and detailed statements 
shall be filed and approved, as required by this section, shall 
have all halls, doors, stairways, seats, passageways and aisles, 
and all lighting and heating appliances and apparatus, arranged 
to facilitate egress in cases of fire or accident and to afford the 
requisite and proper accommodations for public protection in such 
cases. All exit doors shall open outwardly, and shall, if double 
doors be used, be fastened with movable bolts operated 
simultaneously by one handle from the inner face of the door. 
No staircase shall be constructed with wider steps in lieu of a 
platform, but shall be constructed with straight runs, changes in 
direction being made by platforms. No doors shall run im- 
mediately upon a flight of stairs, but a landing at least the 
width of the door shall be provided between such stairs and such 
doorways. 

This act shall take effect immediately. 

The following points should be specially observed: 

1 . The plans and specifications must be submitted in 
duplicate, the original set to be returned after the indorsement 
of approval, the duplicate to be retained on file at this depart- 
ment. 

2. The plans and specifications must show in detail the 
ventilation, heating and lighting of the building and must be 
accompanied by a guaranty from the contractor that the system 
of ventilation described will provide at least 30 cubic feet of air 
every minute for each pupil. It will be necessary to give the 
size of windows, distance from top of window to ceiling and 
number of panes in sash. 

188 



3. At least 15 square feet of floor space and 200 cubic 
feet of air space for each pupil to be accommodated in each 
study or recitation room must be provided. In this connection 
it will be necessary not only to state the size of the rooms 
(length, breadth and height) but also to give the number of 
individual desks to be placed in the room. 

The plans and specifications must clearly show that proper 
provision is made in all respects "to facilitate egress in cases of 
fire or accident and to afford requisite and proper accommoda- 
tions for public protection in such cases." 

NORTH DAKOTA LAW 

GOVERNING THE CONSTRUCTION OF PUBLIC SCHOOL BUILD- 
INGS AND PROVIDING FOR THE INSPECTION 
VENTILATION AND SANITATION 
THEREOF 

An Act entitled "An Act for the Purpose of Governing the 
Construction of Public School Buildings and Providing 
for the Inspection, Ventilation and Sanitation Thereof." 

Be it Enacted by the Legislative Assembly of the State of North 
Dakota : 

BUILDINGS INSPECTED 

1 . Plans and specifications to be submitted to superintend- 
ent of public instruction. — No building which is designed to be 
used, in whole or in part, as a public school building, shall be 
erected until a copy of the plans thereof has been submitted to 
the state superintendent of public instruction, who for the 
purposes of carrying out the provisions of this act is hereby 
designated as inspector of said public school building plans and 
specifications, by the person causing its erection or by the 
architect thereof; such plans shall include the method of ventila- 
tion provided for, and a copy of the specifications therefor. 

CONSTRUCTION OF SCHOOL HOUSES 

2. Such plans and specifications shall show in detail the 
ventilation, heating and lighting of such building. The state 

189 



superintendent of public instruction shall not approve any plans 
for the erection of any school building or addition thereto unless 
the same shall provide at least twelve square feet of floor space 
and two hundred cubic feet of air space for each pupil to be 
accommodated in each study or recitation room therein. 

(1.) Light shall be admitted from the left or from the 
left and rear of class rooms and the total light area must, unless 
strengthened by the use of reflecting lenses be equal to at least 
20 per cent of the floor space. 

(2.) All ceilings shall be at least twelve feet n height. 

(3.) No such plans shall be approved by him unless pro- 
vision is made therein for assuring at least 30 cubic feet of 
pure air every minute per pupil and warmed to maintain an 
average temperature of 70 degrees F. during the coldest winter 
weather, and the facilities for exhausting the foul or vitiated air 
therein shall be positive and independent of atmospheric changes. 
No tax voted by a district meeting or other competent authority 
in any such city, village, or school district, exceeding the sum of 
two thousand dollars ($2000.00) shall be levied by the trustees 
until the state superintendent of public instruction shall certify 
that the plans and specifications for the same comply with the 
provisions of this act. All school houses for which plans and 
detailed specifications shall be filed and approved, as required 
by this act, shall have all halls, doors, stairways, seats, passage- 
ways and aisles and all lighting and heating appliances and 
apparatus arranged to facilitate egress in case of fire or accident 
and to afford the requisite and proper accommodations for 
public protection in such cases. All exit doors shall open out- 
wardly, and shall if double doors be used, fasten with movable 
bolts operated simultaneously by one handle from the inner face 
of the door. No staircase shall be constructed with wider steps 
in lieu of a platform, but shall be constructed with straight runs, 
changes in direction being made by platform. No doors shall 
open immediately upon a flight of stairs, but a landing at least 
the width of the door shall be provided between such stairs and 
such doorway. 

190 



(4.) Every public school building shall be kept clean 
and free from effluvia arising from any drain, privy or nuisance, 
and shall be provided with sufficient number of proper water 
closets, earth closets or privies, and shall be ventilated in such 
a manner that the air shall not become so impure as to be 
injurious to health. 

TOILET ROOMS 

3. How Constructed. — No toilet rooms shall be con- 
structed in any public school building unless same has outside 
ventilation and windows permitting free access of air and light. 
The provisions of this act shall be enforced by the state superin- 
tendent of public instruction or some person designated by him 
for that purpose. 

METHOD OF INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT OF GRIEVANCES 

4. If it appears to the state superintendent of public in- 
struction or his deputy appointed for that particular purpose, 
that further or different sanitary or ventilating provisions, which 
can be provided without unreasonable expense, are required in 
any public school building, he may issue a written order to the 
proper person or authority, directing such sanitary or ventilating 
provisions to be provided. A school committee, public officer 
or person who has charge of any such public school building, 
who neglects for four weeks to comply with the order of said 
state superintendent of public instruction or his deputy, shall be 
punished by a fine of not less than one hundred dollars nor more 
than one thousand dollars. 

(1.) Whoever is aggrieved by the order of the state 
superintendent of public instruction or his deputy issued as above 
provided, and relating to a public school building, may within 
thirty days after the service thereof, apply in writing to the board 
of health of the city, town, incorporated village or school board, 
after notice to all parties interested, shall give a hearing upon 
such order, and may alter, annul or affirm it. 

191 



VENTILATING FLUES AND METHOD OF CONSTRUCTING 

SAME 

5. No wooden flue or air duct for heating or ventilating 
purposes shall be placed in any building which is subject to the 
provisions of this act, and no pipe for conveying hot air or steam 
in such building shall be placed or remain within one inch of 
any woodwork, unless protected by suitable guards or casings 
of incombustible material. 

APPROVAL OF PLANS 

6. By Whom and Penalty for Violation. — To secure the 
approval of plans showing the method or systems of heating and 
ventilation as provided for in section 2 the foregoing require- 
ments must be guaranteed in the specifications accompanying the 
plans. Hereafter erections or constructions of public school 
buildings by an architect or other person who draws plans or 
specifications or superintends the erection of a public school build- 
ing, in violation of the provisions of this act, shall be punished 
by a fine of not less than one hundred dollars nor more than 
one thousand dollars. 

THE OHIO CODE 

TITLE 3 SCHOOL BUILDINGS 

CLASSIFICATION 

SECTION 1 . Under the classification of "School Build- 
ings" are included all public, parochial and private schools, col- 
leges, academies, seminaries, libraries, museums and art galleries, 
including all buildings or structures containing one or more rooms 
used for the assembling of persons for the purpose of acquiring 
knowledge, or for mental training. 

Grade A. — Under this grade are included all rooms or 
buildings appropriated to the use of primary, grammar or high 
schools, including all rooms or buildings used for school purposes 
by pupils or students eighteen (18) years of age or less. 

Grade B. — Under this grade are included all rooms or 
buildings appropriated to the use of schools, colleges, academies, 

192 



seminaries, libraries, museums, and art galleries; including all 
rooms or buildings not included under grade "A." 

CLASS OF CONSTRUCTION 

Section 2. Grade A. — No building of this grade shall 
have the topmost floor level more than thirty-eight (38) feet 
above the average grade of the building. 

Buildings with the topmost floor level from twenty-three 
(23) to thirty-eight (38) feet above the average grade shall be 
of fireproof construction. 

Buildings with the topmost floor level less than twenty- 
three (23) feet above the average grade shall be of fireproof or 
composite construction. 

No building of this grade shall have the first floor level 
less than four (4) feet above the average grade. 

Grade B. — No building of this grade shall have the top- 
most floor level more than fifty (50) feet above the average 
grade line. 

Buildings with the topmost floor level from thirty (30) to 
fifty (50) feet above the average grade shall be of fireproof or 
composite construction. 

Buildings with the topmost floor level less than thirty (30) 
feet above the average grade shall be of fireproof or composite 
construction. 

Grades A and B — Buildings one story high, without base- 
ment and with the floor line not more than four (4) feet nor less 
than two (2) feet above the grade shall be of fireproof, com- 
posite or frame construction, providing when built of frame con- 
struction the same is erected thirty (30) feet away from any 
other building structure or lot lines. 

EXPOSURE AND COURTS 

SECTION 3. Exposure. — A building of A grade shall 
be erected upon a lot or site of such dimensions as will provide 
for each pupil not less than thirty (30) square feet of playground 
space; or, all or part of such playground space may be within 
or on top of the school building. 

193 



No building of grade B shall occupy more than ninety-five 
(95) per cent of a corner lot nor more than ninety (90) per 
cent of an interior lot or site. The measurements being taken at 
the lowest tier of floor joists. 

No wall of any building of this classification containing 
windows used for lighting school or class rooms shall be placed 
nearer any opposite building, structure or property line than 
thirty (30) feet. 

Courts — Recess or inner courts may be used providing the 
least distance between any two opposite walls containing windows 
used for lighting class and school rooms is equal to the height 
from the lowest window sill to the top of the highest cornice or 
fire wall. All walls to inner or recess courts shall be of masonry 
or other fireproof construction (except for buildings of frame 
construction). 

If areas are used for lighting basements, the width of the 
area shall be not less than equal to the height from the lowest 
window sill to the top of the adjoining grade. 

SUB-DIVISIONS AND FIRE STOPS 

SECTION 4. Buildings of this classification built in con- 
nection or as part of a building of a lower grade of construction, 
shall be separated from the other parts of the building by 
standard fire walls, and all communicating openings in these walls 
shall be covered by double standard fire doors, using a standard 
self-closing door on one side of the wall and either a standard 
automatic fire door or a standard automatic rolling steel door 
on the other side of the wall. 

All rooms or apartments used for general storage, storing of 
furniture, carpenter shops, general repairing, paint shops or other 
equally hazardous purposes shall be constructed with standard 
fireproof walls, ceilings and floors, and all openings between these 
rooms or apartments and the other parts of the building shall be 
covered by double fire doors, using a standard self-closing door 
on one side of the wall and a standard automatic fire door or 
standard automatic rolling steel door on the other side of the 
wall. 

194 



No open wells communicating between any two (2) stories 
of a public hall shall be used, in a building of A or B grade of 
composite construction; nor, in a building of A grade of fire- 
proof construction, except the necessary stair and elevator wells. 

In B grade buildings of fireproof construction open wells 
communicating between stories may be used in connection with 
monumental stairways and rotundas, when at least one means of 
egress is provided for each wing or section of each building, and 
such means of egress is located at the opposite end of such wing 
or section from the open well. 

All external and court walls of buildings under this class- 
ification (except buildings of frame construction) within thirty 
(30) feet of any other building structure or lot line shall be pro- 
vided with the following fire stops, viz. : 

Walls shall be standard fire walls. 

All windows shall be automatic standard fireproof windows, 
and all door openings shall be covered by standard hinged fire 
doors without automatic attachment. 

HEATER ROOM 

SECTION 5. Furnaces, hot water heating boilers and low 
pressure steam boilers may be located in the buildings, providing 
the heating apparatus, breeching, fuel room and firing room are 
inclosed in a standard fireproof heater room, and all openings into 
the same from the other parts of the building are covered b> 
standard self-closing fire doors. 

No boiler or furnace shall be located under any lobby, 
exit, stairway or public hall. 

No cast iron boiler operated at more than ten (10) pounds 
pressure or steel boiler operated at more than thirty- five (35) 
pounds pressure shall be located within the main walls of any 
school building. 

BASEMENT ROOMS 

SECTION 6. No room used for school purposes shall be 
placed wholly or partly below the grade. Rooms for domestic 
science, manual training and recreation may be placed partly 

195 



below the grade, provided the same are properly lighted, heated 
and ventilated. 

If areas are used the width of the area shall not be less 
than equal to the height from the lowest window sill to the grade. 
DIMENSIONS OF SCHOOL AND CLASS ROOM 

SECTION 7. Floor Space. — The minimum floor space to 
be allowed per person in school and class rooms, shall not be less 
than the following, viz. : 

Primary grades sixteen ( 1 6) square feet per person. 

Grammar grades eighteen ( 1 8) square feet per person. 

High schools twenty (20) square feet per person. 

All other schools and class rooms twenty-four (24) square 
feet per person. 

Cubical Contents. — The gross cubical contents of each 
school and class room, shall be of such a size as to provide for 
each pupil or person not less than the following cubic feet of 
air space, viz. : 

Primary grades 200 cubic feet. 

Grammer grades 225 cubic feet. 

High schools, 250 cubic feet and in grade B buildings 
300 cubic feet. 

Height of Stories. — Toilet, play, rest and recreation rooms 
shall be not less than eight (8) feet high in the clear measuring 
from the floor to the ceiling line. 

The height of all rooms, except toilet, play, rest and recrea- 
tion rooms shall be not less than one-half the average width of 
the room, and in no case less than ten ( 1 0) feet high. 

REST ROOMS 

SECTION 8. In all school buildings of grade "A" con- 
taining four and not more than eight (8) school or class rooms, a 
rest or hospital room shall be provided, and in all school build- 
ings of grade "A" containing more than eight school or class 
rooms, two such rooms shall be provided. 

Where a water supply is available each rest room shall be 
provided with a water closet and sink. 

196 



ASSEMBLY HALLS 

SECTION 9. A room seating or accommodating more 
than one hundred ( 1 00) persons shall be considered as an as- 
sembly hall. 

Assembly halls used in connection with and as a necessary 
adjunct to a school building and not rented or let out for the 
use of the general public are classified as minor assembly halls 
and shall be designed, constructed and equipped as prescribed 
for clubs and lodge buildings (see Part 2, Title 6), except no 
minor assembly hall in an "A" grade school building of fireproof 
construction shall be placed more than twenty-three (23) feet; 
nor in a building of composite construction more than ten (10) 
feet above the grade at any entrance to or exit from the same; 
nor shall such a minor assembly hall for an "A" grade school 
be placed in a building of frame construction and not more than 
one balcony shall be placed in an auditorium of composite con- 
struction. 

SEATS, DESKS AND AISLES 

Section 10. Securing seats. — Seats, chairs and desks 
placed in class, recitation, study and high school rooms shall be 
securely fastened to the floor, except in rooms seating less than 
fifteen (15) persons, and where the nature of the occupancy will 
not permit. 

Desks and chairs used by the teachers may be portable. 

Class room seats and aisles. — Class and school rooms shall 
have aisles on all wall sides. 

In primary rooms, center aisles shall not be less than one 
foot five inches (1' 5") and wall aisles not less than two feet 
four inches (2' 4") wide. 

In Grammar rooms, center aisles shall not be less than one 
foot six inches (1' 6") and wall aisles not less than two feet six 
inches (2' 6") wide. 

In high school rooms, center aisles shall not be less than one 
foot eight inches (!' 8") and wall aisles not less than three (3) 
feet wide. 

197 



In all other class and school rooms, center aisles shall not 
be less than two (2) feet and wall aisles not less than three (3) 
feet wide. 

OPTICS 

SECTION 1 1. The proportion of glass surface in museums, 
libraries and art galleries, shall not be less than one ( 1 ) square 
foot of glass to each six (6) square feet of floor area. 

The proportion of glass surface in each class, study, reci- 
tation, high school rooms and laboratory, shall be not less than 
one (1) square foot of glass to each five (5) square feet of 
floor area. (For glass surface in rooms used for domestic science 
and manual training, see Part 2, Title 7, Section 10, Work- 
shops, Factories and Mercantile Establishments.) 

The proportion of glass surface in each play, toilet or 
recreation room, shall be not less than one (1) square foot of 
glass surface to each ten (10) square feet of floor area. 

Windows shall be placed either at the left, or the left and 
rear of the pupils when seated. 

Tops of windows, except in libraries, museums and art gal- 
leries shall not be placed more than eight (8) inches below the 
minimum ceiling height as established under "Dimensions of 
School and Class Rooms." (See Section 7.) 

The unit of measurement for the width of a properly 
lighted room, when lighted from one side only, shall be the 
height of the window head above the floor. 

The width of all class and recitation rooms when lighted 
from one side only, shall never exceed two and one-half (XVl) 
times this unit measured at right angles to the source of light. 

All windows shall be placed m the exterior walls of the 
building, except for public halls, corridors, stock and supply 
closets, which may be lighted by ventilated skylights or by 
windows placed in partitions or partition walls. 

Museums, libraries and art galleries may be lighted by 
skylights, or clere story windows. 

198 



MEANS OF EGRESS 

Section 12. All means of egress shall be exit doors 
unless the same lead to "A" standard fire escapes, which shall 
be either exit doors or exit windows. 

Grade A. Buildings of Fire Proof Construction. Means 
of egress from rooms in the basement and superstructure shall be 
in proportion to three (3) feet in width to each one hundred 
(100) persons to be accommodated in buildings accommodating 
not more than five hundred (500) persons. 

When buildings accommodate from five hundred (500) to 
one thousand (1,000) persons, two (2) feet additional exit 
width shall be provided for each one hundred ( 1 00) persons or 
fraction thereof in excess of five hundred (500) persons. 

When buildings accommodate more than one thousand 
(1,000) persons orae (1 ) foot additional exit width shall be pro- 
vided for each one hundred (100) persons or fraction thereof 
in excess of one thousand (1,000) persons, but in no case shall 
an exit be less than three (3) feet or more than six (6) feet 
wide. 

In computing the widths of exits at the foot of stairways 
the standing capacity of the stairway including the landings, 
allowing three (3) square 1 feet per person may be deducted from 
the number of persons the exit shall be designed to accommodate. 

Buildings of fireproof construction shall have at least two 
(2) stairways located as far apart as possible and the same shall 
be continuous from the grade to the topmost story. 

The basement shall have at least two stairways located as 
far apart as possible and run from the basement floor level to 
the grade which stairway may be placed under the main stairway. 

When buildings are divided into sections or parts by solid 
partitions or by partitions wth doors normally locked, each such 
section or part of the building shall have two (2) stairways as 
above prescribed. 

No further means of egress will be necessary. 

Grade B. Buildings of Composite Construction. — Each 
room in the superstructure used by pupils as a class or school 

199 



room shall have at least two separate and distinct means of egress. 

No class, school or high school room shall have more than 
one door or opening between it and the main halls or corridors 
of the building. 

Communicating doors between two class or school rooms 
shall not be considered as a means of egress, except school or 
class rooms accommodating not more than fifteen (15) pupils and 
directly connected with another school or class room provided 
with two (2) means of egress as above prescribed, may be con- 
sidered as part of the adjoining class room and need not have 
any additional means of egress. 

The width of the means of egress shall not be less than 
three (3) feet to each one hundred (100) persons to be 
accommodated. 

One half of the means of egress shall lead to the public 
halls and ihe other half to inclosed fireproof stairways, B, C or 
D standard fire escapes or stone, cement or iron steps leading to 
the grade. No exit door shall be less than three (3) feet or 
more than six (6) feet wide. No fire escape or outside stairway 
shall be used when the height of the same exceeds eight (8) feet 
above the grade. 

Each room in the basement used by the pupils shall have a 
direct exit not less than three (3) feet wide, with stone, cement 
or iron steps leading up to the grade. 

Steps shall be not less than three feet six inches (3' 6") 
wide. Areas around such steps shall have substantial hand and 
guard rails on both sides. 

These means of egress from the basement shall be provided 
in addition to the usual service stairways and means of ingress. 

Grade B. Buildings of Fireproof or Composite Con- 
struction. — Each room or apartment used for any purposes other 
than storage shall have two separate and distinct means of egress. 

If the various rooms connect directly with a public hall, 
means of egress at each end of the public hall will be sufficient. 

These means of egress shall be either an inside stairway 
running continuously from the grade to the topmost story, or 

200 



from the basement to the grade; A, B, C or D standard fire- 
escapes; stone, cement or iron steps extending to the grades; or 
self-closing doors connecting directly with a public hall of an 
adjoining section of the same building containing a stairway. 

Means of egress shall be at the ratio of three (3) feet per 
one hundred ( 1 00) persons accommodated in buildings accom- 
modating not more than five hundred (500) persons, when build- 
ing accommodates from five hundred (500) to one thousand 
(1,000) persons two (2) feet of additional stairway width 
shall be provided for every one hundred (100) persons or frac- 
tion thereof in excess of five hundred (500), when buildings 
accommodate more than one thousand ( 1 ,000) persons one foot 
additional stairway width shall be provided for every one hun- 
dred (100) persons or fraction thereof in excess of one thou- 
sand (1,000) persons. 

In computing the width of exits at the foot of stairways the 
standing capacity of the stairway, including the landings, allow- 
ing three (3) square feet per person may be deducted from the 
number of persons the exit should be designed to accommodate. 

It shall be presumed that the persons assembled will be 
equally distributed to the various means of egress. 

In libraries, museums and art galleries the capacity of the 
building shall be established by allowing to each person fifty 
(50) square feet of floor area, except in stack rooms. 

Grade A and B. Buildings of Frame Construction. — Each 
room shall have at least two three (3) foot exits; one leading to 
the open with steps to the grade, and the other the usual means of 
ingress; and all steps shall have hand rails on both sides. 

Signs for all Buildings. — Over each exit door shall be 
painted a sign indicating the word "EXIT" in plain block letters 
not less than six (6) inches high. 

STAIRWAYS 

SECTION 13. Grade A. Buildings of Fireproof Con- 
struction. — For the number and location of stairways see "Means 
of Egress" (Section 12.) 

201 



** The main service stairways shall be enclosed with walls or 
partitions made of incombustible material, or wire glass not less 
than one-quarter d/4) inch thick set in metal sash and frames, 
with standard self-closing fire doors at each story, and shall be 
provided with platforms and exit doors not less than three feet 
(3') wide at the grade. 

No wire glass shall be used in partitions separating stair- 
ways from rooms containing highly combustible materials. 

Grade A. Buildings of Composite Construction. — Base- 
ment stairways shall be enclosed with either brick walls not less 
than nine (9) inches thick, concrete walls not less than six (6) 
inches thick, or hollow tile walls not less than twelve (12) 
inches thick. . 

All openings irj these wails shall be provided with standard 
self-closing fire doors. The width of stairways required under this 
classification shall be equally divided, one-half being placed in 
the main service stairways and the other half in the standard 
enclosed fireproof stairs or fire escapes. 

Grade B. Buildings of Fireproof Construction. — Stair- 
ways shall be separted from the other parts of the building by 
walls or partitions made of incombustible material, or wire glass 
not less than one-quarter V/4) inch thick set in metal sash and 
frames with standard self-closing fire doors. 

No wire glass shall be placed in partitions separating stair- 
ways from rooms containing highly combustible material. 

Stairways shall be provided with grade platforms with exit 
doors not less than three (3) feet wide leading to streets, alleys, 
yards, or courts. 

Grade B. Buildings of Composite Construction. — In 
buildings of composite construction the stairways shall be 
separated from the other parts of the building by standard fire- 
proof walls, standard fireproof ceilings at the topmost story, 
standard fireproof floors at the lowermost level, and all openings 
to these inclosures shall be provided with standard self-closing 
fire doors. 

202 



The above enclosure shall be provided with grade plat- 
forms, and with exit doors not less than three (3) feet wide 
leading to streets, alleys, yards or courts. 

Stairway Construction. — Width of stairway shall be at the 
ratio of three (3) feet per one hundred (100) persons accom- 
modated in buildings, accommodating not more than five hundred 
(500) persons, when building accommodates from five hundred 
(500) to one thousand (1,000) persons two (2) feet of ad- 
ditional stairway width shall be provided for every one hundred 
(100) persons or fraction thereof in excess of five hundred 
(500), when buildings accommodate more than one thousand 
(1,000) persons one (1) foot additional stairway width shall 
be provided for every one hundred (100) persons or fraction 
thereof in excess of one thousand (1,000) persons. 

In computing the width of stairways the standing capacity 
of the stairway including the landings allowing three (3) square 
feet per person may be deducted from the number of persons the 
stairway should be designed to accommodate. 

No stairway shall be less than three (3) feet six (6) 
inches nor more than six (6) feet wide measuring between the 
hand rails. Stairways over six (6) feet wide shall have sub- 
stantial center hand rails with angle and newel posts not less than 
six (6) feet high. No stairway shall have less than three (3) 
nor more than sixteen ( 1 6) risers in any run. 

No stairway shall have winders and all nosing shall be 
straight. 

A uniform width shall be maintained in all stairways and 
stair platforms by rounding or beveling the corners arod angles. 

Hand rails shall be provided on both sides of all stairways 
and steps. 

Outside steps and areas shall be provided with guard rails 
not less than two (2) feet six (6) inches high. 

Stairways shall have a uniform rise and tread in each run 
as follows, viz. : 

Primary schools shall have not more than a six (6) inch 
rise nor less than eleven (11) inch tread. 

203 



Grammar schools shall have not more than a six and 
one-half (6J/2) inch rise nor less than eleven (11) inch tread. 

All other schools shall have not more than a seven (7) inch 
rise nor less than ten and one-half (lOj/2) inch tread. 

The above dimensions shall be from tread to tread, and 
from riser to riser. 

No door shall open directly upon a stairway, but shall open 
on a platform or landing equal in length to the width of the door. 

In combination primary and grammar school buildings all 
stairways below the first floor shall be designed for primary 
school pupils, and all stairways above the first floor may be de- 
signed for either primary or grammar pupils. 

No closet for storage shall be placed under any stairway. 

All treads shall be covered with rubber or lead mats, 
securely fastened to place or be formed with non-slipping 
surfaces. 

Monumental Stairways and Steps. — Monumental stairways 
may be used in grade "B" buildings when such buildings are 
provided with stairways as prescribed under Sub-divisions and 
Fire Stops (see Section 4). 

Monumental stairways may be of a greater width than six 
(6) feet measuring between the hand rails, and such stairways 
need not be provided with more hand rails than would be neces- 
sary for the actual width required as a means of egress. 

Monumental steps from the grade to the first story with more 
than five (5) risers, shall be provided with hand rails on both 
sides of the same, and such steps with five (5) or less risers need 
not be provided with hand rails. 

GRADIENTS 

SECTION 14. To overcome any difference in floor levels 
which would require less than three (3) risers, gradients shall 
be employed of not to exceed one (I) foot rise in twelve (12) 
feet of run. 

204 



PASSAGEWAYS 

SECTION 15. No public hall leading to a stairway or 
exit shall be less in width than the stairway or exit, as the case 
may be. 

Public halls and passageways shall be so designed and 
proportioned as to prevent congestion and confusion. 

ELEVATORS 

SECTION 1 6. Elevators shall not be considered or com- 
puted as a means of egress. (For the construction of elevators 
and elevator shafts see Elevators, Part 8.) 

EXIT DOORS AND WINDOWS 

SECTION 1 7. Doors to rooms occupied by less than ten 
(10) persons are not considered under the classification of exit 
doors. 

Exit doors shall not be less than three (3) feet wide, not 
less than six (6) feet four (4) inches high, level with the floor, 
swing outward, viz. : toward the opening, or toward the natural 
means of egress, and shall be so hung as not to interfere with 
passageways or close openings, stairways or fire escapes. 

No single door or leaf to a double door shall be more than 
four (4) feet wide. No two (2) doors hinged together shall 
be used as a means of ingress or egress. Accordion doors may 
be used in dividing class rooms, providing the free sections swing 
outward and provide the required amount of exit width. 

No double acting, rolling, sliding or revolving doors shall 
be installed where used or liable to be used as a means of ingress 
or egress except as previously prescribed under sub-divisions (see 
Section 4). 

Sliding or rolling doors may be used when installed in 
addition to the prescribed means of egress. 

(For exit windows see Standard Devices, Part 3, Title 7, 
Section 6.) 

205 



SCUTTLES 

SECTION 18. Every building exceeding twenty-five (25) 
feet in height shall have in the roof a bulk-head or scuttle not 
less than two (2) feet wide and not less than three (3) feet 
long, covered on the outside with metal and provided with a 
stairway or permanent ladder leading thereto. 

Bulk-head and scuttle doors shall not be provided with 
locks. 

SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 

Section 19. All floors to toilet rooms, lavatories, water 
closet compartments, or any enclosure where plumbing fixtures 
are used within the building shall have a waterproof floor and 
base as prescribed under Sanitation (see Part 4, Title 12, Sec- 
tion 1). 

All basement rooms used by the pupils or public shall have 
a damp-proof or water-proof floor properly drained to carry off 
surface water. 

All basement ceilir.gs except where concrete or brick is 
used shall be plastered or be covered with pressed or rolled steel 
ceiling. 

Whenever possible, window and door jambs shall be 
rounded and plastered, except in museums, libraries and art 
galleries. 

All interior wood finish shall be as small as possible and 
free from unnecessary dust catchers. 

All floors between the finished portions of the building 
shall be deadened or made sound-proof. 

FLOORS AND ROOF LOADS 

Section 20. In calculating construction the superim- 
posed load uniformly distributed on the various floors and rcofs 
shall be assumed at not less than the following, viz. : 

Class-rooms, sixty (60) pounds per square foot. 

Public halls, assembly halls, and stairways, eighty (80) 
pounds per square foot. 

206 



Museums, libraries and art galleries, one hundred (100) 
pounds per square foot. 

Attics not used for storage, twenty (20) pounds per square 
foot. 

Roofs, forty (40) pounds per square foot. 

HEATING AND VENTILATING 

SECTION 21. A heating system shall be installed which 
will uniformly heat all public halls, play rooms, toilet rooms, 
recreation rooms, assembly rooms, gymnasiums and manual train- 
ing rooms to a uniform temperature of 65 degrees in zero weather; 
and will uniformly heat all other parts of the building to 70 
degrees in zero weather. 

Exceptions. — Rooms with one or more open sides used for 
open-air or outdoor treatment. 

A combination heating and ventilating system shall be in- 
stalled which will at normal temperature supply the following 
amounts of fresh air, viz.: In all parts of "A" grade building 
except corridors, hall and storage closets, six (6) changes of 
air per hour; in all parts of colleges, academies and seminaries 
except corridors, halls and storage closets, supply to each person 
the room is designed to accommodate, eighteen hundred (1,800) 
cubic feet of air per hour — in which case the plans shall be 
clearly marked showing the maximum number of persons the 
room will accommodate, libraries, museums and art galleries 
need not be provided with a change of air. 

The heating system to be installed where a change of air 
is required, shall be either standard ventilating stoves, gravity 
or mechanical furnaces, gravity indirect steam or hot water, a 
mechanical indirect steam or hot water system or a split steam 
or hot water system. 

Where wardrobes are not separated from the class-room 
they shall be considered as part of the class-room and the vent 
register shall be placed in the wardrobe. 

Where wardrobes are separated from the class-room, they 
shall be separately heated and ventilated the same as the class* 

207 



rooms, and shall be provided with not less than six (6) changes 
of air per hour. 

No floor registers shall be used in any part of the build- 
ing, except foot warmers which may be placed in the floors of 
the main corridors or lobbies. 

A hood shall be placed over each and every stove in the 
domestic science room, over each and every compartment desk 
or demonstration table in the chemical laboratories and chemical 
laboratory lecture rooms, of such a size as to receive and carry 
off all offensive odors, fumes and gases. 

These ducts shall be connected to vertical ventilating flues 
placed in the walls and shall be independent of the room venti- 
lation as previously provided for. 

Where electric current is available electric exhaust fans 
shall be placed in the ducts or flues from the stove fixtures in 
domestic science rooms and chemical laboratories, and where 
electric current is not available and a steam or hot-water system 
is used, the main vertical flues from the above ducts shall be 
provided with accelerating coils of proper size to create sufficient 
draught to carry away all fumes and offensive odors. 

SANITATION 

SECTION 22. Where a water supply and sewerage sys- 
tem are available a sanitary equipment shall be installed as fol- 
lows: 

Drinking fountains shall be provided as follows, viz. : In 
grade "A" school buildings one in each story of the superstruc- 
ture to each six thousand (6,000) square feet of floor area or 
less; and, one in the basement to each two hundred (200) males 
or less and one to each two hundred (200) females or less. 

In all other buildings one drinking fountain shall be pro- 
vided to each six thousand (6,000) square feet of floor area or 
less. These shall be centrally located and if more than one is 
required they shall be located irj different stories of the building. 

Drinking fountains shall have a jet giving a continuous 
flow of water or be operated by a ring or foot valve. 

208 



"A" grade school buildings shall be provided with slop 
sinks in the number as prescribed for drinking fountains, or in 
lieu of slop sinks lavatories without stoppers may be used. 

In colleges, academies and seminaries one lavatory without 
stopper shall be provided to each one hundred ( 1 00) persons. 

In libraries, museums and art galleries there shall be pro- 
vided the following fixtures, viz. : 

One water-closet to each fifty (50) females or fraction 
thereof. 

One water-closet to each one hundred (100) males or 
fraction thereof. 

One urinal to each one hundred ( 1 00) males or fraction 
thereof. 

The above to be based upon the actual number of persons 
to be accommodated, the capacity being established as prescribed 
under means of egress (Section 12). 

In all other school buildings there shall be provided the 
following fixtures, viz. : 

One water-closet for each fifteen (15) females or fraction 
thereof. 

One water-closet for each twenty-five (25) males or frac- 
tion thereof. 

One urinal for each fifteen males or fraction thereof. 

Toilet accommodations for males and females shall be 
placed in separate rooms, with a traveling distance between the 
same of not less than twenty (20) feet. 

Juvenile or short closets shall be used for primary and 
grammar grade schools. This does not apply when latrine 
closets are used. 

In buildings accommodating males and females it shall be 
presumed that the occupants will be equally divided between 
males and females, unless such building be used exclusively by 
either sex or a different constant proportion is known. 

Where water supply and sewerage systems are not avail- 
able no sanitary equipment shall be installed within the building, 
but pumps in lieu of drinking fountains, closets and urinals in 

209 



the above proportions shall be placed upon the school building 
grounds, and no closets or urinals shall be placed nearer any 
occupied building than fifty (50) feet. 

Buildings more than three (3) stories in height shall be 
provided with toilet rooms in each story and basement, and in 
these shall be installed water-closets and urinals in the above 
prescribed ratios in proportion to the number of persons to be 
accommodated in the various stories. 

Toilet rooms for males shall be clearly marked "BOYS' 
TOILET" or "MEN'S TOILET" and for females "GIRLS' 
TOILET" or "WOMEN'S TOILET." 

GAS AND VAPOR LIGHTING 

SECTION 23. A system of gas or vapor lighting, if used, 
shall be installed as follows: 

All outlets in class and recitation rooms shall be dropped 
from the ceiling and be equally distributed so as to uniformly 
light the room. 

The number of burners provided shall not be less than the 
following : 

In gymnasiums one three (3) foot burner to each fifteen 
(15) square feet of floor area. 

In public halls and stairways one three (3) foot burner 
to each twenty-four (24) square feet of floor area. 

In class and recitation rooms one three (3) foot burner 
to each twelve (12) square feet of floor area. 

Enclosed fire-proof stairways, service stairways, public halls, 
?nd toilet rooms, shall be lighted by artificial light, and the same 
shall he provided with a sufficient number of outlets, properly 
located to amply light the same at night. 

Burners shall be placed seven (7) feet above the floor line. 

If gas or vapor lighting is used the same shall be installed 
as prescribed under Gas, Vapor and Oil Fitting and Equipment 
(see Part 6). 

ELECTRICAL WORK 

SECTION 24. An electric lighting system, if used, shall 
be installed as follows: 

210 



All wiring shall be done in conduit or armored cable and 
the same shall be installed as prescribed under Electrical Work 
(see Part 7). 

All outlets in class and recitation rooms shall be dropped 
from the ceiling and be equally distributed so as to uniformly 
light the room. 

The candle-power of lamps provided shall not be less than 
the following, viz. : 

Gymnasium one candle-power to two and one-half square 
feet of floor area. 

Public halls and stairways one candle-power to four square 
feet of floor area. 

Class and recitation rooms one candle-power to two square 
feet of floor area. 

Enclosed fire-proof stairways, service stairways, public 
halls and toilet rooms shall be lighted by artificial light and the 
same shall be provided with a sufficient number of lights, prop- 
erly located to amply light the same at night. 
FINISHING HARDWARE 

SECTION 25. All entrance and exit doors shall be 
equipped with hardware of such a nature as to be always un- 
lockable from within. 

Single outside doors used for egress only shall have one 
knob latches or double extension bolts as hereinafter prescribed 
and no bolts, hooks or other locking device shall be placed on 
these doors. 

Single outside doors used for ingress and egress, shall have 
locks that may be locked from the outside only, but can always 
be opened on the inside, by simply turning the knob or lever, 
or by pushing against a bar or plate. 

No attachment shall be placed on these locks, which will 
interfere with their free and immediate operation at all times, 
and no bolts, hooks, thumb latches or other locking devices shall 
be used. 

Doors from public halls to rooms and cloak rooms shall 
have no locks upon same, but shall be equipped with knob latches 

211 



only. If locks are desired the same style locks as above pre- 
scribed for entrance doors shall be used and they shall be so 
placed on the door that they can be locked on the hall side, and 
can always be opened on the room or cloak room sides, whether 
locked on hall side or not. 

One of each pair of double doors shall be equipped with 
a double extension bolt on one door operated by a knob, lever, 
push bar, push plate, push handle, or device whereby the simple 
act of turning a knob, or lever, or pushing against the same will 
release the top and bottom bolts at the same time. 

Independent top and bottom bolts shall not be used. 

All bolts, latches, face of locks, working parts of extension 
bolts, and other exposed working parts about this hardware shall 
be of cast metal properly protected from corrosion. 

(For hardware for exit windows see Standard Devices, 
Part 3, Title 7, Section 6.) 

FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 

SECTION 26. Where a water supply of sufficient pres- 
sure to reach the various portions of the building is available 
standard stand pipe and hose shall be provided in the basement 
of grade "A" buildings and in each story and basement of grade 
"B" buildings with sufficient length of one and one-half (P/2) 
inch hose lo reach any part of the story. 

Hose lengths shall be not more than seventy-five (75) feet 
long, and where hose of such length will not reach the extreme 
portions of the story additional stand pipes and hose shall be 
provided. 

Note: All rooms or apartments used for storing of furniture, car- 
penter shops, general repairing, paint shops or other equally hazardous 
purposes shall be provided with standard automatic sprinklers. 

Where water supply of sufficient pressure to reach the ex- 
treme portions of the building is not available, standard chemical 
fire extinguishers shall be provided in the proportion of one ( 1 ) 
extinguisher to each two thousand (2,000) square feet of floor 
area or less. 

212 



Standard chemical fire extinguishers shall be provided in 
each story above the basement of all grade "A" buildings in the 
proportion of one (1) extinguisher to each two thousand (2,000) 
square feet of floor area, or less. 

All stand pipes and hose shall be prominently exposed to 
view and always accessible. 

FIRE ALARM 

SECTION 27. All buildings with basement, and all build- 
ings more than one story high shall be provided with eight (8) 
inch in diameter trip fire gong with connections enabling the ring- 
ing of same from any story or basement. 

In semi-detached buildings gongs shall be provided for 
each section and shall be connected up so as to ring simultaneous 
from any story or basement of either section. 

Gongs shall be centrally located in the public halls, and the 
operating cords shall be placed so as to be always accessible. 

Exceptions. — In institutions for the deaf, electric lights with 
red globes shall be placed near each teacher's desk, and these 
shall be operated simultaneously by switches placed in each story 
and basement. 

BLOWERS IN WORKSHOPS 

SECTION 28. See Maintenance of Buildings (Part 11, 
Title 1, Section 40). 

GUARDING MACHINERY AND PITS 

SECTION 29. See Maintenance of Buildings (Part 11, 
Title 1, Section 40). 

Note: The entire Ohio building code may be had upon 
request of The State Inspector of Workshops and Factories. Only 
such portions are here printed as directly relate to school build- 
ings. 



213 



PART II— TITLE 1 

THEATERS AND ASSEMBLY HALLS 
CLASSIFICATION 

SECTION 1 . Theaters. — Under the classification "Thea- 
ters" are included all buildings or parts of buildings in which 
persons congregate to witness spectacular, vaudeville, burlesque, 
dramatic or operatic performances, or other buildings or parts of 
buildings in which movable scenery is used, or in which motion 
pictures are thrown upon canvas, screens or walls. 

This classification shall not apply to nor include buildings 
or parts of buildings designed and used for a different kind of 
occupancy than a theater, when such motion picture machine is 
used not to exceed seven (7) days in any one month; nor, does 
it include buildings or parts of buildings included under the classi- 
fication of Club and Lodge Buildings or Minor Assembly Halls, 
when such picture machine is used to illustrate educational or 
ritualistic work and the general public is not admitted thereto. 

Assembly Halls. — Under the classification of "Assembly 
Halls" are included all buildings or parts of buildings in which 
persons are assembled for entertainment, amusement or dancing, 
including all buildings or parts of buildings in which persons 
congregate to witness vaudeville, burlesque, dramatic or operatic 
performances, to hear speakers or lectures, to listen to operas, 
concerts or musical entertainments in which no scenery is used 
and no motion pictures are thrown upon canvas, screens or walls 
(see exceptions under Sec. 1, Theaters), and, seating or accom- 
modating one hundred (100) or more persons. 

All assembly halls used in connection with and as a neces- 
sary adjunct to school buildings, hospitals, clubs or lodge build- 
ings, hotels, workshops, factories or mercantile establishments or 
similar buildings or institutions and used for private gatherings; 

214 



and designed principally for the use of the occupants of such 
buildings ; and, all rooms and apartments used for public assem- 
blages of less than one hundred (100) persons are classified as 
minor assembly halls and shall be designed, constructed and 
equipped as prescribed for club and lodge buildings (see Part 2, 
Title 6). 

TITLE 6— CLUB AND LODGE BUILDINGS 

CLASSIFICATION 

SECTION 1 . Under this classification are included all 
buildings or parts of buildings containing an assembly hall, lodge, 
social, recreation, exercise, or other rooms, used by a fraternal, 
social, military or other organization for the private assemblage 
of persons, including all ante and other rooms of utility used in 
connection therewith, when such buildings or parts of such build- 
ings are not rented or let out for the use of the general public. 

All rooms or apartments in club and lodge buildings not 
included in the various classifications of the different Titles of 
Part 2 and not a customary or necessary adjunct thereto are 
herein classified as minor assembly halls. 

This classification also includes assembly halls and churches 
built in connection with and as a necessary adjunct to a school 
building, hospital, hotel, workshop, factory or mercantile estab- 
lishment or similar building or institution, and used for private 
gatherings and designed principally for the use of the occupants 
of such buildings; and, all rooms or apartments used for public 
assemblages of less than one hundred (100) persons, all of which 
are herein classified as minor assembly halls. 

This classification does not include buildings designed as 
residences for single families and used as a club house. 

(For minor theaters see Section 27.) 

(For use of motion picture machines in minor assembly halls 
see Part 2, Title 1, Section 15.) 

CLASS OF CONSTRUCTION 

SECTION 2. No minor assembly hall or minor theater 
in an "A" grade school building of fire-proof construction shall 

215 



be placed more than twenty-three (23) feet nor in a building 
of composite construction more than ten (10) feat above the 
grade at any entrance to or exit from the same ; and, no minor 
assembly room for an "A" grade school building shall be placed 
in a building of frame construction. Such minor assembly hall 
shall not seat or accommodate more than the number of persons 
given in the following table. 

No minor assembly hall used by the general public in a 
building of fire-proof construction shall be placed more than 
thirty-five (35) feet; nor, in a building of composite construc- 
tion more than twenty (20) feet above the grade line at the main 
entrance to the building. 

With the above exceptions the following table gives the 
maximum number of persons that shall be seated or accommo- 



Maximum height 
above the 
grade. 


Maximum number of persons 
accommodated. 


that shall be 


In a building of 
fireproof con- 
struction. 


In a building of 
composite con- 
struction. 


In a building of 
frame construc- 
tion. 


48 feet and over 
46 feet 


100 persons 

. 150 persons 

200 persons 

250 persons 

300 persons 

400 persons 

500 persons 

600 persons 

700 persons 

800 persons 

1,000 persons 

1,200 persons 

1,400 persons 

1,600 persons 

1,800 persons 

2,100 persons 

2,400 persons 

2,700 persons 

3,000 persons 

3,300 persons 

unlimited 

unlimited 

unlimited 


No persons at 
or above 

50 persons 
100 persons 
150 persons 
200 persons 
250 persons 
300 persons 
350 persons 
400 persons 
450 persons 
500 persons 
550 persons 
600 persons 
650 persons 
700 persons 
750 persons 
800 persons 
900 persons 
1,000 persons 
1,200 persons 
1,400 persons 


No person at 
or above 
50 persons 
100 persons 
150 persons 
200 persons 
300 persons 
400 persons 


44 feet 


■12 feet 


40 feet 


38 feat 


36 feat 


34 feat 


32 feat 


30 feat 


28 feat 


26 feat...... 


24 i'aat.. 


22 feat . 


20 feat 


IS feat 


13 feet 

14 feet 


12 feat 


10 feet... 


8 feet 


6 feet 


4 feet 





216 



dated in a minor assembly hall, the maximum distance the highest 
point of the main floor of such minor assembly hall shall be 
placed above the grade at the main entrance to the building and 
the class of construction that shall be employed in the erection 
of a building containing such a minor assembly hall. 

When a building containing two or more different kinds 
of occupancy as classified under Part 2 (see titles 3, 4, 5, 6 and 
7) the entire building shall be built of the best grade of con- 
struction prescribed under the various titles of Part 2 affecting 
the different sections or parts of the building. 

EXPOSURE AND COURTS 

SECTION 3. Exposure. — No club or lodge building shall 
occupy more than ninety-five (95) per cent of a corner lot or 
site, nor more than ninety (90) per cent of an interior lot or site, 
the measurements being taken at the lowest floor line, except, a 
building not more than twenty- five (25) feet wide may occupy 
one hundred (100) per cent of a corner lot or site. 

If the building contains a theater, assembly hall, or church 
which is rented or let out for public gatherings the walls of the 
theater, assembly hall or church shall abut upon streets, alleys, 
yards or courts, in the number and of the size as prescribed for 
theaters and assembly halls (see Part 2, Title 1 ) or churches 
(see Part 2, Title 2) as the case may be. 

The walls of a minor theater and minor assembly hall shall 
abut upon streets, alleys, yards or courts of a combined width 
of all means of egress leading thereto, and run to and connect 
with public highways. 

Walls containing windows lighting school or class-rooms 
shall not be placed nearer any other building, structure or prop- 
erty line than thirty (30) feet. 

Courts. — The height of courts shall be measured from the 
top of the lowest window sill to the top of the cornice or fire 
wall. 

If fire escapes, bay windows or other appendages are erected 
in or above a recess or inner court, the widths or areas of the 

217 



same shall be added to the dimensions given under the following 
table of widths and areas of courts. 

The following table gives the minimum width and areas of 
the various courts that shall be employed to secure proper light 
and ventilation, providing the building does not contain school 
or class-rooms. 



Height. 


Inner Court. 


Recess Court. 




Width. Area. j Width. Area. 


18 ft. and less 

18 ft. to 30 ft 
30 ft. to 45 ft 
45 ft. to 60 ft 

60 ft. to 75 ft 

75 ft. to 90 ft 
90 ft. to 105 ft... .. 
105 ft. to 120 ft 
120 ft. to 135 ft ... 
135 ft. to 150 ft.. . 
150 ft. to 165 ft... 


7 ft. 

9 ft. 
12 ft. 
15 ft. 
18 ft. 
21 ft. 
24 ft. 
27 ft. 
30 ft. 
33 ft. 
36 ft. 


90 sq. ft. 

122 sq. ft. 

216 sq. ft. 

338 sq. ft. 

486 sq. ft. 

662 sq. ft. 

864 sq. ft. 
1,094 sq. ft. 
1,350 sq. ft. 
1,634 sq. ft. 
1,944 sq. ft. 


3^ft. 50 sq. ft. 

\]/ 2 ft. 60 sq. ft. 

6 ft. 108 sq. ft. 

l]Ait.\ 169 so. ft. 

9 y, ft.i 243 sq. ft. 
103/2 ft.' 331 sq.ft. 
12 ft. 432 sq. ft. 
13^ ft. 547 sq.ft. 
15 ft. 675 sq. ft. 
16^ ft. 817 sq.ft. 
18 ft. 976 sq. ft. 



If the building contains school or class-rooms recess or 
inner light courts may be used, providing the least distance be- 
tween any two opposite walls is equal to the height from the 
lowest sill of a window lighting such room, to the top of the 
cornice or fire wall. 

All walls of inner or recess courts shall be of masonry or 
fire-proof construction (except for buildings of frame construc- 
tion). 

Windows may be placed in the angles of the above courts 
providing the running length of the wall containing such windows 
shall not exceed six (6) feet. 

Each inner court shall be provided with one fresh air intake, 
placed at the bottom of the court, and run to and connected with 
a street, alley or yard. If inner courts are of the same or greater 
size than prescribed for courts lighting school or class-rooms (see 
Part 2, Title 3) fresh air intakes will not be required. 



218 



Intakes shall be constructed of fire-proof material and there 
shall be no openings into these intakes other than the inlet and 
outlet. 

The area of these intakes shall be of a size equal to not 
less than the prescribed area of the inner court, but in no case 
shall an intake be less than three (3) feet wide, nor less than 
three (3) feet high. 

SUB-DIVISIONS AND FIRE STOPS 

Section 4. A building of this classification built in con- 
nection, with or as a part of a building of a lower grade of 
construction, shall be separated from the other parts of the build- 
ing by standard fire walls, and all communicating openings shall 
be covered by double standard fire doors, using a standard self- 
closing fire door on one side of the wall and either a standard 
automatic fire door or a standard automatic rolling steel door 
on the other side of the wall. 

If the building contains a theater the same shall be pro- 
vided with the necessary fire stops and fire walls as prescribed 
for theaters. (See Part 2, Title 1.) 

Standard fire-proof walls shall sub-divide buildings of non- 
fire-proof construction into floor areas of not more than two thou- 
sand (2,000) square feet each, except when single rooms of a 
greater dimension are required, in which case the floor area above 
such rooms need not be divided as above prescribed. 

If a building of this classification is placed over rooms or 
apartments of non-fire-proof construction used for other purposes, 
the ceiling below the same shall be lathed with incombustible 
lath and be plastered, or be covered with pressed or rolled sheet 
steel. 

All rooms or apartments used for storing furniture, carpenter 
shops, general repairing, paint shops, ammunition or other equally 
hazardous purposes, shall be enclosed by standard fire-proof 
walls, ceilings and floors, and all openings between these rooms 
or apartments, and the other parts of the building shall be cov- 
ered by double fire doors, using a standard self-closing fire door 
on one side of the wall, and a standard automatic fire door or 

219 



a standard automatic rolling steel door on the other side of the 
wall. 

No open wells communicating between any two stories of 
a public hall shall be used, except the usual stair and elevator 
wells, and openings through not more than one successive mezza- 
nine story. 

All external and court walls of buildings more than three 
(3) stories high and within thirty (30) feet of any other build- 
ing, structure or lot line shall be provided with the following 
fire stops, viz., wall shall be standard fire walls; windows shall 
be of the automatic type of standard fire-proof windows, and 
doors shall be standard hinged fire doors without automatic 
attachment. 

HEATER ROOM 

SECTION 5. Furnaces, hot water heating boilers and low 
pressure steam boilers may be located in the building, providing 
the heating apparatus, breeching, fuel and firing rooms are en- 
closed in a standard fire-proof heater room and all openings into 
the same from the other parts of the building are covered by 
standard self-closing fire doors. 

No furnace or boiler shall be located under any lobby, 
exit, stairway or public hall. 

No cast iron boiler operated at more than ten (10) pounds' 
pressure or steel boiler operated at more than thirty-five (35) 
pounds' pressure shall be located within the main walls of any 
club or lodge building. 

Exceptions. — If a club or lodge building does not contain a 
minor assembly hall accommodating more than fifty (50) per- 
sons, a fire-proof heater room will not be required, but the entire 
ceiling over the apartments containing the heating apparatus, fuel, 
breeching and firing space, if of combustible construction, shall 
be lathed with incombustible lath and be plastered. 
BASEMENT ROOMS 

SECTION 6. No room wholly below the grade shall be 
used for any purpose other than storage, heating apparatus and 
fuel rooms. 

220 



Rooms with not more than half the height of the story be- 
low the grade may be used for storage, heater, apparatus, fuel 
rooms, social purposes, recreation, dining, drilling, domestic 
science, manual training, exercise, physical culture, baths, toilets 
and barber shops. 

No room wholly or partly below the grade shall be used 
as an assembly room or for worship, religious instructions, school 
lodge, living or sleeping purposes. 

Dining rooms, lunch rooms, bakeries and kitchens may be 
placed wholly or partly below the grade when the same are 
properly lighted by windows with stationary sash; all entrances 
from the streets, alleys, yards or courts are provided with vesti- 
bules with two sets of self-closing doors; no open areaways con- 
nect directly with the rooms and the rooms are provided with a 
mechanical system of ventilation, which will change the air not 
less than six (6) times per hour. 

No laundry shall be placed wholly or partly below the 
grade unless the same is provided with a mechanical system of 
ventilation which will change the air not less than six (6) times 
per hour and the ceiling is covered with plaster or otherwise 
made tight. 

If a club or lodge building is not located over a building 
used for other purposes, the first story shall be placed not less 
than three (3) feet above the grade and the basement shall be 
properly ventilated by windows or grille work. 

DIMENSIONS OF ROOMS 

Section 7. The dimensions of the various rooms or 
apartments shall be as prescribed under the various titles of Part 
2, according to the classification and purpose for which the 
rooms and apartments are designed or intended to be used. 

SEATS, SEAT BENCHES, AISLES AND FOYERS 

SECTION 8. Seats, seat benches, aisles and foyers in 
minor assembly halls and churches, shall be installed as pre- 
scribed for theaters and assembly halls and churches (see Part 
2, Titles 1 and 2). 

221 



In lodge and dance halls, single rows of loose chairs, seats 
or benches may be placed against the walls or partitions, other- 
wise such chairs, seats, or benches shall be installed as prescribed 
for theaters and assembly halls. 

In rooms used for social, dancing, recreation, drilling, ex- 
ercise or similar purposes the seats, chairs or benches may be 
portable. 

Seats, desks and aisles in school or class rooms shall be 
installed as prescribed for school buildings (see Part 2, Title 3, 
Section 10). 

DINING ROOMS 

SECTION 9. Dining rooms are classified as minor assem- 
bly halls and shall not seat or accommodate more persons at a 
given height above the grade line than prescribed under Sec- 
tion 2. 

OPTICS 

SECTION 1 0. Windows are not required in minor assem- 
bly halls, and bath, and ante rooms when such rooms are pro- 
vided with a mechanical system of heating and ventilating. 

All other minor assembly halls, bath, toilet and ante rooms 
and stairways shall be lighted by windows placed in the external 
walls of the building unless the use of such hall or room will 
not permit, and the glass surface of such windows (except stair- 
ways) shall not be less than equal to one-tenth (1-10) the floor 
area of the room. 

Exceptions. — All rooms and halls, except sleeping apart- 
ments and school and class-rooms may be lighted by clere story 
windows or skylights, providing the glass surface is of the amount 
prescribed for windows. 

The upper half of all windows shall be so arranged as to 
open the full width; one-half O/2) of the clere story windows 
shall be arranged to open; and if skylights are used, louvers, 
vents or other devices with closing dampers shall be installed 
which will provide ventilating openings equal to one-fourth 04) 
the required area of the skylight. 

222 



The above openings shall be provided with operating de- 
vices by which the windows or dampers may be operated from 
the floor level below. 

Should the building contain rooms or apartments included 
in the classifications of the various titles of Part 2, such rooms 
or apartments shall be provided with windows as prescribed 
under the various titles of Part 2, effecting the rooms or apart- 
ments, and their necessary appurtenances. 

MEANS OF EGRESS 

SECTION 11. All means of egress shall be exit doors 
unless the same lead to A standard fire escapes, in which case 
either exit doors or exit windows shall be used. 

The number of persons that the building will accommodate 
shall be ascertained as follows: 

In assembly halls with fixed seats, the seating capacity shall 
be established by the actual number of persons to be accommo- 
dated in seats, benches and pews; and, where the assembly hall 
is seated with portable seats or chairs, the capacity shall be estab- 
lished by allowing to each person six (6) square feet of floor 
area. 

In all other parts of the building the capacity shall be 
established as follows: 

Dining rooms, 1 5 sq. ft. of floor area per person. 

Lodge rooms, 15 sq. ft. of floor area per person. 

Dance halls, 15 sq. ft. of floor area per person. 

Primary school rooms, 1 6 sq. ft. of floor area per person. 

Grammar school rooms, 18 sq. ft. floor area per person. 

High school room, 20 sq. ft. of floor area per person. 

Other school rooms, 24 sq. ft. of floor area per person. 

Social rooms, 1 5 sq. ft. of floor area per person. 

Drill rooms, 1 5 sq. ft. of floor area per person. 

In all other rooms means of egress shall be based on the 
actual number of persons to be accommodated. 

Auditoriums and balconies in "A" grade school buildings 
of composite construction shall be provided with means of egress 

223 



the same as prescribed for school rooms in "A" grade school 
buildings of composite construction. 

Otheiwise each room, balcony or apartment used for any 
purpose other than storage shall have at least two (2) separate 
and distinct means of egress. If the various rooms connect 
directly with a public hall means of egress at each end of the 
public hall will be sufficient. 

Such means of egress shall be either inside stairways running 
continuously from the grade to the topmost story, or from the 
basement to the grade; A, B, C, or D standard fire escapes; 
outside stone, concrete or iron steps, extending to the grade or 
self-closing doors leading directly to the public hall of an ad- 
joining section of the building containing a stairway. 

Means of egress shall be in the proportion to three (3) 
feet in width to each one hundred ( 1 00) persons to be accommo- 
dated in buildings accommodating not more than five hundred 
(500) persons. 

When buildings accommodate from five hundred (500) to 
one thousand (1,000) persons, two (2) feet additional exit 
width shall be provided for each one hundred ( 1 00) persons 
or fraction thereof in excess of five hundred (500) persons. 

When buildings accommodate more than one thousand 
( 1 ,000) persons, one ( 1 ) foot additional exit width shall be 
provided for each one hundred ( 1 00) persons or fraction 
thereof in excess of one thousand (1,000) persons, but in no 
case shall an exit be less than three (3) feet or more than six 
(6) feet wide. 

In club and lodge buildings the widths of the means of 
egress need not be more than necessary to accommodate the 
number of persons assembled under normal conditions after mak- 
ing the proper reduction for unoccupied rooms. 

When a minor assembly hall is built in connection with 
and as a necessary adjunct to a school building other than of 
"A" grade and of composite construction; or, with or to a hos- 
pital, hotel, workshop, factory or mercantile establishment, the 
stairways and means of egress beyond the walls of the minor 

224 



assembly hall need not be more than prescribed for the building 
which the minor assembly hall serves, exclusive of the seating 
capacity of the minor assembly hall; but, in no case shall such 
stairways and means of egress be less in width than the width 
of the means of egress from the minor assembly hall leading 
thereto. 

In computing the widths of exits at the foot of stairways 
the standing capacity of the stairway, including the landings, 
allowing three (3) square feet per person may be deducted 
from the number of persons the exit should be designed to serve. 

It shall be presumed that the persons assembled will be 
equally distributed to the various means of egress. 

"A" standard fire escapes may be installed only on build- 
ings used exclusively by males. 

Means of egress shall be so arranged as to give free access 
to the same without passing through more than one intervening 
room to a means of egress or to a public hall leading to two (2) 
or more means of egress. 

All exits shall lead to streets or alleys, or to courts con- 
nected with public highways. 

All stairways and exits (not marked by illuminated exit 
signs) shall have painted signs on or above the same, indicating 
the word "EXIT" in plain block letters not less than six (6) 
inches high. 

STAIRWAYS 

SECTION 1 2. All stairways shall be enclosed by stand- 
ard fire walls, or by standard fire proof walls, ceilings and floors; 
and all openings through these walls shall be covered by standard 
self-closing fire doors. 

In buildings of fire proof construction, these enclosures may 
be made of incombustible material; or made of wire glass not less 
than one-quarter O/4) inch thick set in metal sash and frames. 

No wire glass shall be used iro partitions separating stair- 
ways from rooms containing highly combustible materials. 

The width of stairways shall be at the ratio of three (3) 
feet per one hundred ( 1 00) persons accommodated in buildings 

225 



accommodating not more than five hundred (500) persons, when 
buildings accommodate from five hundred (500) to one thou- 
sand ( 1 ,000) persons two (2) feet of additional stairway width 
shall be provided for every one hundred (100) persons or frac- 
tion thereof in excess of five hundred (500), when buildings 
accommodate more than one thousand ( 1 ,000) persons, one toot 
additional stairway width shall be provided for every one hun- 
dred (100) persons or fraction thereof in excess of one thousand 
(1,000) persons. 

In club and lodge buildings the width of the stairways need 
not be more than necessary to accommodate the number of per- 
sons assembled under normal conditions after making the proper 
reduction for unoccupied rooms. 

In computing the widths of stairways, the standing capacity 
of the stairway, including the landings, allowing three (3) square 
feet per person may be deducted from the number of persons 
the stairway should be designed to accommodate. 

No stairway shall be more than six (6) feet nor less than 
three feet six inches (3' 6") wide, measuring in the clear between 
the hand rails. 

Where stairways more than six (6) feet wide are required, 
the same shall be divided by a substantial center hand rail with 
newel and angle posts not less than six (6) feet high, which 
shall divide the stairway into widths not less than three feet six 
inches (3' 6") and not exceeding six (6) feet wide. 

The rise and tread of stairways shall be as follows: 

Stairways used by servants only, riser not more than eight 
(8) inches, and tread not less than nine (9) inches; used by 
adults, riser not more than seven and one-half (7 J/2) inches, 
and tread not less than ten (10) inches; used by children, riser 
not more than six and one-half (6'/2) inches, and tread not less 
than eleven (11) inches. 

No riser shall be less than five (5) inches. The above 
dimensions shall be from riser to riser and from tread to tread. 

No stairway shall have more than sixteen ( 1 6) nor less 
than three (3) risers in any run. 

226 



No winders shall be used and all nosings shall be straight. 

Hand rails shall be provided on both sides of all stairways 
and steps. 

A uniform width shall be maintained in all stairs and stair 
platforms by rounding or beveling, the angles and corners. 

No door shall open directly upon a stairway, but shall open 
on a platform equal in width to the width of the door. 

No closet ^or storage shall be placed under any stairway. 

No stairway shall lead downward to a platform and then 
upward to a new level, or vice versa, except steps in balcony 
aisles. 

At least one-half of the stairways shall have grade plat- 
forms with exit doors not less than three (3) feet wide opening 
upon streets, alleys, yards or courts leading to public thorough- 
fares, when such stairways are used in place of fire escapes. 

Stair treads shall be covered with rubber or lead mats 
securely fastened to place, the treads formed of non-slipping 
surfaces or be covered with carpet as prescribed under Mainte- 
nance of Buildings (see Part 1 1, Title 1, Section 8). 

Outside areas and steps shall be provided with guard rails 
not less than two feet six inches (2' 6") high. 

Monumental Stairways and Steps. — Monumental stairways 
may be used for the basement to the second story when there are 
no sleeping rooms in any story communicating with such stair- 
ways; or monumental stairways may be used when placed as 
far distant from the other stairways as possible and supplied in 
addition to the other stairways and means of egress required. 

Monumental stairways may be of a greater width than six 
(6) feet measuring between the hand rails and such stairways 
need not be provided with more hand rails than would be neces- 
sary for the actual width required as a means of egress. 

Monumental steps from the grade to the first story with 
more than five (5) risers, shall be provided with hand rails on 
both sides of the same; and such steps with five (5) or less 
risers need not be provided with hand rails. 

227 



GRADIENTS AND INCLINES 

SECTION 1 3. To overcome any difference in floor levels 
which would require less than three (3) risers, gradients shall 
be employed of not to exceed one ( 1 ) foot in rise in twelve (12) 
feet of run. 

PASSAGEWAYS 

SECTION 14. Public halls, shall be so designed and pro- 
portioned as to prevent congestion and confusion. 

No public hall leading to a stairway or exit shall be less 
in width than the stairway or exit, and in no case less than four 
(4) feet wide. 

Any stairway or public hall shall be of equal capacity to 
the aggregate width of all stairways or public halls which it 
serves as a means of egress. 

ELEVATORS 

SECTION 1 5. Elevators shall not be considered or com- 
puted as a means of egress. 

(For the construction of elevators and elevator shafts, see 
Elevators, Part 8.) 

EXIT DOORS 

SECTION ! 6. Doors to rooms occupied by less than ten 
(10) persons are not included under the classification of exit 
doors. 

Exit doors shall not be less than three (3) feet wide, nor 
less than six feet four inches (6' 4") high, and shall be level 
with the floor, swing outward, viz., towards the open or the 
natural means of egress, and be so hung as not to interfere with 
passageways or close openings, stairways or fire escapes. 

No single door or leaf to a double door shall be more than 
four (4) feet wide. 

No two (2) doors hinged together shall be used as a means 
of egress or ingress. 

Accordion doors may be used to divide social rooms, pro- 
viding the free section wings outward and provides the required 
amount of exit width. 

228 



No double acting, revolving, sliding or rolling doors shall 
be installed where used or liable to be used as a means of ingress 
or egress; except as previously prescribed under sub-divisions and 
fire stops (Section 4). 

Sliding or rolling doors may be used to divide social rooms, 
providing they are installed in addition to the prescribed means 
of egress. 

(For exit windows see Standard Devices, Part 3, Title 7, 
Section 6.) 

SCUTTLES 

SECTION 17. Every building exceeding twenty-five (25) 
feet in height shall have in the roof a bulkhead or scuttle not 
less than two (2) feet wide and not less than three (3) feet 
long, covered on the outside with metal, and provided with a 
stairway or permanent ladder leading thereto. 

Bulkhead and scuttle doors shall not be provided with 
locks. 

SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 

SECTION 1 8. All floors to toilet rooms, lavatories, water- 
closet compartments and any enclosure where plumbing fixtures 
are used within the building, shall have a water-proof floor and 
base as prescribed under Sanitation (see Part 4, Title 12, Sec- 
tion 1). 

All basements shall have damp-proof or water-proof floors 
properly drained to carry off surface water. 

No garbage chute shall be erected in or be connected with 
any building included in this classification. 

FLOOR AND ROOF LOADS 

Section 1 9. In calculating construction, the superim- 
posed load on the various floors and roof shall be assumed at 
not less than the following: 

In halls used for dancing, one hundred and fifty (150) 
pounds per square foot. 

In auditoriums with fixed seats, eighty (80) pounds per 
square foot. 

229 



In auditoriums or lodge rooms with movable seats, one hun- 
dred (100) pounds per square foot. 

In public halls and stairways one hundred (100) pounds 
per square foot. 

In social rooms not used for dancing, eighty (80) pounds 
per foot. 

In sleeping apartments and private halls, fifty (50) pounds 
per square foot. 

In school rooms, sixty (60) pounds per square foot. 

In dining rooms, one hundred ( 1 00) pounds per square 
foot. 

In drill rooms, one hundred and fifty ( 1 50) pounds per 
square foot. 

In attics not used for storage twenty (20) pounds per 
square foot. 

For roofs, forty (40) pounds per square foot. 

HEATING AND VENTILATING 

SECTION 20. Minor assembly halls used for drilling, 
dancing, exercises or similar purposes when the persons assembled 
therein are in action shall be heated to sixty (60) degrees in 
zero (0) weather, and all other minor assembly halls shall be 
heated to seventy (70) degrees in zero (0) weather. 

All minor assembly halls not provided with windows or 
skylights, minor assembly halls used by the general public, minor 
assembly halls used for lodge purposes, and all assembly halls 
and churches used in connection with and as a necessary adjunct 
to school buildings, hospitals, hotels, workshops, factories, 
mercantile establishments shall be provided with a combination 
heating and ventilating system which will change the air at normal 
temperature not less than four (4) times per hour in lodge rooms 
and not less than six (6) times per hour in all other rooms. In 
sparsely occupied or lofty rooms the air supply may be reduced 
to twelve hundred ( 1 200) cubic feet of air per person. 

(See means of egress Sec. 1 I for the method of establishing 
the capacity of the rooms.) 

230 



The system to be installed when a change of air is required 
shall be either standard ventilating stoves, a gravity or mechanical 
furnace system, a gravity indirect steam or hot water system, a 
mechanical steam or hot water system, or a split steam or hot 
water system. 

Bakeries, laundries and kitchens shall be provided with a 
system of ventilation which will remove the air not less than six 
(6) times per hour. 

Open grates may be used in social rooms but shall not be 
used in any assembly or lodge room, or public hall. 

If stoves are used in public halls the same shall be enclosed 
in substantial screens or guard rails. 

If the building contains rooms or apartments included in 
the classifications of the various titles of Part 2, such rooms or 
apartments shall be provided with a system of heating and 
ventilating as prescribed under the various titles of Part 2, 
affecting the different rooms or apartments, and their necessary 
appurtenances. 

SANITATION 

SECTION 2 1 . Where a water supply and sewerage system 
are available a sanitary equipment shall be installed within the 
building as follows: 

If the building is used by males and females, separate toilet 
rooms shall be provided for each sex, and the traveling distance 
between the entrance doors to such toilet rooms shall not be less 
than twenty (20) feet. 

No toilet room shall connect directly with any kitchen, 
dining room or other room where edibles are prepared or 
consumed. 

The number of plumbing fixtures to be installed in club and 
lodge buildings shall not be less than given in the following table. 
The same shall be based on the maximum number of persons to 
be accommodated under normal conditions after making the 
proper reduction for unoccupied rooms. 

(See means of egress, section 1 1 for the method of establish- 
ing the capacity of the rooms.) 

231 



One lavatory to each one hundred ( 1 00) persons or fraction 
thereof. 

One water closet to each seventy (70) females or fraction 
thereof. 

One water closet to each one hundred (100) males or 
fraction thereof. 

One urinal to each one hundred (100) males or fraction 
thereof. 

One drinking fountain to each one hundred ( 1 00) persons 
or fraction thereof. 

Minor assembly halls built in connection with and as a 
necessary adjunct to a school building, hospital, hotel, workshop, 
factory or mercantile establishment need not be supplied with 
any sanitary equipment other than that prescribed for the build- 
ings, which it serves. 

Lavatories shall not be provided with waste plugs or stoppers. 

Drinking fountains giving a continuous flow of water or 
operating by a ring or foot valve shall be installed. 

If a water supply and sewerage system are not available 
no sanitary equipment shall be installed within the building; but 
pumps (in lieu of drinking fountains), water closets and urinals 
in the above proportions shall be placed on the building ground, 
and no water closet or urinal shall be placed nearer any occupied 
building than twenty (20) feet. 

Toilet rooms for males shall be clearly marked "Men's 
Toilet" or "Boys' Toilet" and for females "Women's Toilet" 
or "Girls' Toilet." 

LIGHTING 

SECTION 22. Minor Assembly Halls which are not kept 
lighted during the entire performance or entertainment or during 
the time the same are occupied shall be provided with illuminated 
exit signs as prescribed for theatres and assembly halls; except 
two separate services will not be required. 

All public halls, stairways and toilet rooms and all rooms 
or apartments leading to the means of egress shall be provided 

232 



with a sufficient number of gas, vapor or electric lights, properly 
located to amply light the same at night. 

Lamps may be used for lighting only when gas, vapor or 
electricity is not available. 

All buildings of this classification if wired for electric power 
or lighting shall be wired in conduit or armored cable as prescribed 
under electrical work (See Part 7). 

FINISHING HARDWARE 

SECTION 23. All entrance and exit doors shall be 
equipped with hardware of such a nature as to be always un- 
lockable from within. 

Single outside doors used for egress only shall have one 
knob, latches, or double extension bolts as hereafter prescribed, 
and no bolts, hooks or other locking device shall be placed on 
these doors. 

Single outside doors used for ingress and egress shall have 
locks that may be locked from the outside only, but can always 
be operated from the inside by simply turning the knob or lever 
or by pushing against a bar or plate. No attachments shall be 
placed on these locks, which will interfere with their free and 
immediate operation at all times and no bolts, hooks, thumb 
latches or other locking devices shall be used. 

One of each pair of double doors shall be equipped with 
a double extension bolt on one door, operated by a knob, lever, 
push bar, push plate, push handle or other device whereby the 
simple act of turning a knob or lever, or pushing against a bar, 
plate or handle will release the top and bottom bolt at the same 
time. 

No independent top and bottom bolts shall be used. 

Locks for these doors shall be as prescribed for single exit 
doors. 

All bolts, latches, face of locks, working parts of extension 
bolts and other exposed working parts about this hardware shall 
be of cast metal properly protected from corrosion. 

(For hardware for exit windows see Standard Devices, 
Part 3, Title 7, Section 6.) 

233 



FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 

SECTION 24. Where a water supply of sufficient pressure 
to reach the various portions of the building is available all rooms 
or apartments used for storing of furniture, carpenter shops, 
general repairing, paint-shops or other equally hazardous purposes 
shall be provided with standard automatic sprinklers. 

Club and lodge buildings and minor assembly halls shall 
be equipped with either standard stand pipes and hose or standard 
chemical fire extinguishers. 

When stand pipes and hose are installed, one standard 
stand pipe with a line of one and one-half (P/2) mcri hose shall 
be placed in the basement and each tier and story and when 
such lines of hose will not reach the extreme portions of the build- 
ing additional stand pipes and hose shall be installed. 

All stand pipes and hose shall be placed in the public parts 
of the building prominently exosed to view and always accessible. 

When chemical fire extinguishers are used, one chemical 
fire extinguisher shall be placed as follows, viz. : one in each 
kitchen, one in each storage room, one in each heater room, and 
one in each basement, tier, level and story to each two thousand 
(2,000) square feet of floor area or less. 

FIRE ALARM 

SECTION 25. Club and lodge buildings more than two 
(2) stories high shall be equipped with an eight (8) inch trip 
fire gong with connections enabling the ringing of the same from 
any story or basement. 

Minor assembly halls need not be provided with fire alarms 
other than prescribed for the building which they serve. 

PROHIBITED LOCATION 

SECTION 26. No club or lodge building shall be placed 
over a stable, barn, hay mow, garage, dry cleaning establishment, 
fire department building, planing mill, carpenter shop, or paint 
shop. 

234 



MINOR THEATRES 

SECTION 27. When a club or lodge building or minor 
assembly hall contains a stage and scenery as hereinafter de- 
scribed, such hall, room or place of assemblage is classified as a 
minor theatre and such minor theatre shall comply with all the 
prescribed conditions for club and lodge buildings with the fol- 
lowing exception. 

A stage containing not to exceed one permanent set of 
scenery the entire set including the drop curtain containing not 
to exceed six hundred (600) square feet of surface, all scenery 
fireproofed as prescribed for theatres (see Part 2, Title 1, Sec- 
tion 37) and containing no transient scenery is classified as a 
minor theatre and may be used in connection with a minor as- 
sembly hall and need not be provided with fire stops, asbesto? 
curtain or stage ventilator; otherwise such a minor theatre shall 
be designed, constructed and equipped as prescribed for as- 
sembly halls. 

A stage built in excess of the above requirement but con- 
taining not to exceed three entrances (scenery term) not over 
fifteen (15) feet deep, not over twenty-five (25) feet wide, 
all scenery fireproofed as prescribed for theatres (see Part 2, 
Title 1, Section 37) and containing no traps or transient scenery 
is classified as a minor theatre and may be built in connection 
with a minor assembly hall under the following conditions, viz. : 
the stage shall be separated from the auditorium or other parts 
of the building by standard fireproof walls, ceilings and floors 
and all communicating openings through these walls shall be 
covered by standard automatic or self-closing fire doors; the area 
of the automatic stage ventilator may be reduced to one-sixteenth 
(1/16) the area of the stage, the proscenium opening shall be 
covered by a proscenium curtain as prescribed for theater (see 
Part 2, Title 1, Section 17), otherwise the stage shall be 
designed, constructed and equipped as prescribed for theaters 
and the auditorium designed, constructed and equipped as pre- 
scribed for minor assembly halls. 

235 



Buildings containing a stage built in excess of the above 
limitations may have the stage located in any story providing the 
stage, property rooms, traps or trap space are separated from the 
other parts of the building by standard fireproof walls, ceilings 
and floors and all communicating openings are covered by 
standard automatic or self-closing doors. 

Otherwise the stage shall be designed, constructed and 
equipped as prescribed for theaters (see Part 2, Title 1 ) and 
the auditorium designed, constructed and equipped as prescribed 
for minor assembly halls. 

MOTION PICTURE MACHINE AND BOOTH 

SECTION 28. Motion picture machines may be used in 
a club or lodge building, or minor assembly hall when such 
picture machine is used to illustrate educational or ritualistic work 
and the general public is not admitted thereto. 

Such motion picture machine before being operated shall be 
installed in a motion picture machine booth (see Part 2, Title I, 
Section 15). 

HEATING AND VENTILATING SYSTEMS 

In accordance with the State Building Code relative to 
Theaters, Assembly Halls, Churches and School Buildings and 
the requirements of the Ohio State Department of Inspection of 
Workshops, Factories and Public Buildings relative to Hospitals, 
Asylums and Homes, and General Installation. 

CLASSIFICATION 

A. Theaters. — Includes all buildings containing a stage 
with movable scenery or a motion picture machine. 

B. Assembly Halls. — Includes all Assembly Halls or 
rooms, except Churches and Theaters. 

C. Churches. — Includes all buildings used for Christian 
worship or religious instruction. 

D. School Buildings. — Includes all Public, Parochial 
and private Schools, Colleges, Academies, Seminaries, Libraries, 
Museums and Art Galleries. 

236 



E. Asylums, Hospitals and Homes. — Includes all build- 
ings used for the detention, refuge, protection, treatment or care 
of the abandoned, homeless, infirm, helpless, blind, deaf, diseased 
in body or mind, incorrigible youths and felons. 

(This classification does not include Hotels, Tenement 
Houses or Private Residences.) 

TEMPERATURE 

A heating system shall be installed which will uniformly 
heat the various parts of the building to the following temperatures 
in zero weather. 

Theatres and Assembly Halls. — All parts of the building, 
except storage rooms, to 65 degrees. 

Churches. — Auditoriums, social and assembly rooms, 65 
degrees. 

All other parts of the building, except storage rooms to 70 
degrees. 

School Buildings. — Corridors, hallways, play rooms, toilets, 
assembly rooms, gymnasiums and manual training rooms, 65 
degrees. 

All other parts of the building to 70 degrees. 

Hospitals, Asylums and Homes. — Operating rooms, 85 
degrees. 

All other parts of the building, except storage rooms, to 70 
degrees. 

CHANGE OF AIR 

The heating system shall be combined with a system of 
ventilation which at normal temperature will change the air the 
following number of times or supply to each person the following 
number of cubic feet of air per hour. 

Theatres. — Parlors, retiring, toilet and check rooms, six 
changes per hour. 

Auditoriums, 1,200 cubic feet of air per person per hour. 

Assembly Halls. — When used in connection with a school 
building, lodge building, club house, hospital or hotel, six (6) 

237 



changes per hour; and in all other assembly halls twelve hundred 
(1,200) cubic feet of air per hour per person. 

Churches. — Auditoriums, assembly rooms and social rooms 
six (6) changes per hour. 

School Buildings. — All parts of the building, except cor- 
ridors, halls and storage rooms, six (6) times per hour. 

Asylums, Hospitals and Homes. — Rooms with fixed 
capacity. 

A dull Children Babies 

Hospitals, contagious and epidemic 6,000 4,000 3,000 

Hospitals, surgical and medical 3,000 2,400 1,500 

Penal Institutions 1,800 1,800 

All other buildings 1,800 1,500 

Rooms with variable capacities. 

Hospitals, epidemic and contagious » 12 times per hour 

Hospitals, surgical and medical 12 times per hour 

All other buildings 6 times per hour 

Rooms accommodating four or less persons need not be 
provided with a system of ventilation. 

RADIATORS 

No radiators shall be placed in any aisle, foyer or passage- 
way of a new Theater, Assembly Hall or Church, but such 
radiators may be placed in recesses in the walls. 

, . REGISTERS 

No floor registers shall be used in Theatres, Assembly 
Halls, or Hospitals. 

No floor registers, except foot warmers shall be used in a 
school building. 

Floor registers may be used in churches. 

Otherwise all vent registers shall be placed not more than 
2 inches above the floor line, and warm air registers not less than 
eight (8) feet above the floor line (except when such registers 
are used when a change of air is not prescribed). 

Cast iron registers must be fifty (50) per cent and wire 
screens ten (10) per cent larger than the prescribed area of the 
flue opening. 

238 



SYSTEMS TO BE INSTALLED WHERE A CHANGE OF AIR IS 

REQUIRED 

The system to be installed! when a change of air is required 
shall be either a gravity or mechanical furnace system, gravity 
indirect steam or hot water system; mechanical indirect steam 
or hot water system, or split steam or hot water system, except 
in hospitals where a direct-indirect system may be used in con- 
nection with an exhaust fan. 

The fresh air supply shall be taken from outside the build- 
ing and no vitiated air shall be reheated. 

All vitiated air shall be conducted through flues or ducts 
and be discharged above the roof of the building. 

Exceptions. — Standard ventilating stoves may be used in 
the following buildings: 

Assembly halls seating less than one hundred (100) 
persons. 

Churches seating less than one hundred ( 1 00) persons. 

All school buildings, hospitals, asylums and homes. 

(See pamphlet on standard ventilating stoves.) 

(The table for flue sizes being for six (6) changes per 
hour, for other changes these dimensions shall be increased or 
decreased in direct proportion.) 

STOVES AND GRATES 

Theater and Assembly Halls. — No stove or open grate 
shall be used. 

Churches. — No stoves shall be used except standard 
ventilating stoves which may be used in churches seating less 
than one hundred (100) persons. 

No open grates shall be used in auditoriums, assembly 
halls or Sunday school rooms. 

School Buildings. — Stoves may be used. 

Hospitals, Asylums and Homes. — No stove or open grate 
shall be used in any part of the building, used by the inmates or 
patients, unless the same be enclosed by substantial metal guards 

239 



of not less than two (2) inch mesh placed at no point nearer the 
stove or grate than four (4) inches. 

PROHIBITED BOILER PRESSURE 

No cast iron boiler carrying more than ten ( 1 0) pounds 
pressure or steel boiler carrying more than thirty-five (35) pounds 
pressure shall be located within the main walls of any new or 
existing building. 

FURNACES 

Furnaces may be used in all classes of buildings. 

Furnaces shall be connected to masonry hot air flues, which 
will carry the heated air up and enter same into rooms at a 
height of at least eight (8) feet above the floor level. 

In churches, heated air from furnaces will be allowed to 
enter into rooms through floor registers, but masonry flues must 
be provided for all other buildings. All furnace pipes must be 
wrapped with at least three (3) thicknesses of asbestos paper, 
and must be kept at least eight (8) inches away from wood 
ceiling, joists, etc., and all wood work must be protected by 
placing one-quarter (V-i) inch thick asbestos board over pipes, 
same being at least twelve (12) inches wider than pipes on both 
sides. All floor boxes shall be kept at least one ( 1 ) inch away 
from all wood work, and all these spaces shall be lined with one- 
quarter (14) inch asbestos board before metal floor box is placed 
in position. 

GRAVITY INDIRECT HOT WATER OR STEAM RADIATOR SYSTEM 

Indirect hot water or steam radiators shall be located in 
basement Iresh air rooms directly at the base of masonry hot air 
flues, and shall be properly connected to same with galvanized 
iron housing. 

Hot air flues, protecting wood work, outside fresh air con- 
nections, etc., same as above specified for furnace work, shall 
be used in connection with indirect radiators. 

Indirect Radiating Surface for Heating and for Ventilat- 
ing Purposes. — One square foot of radiating surface shall be 

240 



provided to heat not more than the following number of cubic 
feet of air per hour. 

Height Steam Hot water 

First story 200 125 

Second story 250 160 

Third story 300 200 

Fourth story 250 235 

For Heating Wall and Class Surfaces. — The amount of 
radiating surface for the heating of the glass and wall surface 
shall not be less than that obtained by adding together the glass 
surface and one- fourth (J/4) the exposed wall surface, both in 
square feet, and multiplying by the following factors: 

Height Steam Hot Water 

First story 1 0.7 1.05 

Second story 0.6 0.9 

Third story 0.5 0.75 

Fourth story 0.4 0.5 

Accelerating Coils for Vent Flues. — Vent flues used in 
connection with a gravity indirect steam or hot water system shall 
be provided with accelerating coils placed one ( 1 ) foot above the 
vent openings. 

One square foot of radiating surface shall be provided to 
heat not more than the following number of square inches of area 
in the ventilating flue. 

Height of flue Steam Hot water 

Four stories 35 21 

Three stories 30 18 

Two stories 25 15 

One story 20 12 

The above story heights shall be from the inlet to the out- 
let of the flue. 

The accelerating coils or radiators shall be placed with the 
lower part at the back of the vent flue and inclined upward and 
toward the front. 

MECHANICAL FAN PLENUM SYSTEM 

This system shall be so designed with furnaces or temper- 
ing coils and blast coils to furnish heated air, to have cleaning 
screens, fan plenum chamber, galvanized iron or masonry hori- 

241 



zontal ducts, masonry hot air flues, electric motor, gas or gasoline 
engine, or a low pressure steam engine operating on a steam 
pressure not to exceed thirty-five (35) pounds to operate fan and 
such other device as is necessary to make this a complete work- 
ing system. All parts and apparatus in connection with system, 
to be of ample size to make a perfectly free and easy working 
system, and to thoroughly heat all portions of the building with- 
out forcing. 

PIPE COVERING 

All steam and hot water main and return piping shall be 
covered with sectional asbestos pipe covering. 

Main and return steam piping where used as radiation in 
finished portions of buildings need not be covered. All pipes 
passing through floors, walls, etc., shall have metal protecting 
sleeves or collars entirely through the floor, wall, etc., and flang- 
ing out on both sides for pipes to pass through. 

AIR AND FLOOR SPACE 

The minimum cubic feet of air space or the minimum floor 
space to be allowed per person shall not be less than the fol- 
lowing: 

Theaters, Assembly Halls and Churches. — Where fixed 
seats are used, by the actual number of persons to be accom- 
modated. 

Where portable seats and chairs are used, six (6) square 
feet of floor space shall be allowed per person. 

In dining rooms, lodge rooms, dance halls, social rooms, 
and drill halls, fifteen (15) square feet of floor space shall be 
allowed per person. 

School Buildings. — Primary grades, 200 cubic feet. 

Grammar grades, 225 cubic feet. 

High school, 250 cubic feet. 

AH other buildings, 300 cubic feet. 



242 



Kind of occupancy. 



Cubic feet of air space. 




Private rooms, hospitals 

Dormitories, hospitals 

Cells, penal institutions 

Private rooms, other buildings 
Dormitories, other buildings.... 



300 
225 



VELOCITY OF AIR 

The velocity of the air traveling through ducts, flues, etc., 
shall never exceed the following number of feet per minuter 



Duels, Flues, Etc. 

Fresh air screens (small mesh) 

Fresh air ducts, gravity system 

Fresh air ducts, mechanical system 

Tempering coils, gravity system 

Tempering coils, mechanical system 



Feel per 
minute. 
... 600 
... 300 
... 850 
... 300 
... 1,000 



Furnaces, gravity system 400 

Furnaces, mechanical system 900 

Trunk ducts, mechanical system 1,000 

Laterals, branches and single ducts, mechanical system 750 



Vert 
Vert 
Vert 
Vertl 
Vert 
Vert 
Vert 
Vert 



cal flues, mechanical system 500 

cal warm air flues, gravity system, first story 300 

cal warm air flues, gravity system, second story 350 

cal warm air flues, gravity system, third story 390 

cal vent flues less than 20 feet high 300 



cal vent flues 20 to 33 feet high. 

cal vent flues 33 to 46 feet high. 

cal vent flues 46 to 60 feet high. 

Warm air registers 

Vent registers 



350 

390 

440 

300 

300 

For flues, ducts, etc., used in connection with stoves, see 
pamphlet on Standard Ventilating Stoves. 

MAXIMUM SPEED OF FANS 

The maximum speed of fans used in connection with either 
an exhaust or plenum system of heating or ventilating, under 
normal conditions shall never exceed the following: 



243 



iameter of fan in inches. 


Revolutions per minute. 


18 


700 


24 


550 


36 


400 


48 


300 


60 


225 


72 


175 


96 


150 


120 


125 


180 


75 



TEMPERATURE REGULATION 

Either a manually operating or mechanically operating 
system of temperature control for mixing hot and cold air in 
flues, shall be installed in connection with all heating systems, 
except gravity furnace systems installed in churches; and, for 
gravity steam or hot water heating when used for the change of 
air only and the radiators connected therewith shall not be valved. 

Cold air by-pass connections shall be made from fresh air 
intakes or rooms to the hot air flues, and a valve shall be ar- 
ranged in flue so that the hot and cold air can be mixed in flue 
to regulate the temperature; this valve shall be manually operated 
by handle and dial located in each school room, or by mechanical- 
ly operated temperature regulating device. 

DUCTS, FLUES AND HEATER ROOMS 

In accordance with the State Building Code relative to 
Theaters, Assembly Halls and Churches, and the requirements 
of the Ohio State Department of Inspection of Workshops, 
Factories and Public Buildings relative to Hospitals, Asylums 
and Homes, and General Installation. 

HOT AIR AND VENT FLUES CONSTRUCTION OF 

All hot air and vent flues thirteen by thirteen (13x13) 
inches or smaller in size shall be enclosed in four (4) inch brick 
walls and all flues larger in size shall be enclosed in- eight (8) 
inch brick walls, these flues being smoothly plastered on inside 
with Portland cement mortar. Division walls in flues can be 

244 



four (4) inches in thickness. All flues shall start at ground on 
substantial foundations, or be supported by fireproof construction 
extending to the ground, and all vent flues shall extend through 
and above the roof, except as below stated. All hot air flues 
shall have arched top back of registers, to turn hot air into rooms. 

In fireproof buildings the vertical flues may be made of 
galvanized iron enclosed by tile walls or by partitions made of 
metal studs, metal lath and plaster. 

In all classes of construction twenty (20) gauge galvanized 
iron flues enclosed with two (2) inches of reinforced concrete, 
will be accepted in place of four (4) inch brick walls, and 
twenty (20) gauge galvanized iron flues enclosed with four (4) 
inches of reinforced concrete will be accepted in place of eight 
(8) inch brick walls. 

When an exhaust fan is placed in the attic twenty (20) 
gauge galvanized iron ducts or flues may be used to connect the 
vertical flues to the fan. 

In buildings of composite construction a weighted fire door 
or damper shall be placed at the top of each vertical flue and 
in buildings of fireproof construction, one such damper shall be 
placed close to the fan and so located as to control the air or 
fire travel in all ducts. These fire doors or dampers shall be held 
open by a fusible link, so in case of fire traveling through such 
duct or flue will fuse the link, release the fire door or damper 
and the same will close and shut off the flow of air or fire by 
its own weight. 

LOCATION OF HEATER ROOM 

No heater room shall be located under the auditorium, 
stage, lobby, passageway, stairway or exit of a theater; nor, 
under any exit, passageway, public hall or lobby of any as- 
sembly hall, church, school building, asylum, hospital or home. 
This applies to new buildings, and a changed location of a heater 
room in an existing building. 
STANDARD FIREPROOF HEATER ROOM FOR NEW BUILDING 
All furnaces and boilers including the breeching, fuel rooms 
and firing spaces shall be enclosed by brick walls not less than 

245 



twelve (12) inches thick or by monolithic concrete walls not 
less than eight (8) inches thick; and the ceiling over the same 
shall not be less than the following, reinforced concrete slab four 
(4) inches thick, brick arches four (4) inches thick covered 
with an inch of cement mortar and supported by fireproof steel 
with the necessary tie rods, or by hollow tile arches six (6) 
inches thick covered with two (2) inches of concrete, plastered 
on the under side and supported by fireproof steel with the 
necessary tie rods. 

All openings in the above apartments from the outer parts 
of the building shall be covered by standard self-closing fire doors. 

HEATER ROOMS FOR OLD BUILDINGS 

In old buildings, the boiler or furnace and fuel rooms, shall 
be enclosed in same masonry walls and shall have standard fire 
doors on opening to same, and the entire ceiling shall be fire- 
proofed as follows: First overlay the entire ceiling with one- 
quarter (I/4) inch asbestos board, lapped at least one and one- 
half ( 1 l/o) inches in joints, then furr same with one and one- 
half (\]/z) inches high metal furring spaced twelve (12) 
inches on centers; then lath with metal lath and heavily plaster 
with asbestos and Portland cement plaster. 

THE CEILING OF HEATER AND FUEL ROOMS IN OLD BUILD- 
INGS MAY BE F1REPROOFED ACCORDING TO 
THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS 

Materials. — Furring strips shall be of corrugated asbestos 
lumber one-quarter O/4) inch thick, or corrugated metal rein- 
forced with asbestos, in strips five (5) inches wide, one and 
one-half (l!/2) inches high, ninety-six (96) inches long. 

Ceiling finish shall be asbestos lumber or asbestos wood 
forty-two by ninety-six inches by one-quarter (42x96x'/4) 
inches thick. 

Batten over end butt joist shall be asbestos lumber or 
asbestos wood three by forty-two by one-quarter (3x42x'/4) 
inches thick. 

246 



- Cove in angles of ceiling shall be asbestos lumber or 
asbestos wood two by one-quarter (2x^4) inches thick. 

Method of Erection. — Furnish and erect on the under- 
side of ceiling joist, furring strips of corrugated asbestos lumber, 
or corrugated metal reinforced asbestos, running in opposite direc- 
tions to the joists. 

These furring strips shall be spaced twenty-one (21) 
inches on centers, and nailed to every bearing with two (2) eight 
penny nails. 

Nails shall be driven directly through strips. 

On these furring strips furnish and erect a ceilng finish of 
forty-two by ninety-six by one-quarter (42x96x1,4) inches 
asbestos lumber or asbestos wood laid the long way of the fur- 
ring strips. 

The lumber or wood shall be so spaced as to break joints 
over the furring strip joints, and joints in finishing sheet shall be 
broken every course. 

Sheets shall be screwed to the furring strips using a No. 
8 screw one and one-quarter ( 1 14 ) inches long countersunk. 

Each sheet shall have three (3) rows of screws. One row 
on each side and one in the center, running with the furring strips. 
Center row of screws shall start and finish three-quarters (24) 
inch from the end of the sheets, and the side row of screws shall 
be spaced one and one-quarter (IJ/4) inches from the edges of 
the sheet and start and finish three-quarters (%) of an inch 
from the end of the sheets. 

There shall be seven (7) screws in each row spaced 
equally between the end screws; these screws shall be staggered 
to miss the nails in the furring strips. Furring strips and ceiling 
boards shall be drilled for screws, using drill one size smaller than 
the screws. 

Cove. — Erect in all the angles between the ceiling and the 
side walls a two by one-quarter 2x14) inch asbestos lumber or 
asbestos wood cove, screwed through the ceiling material into 
the furring strips and nailed in the masonry walls. 

247 



Cove shall be drilled for nail and screw holes using a drill 
one size smaller than the nail or screw. 

Joints. — All joints in furring strips, ceiling boards and cove 
shall be tight butt joints. 

All end butt joints in ceiling boards shall be covered with 
three by forty-two by one-quarter (3x42x 1 / 4) inch thick asbes- 
tos lumber or asbestos wood batten secured by screws through the 
ceiling board into joists or furring strips. 

Batten shall be drilled for screw holes, using drill one size 
smaller than the screw. The batten shall form a butt joint into 
the upper leg of the cove. All joints in furring strips, cove 
where battens butt into cove, and all open joints due to uneven 
base where ceiling is erected, shall be pointed up with electro- 
bestos or other fireproof cement of equal quality. 

Department of Workshops, Factories and Public 
Buildings, 

Thos. P. Kearns, 

Chief Inspector. 
Lester Redding, 

Ass't Chief Inspector. 

THE PENNSYLVANIA LAW 

GROUNDS AND BUILDINGS 

SECTION 601. The board of school directors of each 
district shall provide the necessary grounds and suitable school 
buildings to acocmmodate all the children between the ages of 
six and twenty-one years, in said district, who attend school. 
Such buildings shall be constructed, furnished, equipped, and 
maintained in a proper manner as herein provided, suitable pro- 
visions being made for the heating, ventilating, and sanitary con- 
ditions thereof, so that every pupil in any such building may 
have proper and healthful accommodations. 

SECTION 615. After the organization of the State Board 
of Education provided for in this act, no public school build- 
ing shall be contracted for, constructed, or reconstructed, in any 

248 



school dstrict of the second, third, or fourth class, until their 
plans and specifications have been submitted to the State Board 
of Education, and any recommendations concerning the same 
by the State Board of Education have been laid before the 
board of school directors: Provided, When any school build- 
ing is being constructed or remodeled at the time of the ap- 
proval of this act, or when a contract has been awarded for the 
construction or remodeling of any school building, such build- 
ing may be constructed or remodeled without being subject to 
the provisions of this section. 

SECTION 616. The State Board of Education shall 
cause to be prepared and shall, at the expense of the Common- 
wealth, publish, and upon application furnish without charge, to 
boards of school directors, plans and specifications of different 
kinds of school buildings suited to the needs of the public 
schools: Provided, That school buildings may be built ac- 
cording to plans and specifications thus furnished, without sub- 
mitting the same to the State Board of Education. 

SECTION 617. Every contract in excess of three hun- 
dred dollars ($300.00), made by any school district in this 
Commonwealth, for the introduction of heating, ventilating, or 
lighting systems, or the construction, reconstruction, or repair of 
any school building, or work upon any school property, shall be 
awarded to the lowest and best bidder, after due public notice 
has been given, upon proper terms asking for competitive bids. 

Section 618. All school buildings hereafter built or 
rebuilt shall comply with the following conditions: 

In every school room the total light area must equal at 
least twenty per centum of the floor space, and the light shall 
not be admitted thereto from the front of seated pupils. 

Every room shall have not less than fifteen square feet of 
floor space, and not less than two hundred cubic feet of air 
space per pupil. 

SECTION 619. No board of school directors in this 
Commonwealth shall use a common heating stove for the purpose 
of heating any school room, unless such stove is in part en- 

249 



closed within a shield or jacket made of galvanized iron, or 
other suitable material, and o fsufficient height, and so placed 
as to protect all pupils while seated at their desks from direct 
rays of heat. 

Section 620. No school room or recitation room shall 
be used in any public school which is not provided with ample 
means of ventilation, and whose windows, when they are the 
only means of verotilation, shall not admit of ready adjustment 
both at the top and bottom, and which does not have some 
device to protect pupils for currents of cold air. Every school 
room or recitation room shall be furnished with a thermometer. 

SECTION 62 1 . Every school building hereafter erected 
or reconstructed, whose cost shall exceed four thousand dollars 
($4,000.00) or which is more than one story high, shall be so 
heated and ventilated that each school room and recitation room 
shall be supplied with fresh air at the rate of not less than thirty 
cubic feet per minute for each pupil, and which air may be 
heated to an average temperature of seventy degrees Fahrenheit 
during zero weather. 

SECTION 622. All school buildings, two or more stories 
high, hereafter erected or leased in any school district of the 
first class in this Commonwealth, shall be of fireproof construc- 
tion, and in any school district of the second, third, or fourth 
class, every building more than two stories high, hereafter built 
or leased for school purposes, shall be of fireproof construction. 

Section 623. All doors of entrance into any building 
more than one story high, used for a public school building in 
this Commonwealth, shall be made to open outward, and the 
board of school directors of every district in this Commonwealth 
shall, before the opening of the school term next following the 
approval of this act, change the entrance doors of every such 
school building so that they shall all open outward. 

SECTION 624. In all school buildings more than one story 
high, hereafter erected, all entrance doors, as well as all doors 
from class rooms, school rooms, cloak rooms, or other rooms 
into halls shall open outward. 

250 



SECTION 625. Every school building shall be provided 
with necessary fire-escapes and safety- appliances as required by 
law. 

Section 626. The board of school directors in each 
school district shall put the grounds about every school building 
in a neat, proper, and sanitary condition, and so mantain the 
same, and shall provide and maintain a proper number of shade 
trees. 

SECTION 627. The board of school directors of any dis- 
trict may permit the use of its school grounds and buildings for 
social, recreation, and other proper purposes, under such rules 
and regulations as the board may adopt, and shall make such 
arrangements with any city, borough, or township authorities for 
the improvement, care, protection, and maintenance of school 
buildings and grounds for school, park, play, or other recre- 
ation purposes, as it may see proper, and any board of school 
directors may make such arrangements as it may see proper, 
with any association or indivdual for the temporary use of school 
property for schools, play grounds, social, recreation, or other 
proper educational purposes. 

SECTION 628. If any person shall wilfully or mali- 
ciously break into, enter, deface, or write, mark, or place any 
obscene or improper matter upon, any public school building, or 
other building used for school purposes, or other purposes pro- 
vided for in this act, or any outhouse used in connection there- 
with; or shall deface, injure, damage, or destroy any school 
furniture, books, papers, maps, charts, apparatus, or other prop- 
erty contained in any public school building, or other building 
used and occupied for school purposes, or other purposes pro- 
vided for in this act; or shall injure, damage, or destroy any 
shade-tree, shrubbery, fences, or any other property of any kind, 
upon any public school grounds, or upon any public school play- 
ground, such person shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon 
conviction thereof shall be sentenced to pay a fine of not less 
than five dollars ($5.00) and not more than two hundred dol- 
lars ($200.00), or undergo an imprisonment in the county jail 

251 



for a period not exceeding six months, either or both, at the dis- 
cretion of the court. 

SECTION 629. The board of school directors in each 
district shall, when they are not otherwise provided, purchase a 
United States flag, flagstaf, and the necessary appliances there- 
for, and shall display said flag upon or near each public school 
building in clement weather, during school hours, and at such 
other times as the said board may determine. 

SECTION 630. The board of school directors in any 
school district may, in the manner herein provided, enter into any 
contract with any person, firm, association, or corporation, for 
the furnishing of light, heat, or water to such school district, for 
any term not exceeding five years. The amount to become due 
and payable thereon, under such contract, may be distributed 
equally during the years over which the same extends, and only 
so much thereof as becomes due and payable in any one year need 
be provided for in the annual estimate of school expenses for any 
school year, and be certified to by any school controller. 

SECTION 631. All school property owned by any school 
district, real and personal, that is occupied and used by any 
school district for public school, recreation, or any other pur- 
poses provided for by this act, shall be, and hereby is, made 
exempt from every kind of State, county, city, borough, town- 
ship, or other tax, as well as from all costs or expense for paving, 
curbing, sidewalks, sewers, or other municipal improvements: 
Provided, That any school district may make any municipal 
improvement, in any street on which its school property abuts, or 
may contribute any sum toward the cost thereof. 

SECTION 632. The board of school directors in every 
district shall, with every building used for school purposes, pro- 
vide and maintain in a proper manner, a suitable number of 
water closets or outhouses, not less than two for each building, 
where both sexes are in attendance. Such water closets or out- 
houses shall be suitably constructed for, and used separately by, 
the sexes. When any water closets or outhouses are outside and 
detached from the school building, the entrances thereto shall 

252 



be properly screened, and they shall, unless constructed at a 
remote distance from each other, have separate means of access 
thereto, and, if possible, for not less than twenty- five feet from 
such water closets or outhouses, such means of access or walks 
leading thereto shall be separated by a closed partition, wall, or 
fence, not less than seven feet high. 

SECTION 633. The board of school directors shall keep 
all water closets or outhouses, used in connection with any school 
building, in a clean and sanitary condition; and shall, not less 
than ten days prior to the opening of any term of school, and 
oftenier if necessary, have them properly cleaned and disinfected 
by the use of fresh dry-slacked lime, or other proper disinfect- 
ing material. 

SECTION 634. The board of school directors in every 
school district shall have full power and authority to make and 
enter into any contract or contracts it may deem proper with any 
person, firm or corporation, for the purpose of insuring against 
loss or damage by fire, or otherwise, any or all of the school 
buildings or other property of the school district. 

SOUTH DAKOTA LAW 

SCHOOL HOUSE PLANS 

Plans for school buildings approved by State Superintend- 
ent: In order that due care may be exercised in the heating, 
lighting and ventilation of public school buildings hereafter 
erected, no school house shall be erected by any board of educa- 
tion or school district board in this State until the plans and 
specifications for the same showing in detail the proper heating, 
lighting and ventilation of such building shall have been ap- 
proved by the superintendent of public instruction. 

School houses shall have in each class room at least fifteen 
square feet of floor space, and not less than two hundred cubic 
feet of air space per pupil, and shall provide for an approved 
system of heating and ventilation by means of which each class 
room shall be supplied with fresh air at the rate of not less than 
thirty cubic feet per minute for each pupil, and have a system 

253 



of heating capable of maintaining an average temperature of 
seventy degrees Fahrenheit during the coldest weather. 

THE UTAH LAW 

SCHOOL SITES AND BUILDINGS 
When necessary for the welfare of the schools of the dis- 
trict, or to provide proper school privileges for the children there- 
in, or whenever petitioned so to do by one- fourth of the resident 
tax payers of the district, the board shall call a meeting of the 
qualified voters, as defined in Section eighteen hundred and 
eleven, at some convenient time and place fixed by the board, 
to vote upon the question of selection, purchase, exchange or sale 
of a school house site, or the erection, removal, purchase, ex- 
change, or sale of a school house, or for payment of teachers' 
salaries, or for the current expenses of maintaining schools. If 
a majority of such voters present at such meeting shall by vote 
select a school house site, or shall be in favor of the purchase, 
exchange, or sale of a designated school house site, or of the 
erection, removal, or sale of a school house, as the case may 
be, the board shall locate, purchase, exchange or sell such site, or 
erect, remove, or sell such school house, as the case may be, 
in accordance with such vote; provided, that it shall require a 
two-thirds vote to order the removal of a school house. 

Provided that no school house shall hereafter be erected 
in any school district of this State not included in cities of the 
first and second class, and no addition to a school building in 
any such place, the cost of which school house or addition 
thereto shall exceed $1,000, shall hereafter be erected until the 
plans and specifications for the same shall have been submitted 
to a commission consisting of the State Superintendent of Public 
Instruction, the Secretary of the State Board of Health, and an 
architect to be appointed by the Governor, and their approval 
endorsed thereon. Such plans and specifications shall show in 
detail the ventilation, heating, and lighting of such buildings. 
The commission herein provided shall not approve any plans for 
the erection of any school building, or addition thereto, unless 

254 



the same shall provide at least fifteen square feet of floor space 
and two hundred cubic feet of air space, for each pupil to be 
accommodated in each study or recitation room therein, and no 
such plans shall be approved by them unless provision is made 
therein for assuring at least thirty feet of pure air every minute 
for each pupil, and the facilties for exhausting the foul or 
vitiated air therein shall be positive and independent of atmos- 
pheric changes. No tax voted by a district meeting, or other 
competent authority in any such school district, shall be levied 
by the trustees until the commission shall certify that the plans 
and specifications for the same comply with the provisions of 
this act. All school houses for which plans and detailed state- 
ments shall be filed and approved, as required by this act, shall 
have all halls, doors, stairways, seats, passageways, and aisles, 
all lighting and heating appliances and apparatus arranged to 
facilitate egress in cases of fire or accident, and to afford the 
requisite and proper accommodations for public protection in 
such cases. 

No school house shall hereafter be built with the furnace 
or heating apparatus in the basement or immediately under such 
school building. 

The commission herein provided shall serve without com- 
pensation, but shall receive their actual and necessary expenses 
incurred in the performance of their official duties, except the 
architect, who shall receive as above provided, and four dollars 
per day while attending meetings of the commission, the amount 
for which shall be verified on oath and be paid from the state 
school fund. 

Approved March 9th, 1909. 

THE VERMONT LAW 

The words, "Public Buildings," as used in this chapter, 
shall mean churches, school buildings, hotels more than two 
stories high, and places of amusement more than one story high, 
and buildings, factories, mills or workshops more than two stories 
high in which persons are employed above the second story. 

255 



Said board shall take cognizance of the interests of the 
life and health of the inhabitants of the state, shall make or 
cause to be made sanitary investigations and inquiries respecting 
causes of disease, especially of epidemics, and the means of pre- 
venting same; the sources of mortality and sickness and the effect 
of localities, employments, habits and circumstances of life on 
the public health, and, when requested, or when, in their opinion, 
it is necessary, shall advise with municipal officers in regard to 
drainage, water supply and sewerage of towns and villages, and 
in regard to the erection, construction, heating, ventilation and 
sanitary arrangements of public buildings; and said board may 
compel the owners of such buildings to provide them with the 
necessary appliances and fire escapes for preventing accidents 
to persons who may be in such buildings; and said board shall 
exercise the powers and authority imposed by law upon said 
board. 

Said board shall, when necessary, issue to local boards of 
health its regulation as to the lighting, heating and ventilation 
of school houses, and shall cause sanitary inspection to be made 
of churches, school houses and places of public resort, and make 
such regulations for the safety of persons attending the same as 
said board deems necessary. Public buildings now standing or 
hereafter erected shall conform to the regulations of said board 
in respect to sanitary conditions and fire escapes necessary for 
the public health and for the safety of individuals in such public 
buildings. 

A person, corporation or committee intending to erect a 
public building shall submit plans thereof showing the method 
of heating, plumbing, ventilation and sanitary arrangements to 
said board, and procure its approval thereof, before erecting such 
building. 

A person, corporation or committee which erects a public 
building without the approval and without complying with the 
regulations of the state board of health as provided for in the 
preceding section, shall be fined not more than five hundred 
dollars, nor less than one hundred dollars, and shall make such 

256 



building to conform to trie regulations of said board before the 
same is used, otherwise such building shall be deemed a nuisance, 
and be put in proper condition by the local health officer under 
the direction of said board at the expense of the owner. 

Said board may examine or cause to be examined a school 
building or an outhouse and condemn the same as unfit for occu- 
pation or use, and a building or outhouse so condemned by 
written notice served upon the chairman of the board of school 
directors, or the person having such school in charge, shall not 
be occupied or used until the same is repaired and the sanitary 
conditions approved by the state board of health. A person 
who violates a provision of this section shall be fined not more 
than fifty dollars nor less than five dollars. 

THE VIRGINIA LAW 

(Approved March 11,1 908) 
WHEREAS, It is of great importance to the people of this 
commonwealth that public school buildings hereafter erected by 
any school board shall be properly heated, lighted and venti- 
lated; therefore, 

1. Be it enacted by the General Assembly of Virginia, 
That the state board of inspectors for public school buildings 
shall not approve any plans for the erection of any school build- 
ing, or room in addition thereto, unless the same shall provide 
at least fifteen square feet of floor space and two hundred cubic 
feet of air space for each pupil to be accommodated in each study 
or recitation room therein, and no such plans shall be approved 
by said board unless provision is made therein for assuring at 
least thirty cubic feet of pure air every minute per pupil, and 
the facilities for exhausting the foul and vitiated air therein shall 
be positive and independent of atmospheric changes. All ceil- 
ings shall be at least twelve feet in height. 

2. All school houses for which plans and detailed state- 
ments shall be filed and approved by said board, as required 
by law, shall have all halls, doors, stairways, seats, passage- 
ways, and aisles, and all lighting and heating appliances and 

257 



apparatus, arranged to facilitate egress in cases of fire or acci- 
dents, and to afford the requisite and proper accommodations 
for public protection in such cases. All exit doors in any school 
house of two or more stories in height shall open outwardly. No 
stair-case shall be constructed except with straight runs, changes 
in direction being made by platforms. No doors shall open 
immediately upon a flight of stairs, but a landing at least the 
width of the doors shall be provided between such stairs and 
such doorway. 

All school houses, as aforesaid, shall provide for the ad- 
mission of light from the left, or from the left and rear of the 
pupils, and the total light area must be at least twenty-five per 
centum of the floor space. 

THE WEST VIRGINIA LAW 

MUST PROVIDE SITES AND BUILDINGS 

The board of education of every district shall provide by 
purchase, condemnation, leasing, building or otherwise, suitable 
school houses, and ground in their districts, in such locations as 
will best accommodate the pupils thereof, and improve such 
grounds and provide such furniture, fixtures and apparatus for 
the said school houses, as the comfort, health, cleanliness and 
convenience of the pupils may require, and keep such grounds, 
school houses, furniture, fixtures and apparatus in good order 
and repair, but no board of education may purchase school 
apparatus of any kind without the advice and consent of the 
county superintendent first had in writing. 

COUNTY SUPERINTENDENT SHALL APPROVE PLANS 

Whenever any board of directors shall be authorized by 
the electors of their district to erect a school building, it shall 
be the duty of such board, before entering into any contract for 
the erection of any building, to obtain the approval of the county 
superintendent, of the plans and specifications for the building 
to be erected, including also the Heating, lighting, ventilating and 
safety thereof. 

258 



APPROVAL OF LOCATION AND PLANS 

In the construction of school houses the board of education 
of each district shall have regard to economy, convenience and 
durability of structure, and the health and comfort of pupils, 
and no such school house shall be constructed until the location 
and plan thereof have first been approved by the county super- 
intendent, and in the event the board of education cannot agree 
upon plans or location, the county superintendent shall select the 
plans and location for such house. 



259 



OFFICIAL CODE OF THE BOSTON SCHOOL HOUSE 
COMMISSION 

THE BOSTON CODE REQUIREMENT FOR 
ARCHITECTS' SERVICES 

City of Boston 

Every Architect employed by the Schoolhouse Commis- 
sioners of the City of Boston as the Architect for erecting a 
building is to perform the duties hereinafter provided. 

SECTION 1. — The Board. — (a.) Is to furnish the Archi- 
tect with the requirements and information for the design and 
construction of the building for which he is the Architect, and 
give the approximate cubical contents and proposed cost per 
cubic foot thereof; 

(b.) Is to provide the services of domestic engineers to 
confer with the Architect during the preparation of preliminary 
studies, and when these are accepted by the Board to advise 
the Architect in the details of their work, and make the neces- 
sary working drawings and specifications for (excepting plumb- 
ing), and have the direction of, the plumbing, heating, venti- 
lating and electric work for the building, said work being herein- 
after designated as the domestic engineering; 

(c.) Is to give the grade and lines of streets and adjoin- 
ing lots ; 

(d.) Is to make c\\ borings necessary to determine the 
quality of the foundations, and on request of the Architect, or of 
any person doing work on the building, furnish him full infor- 
mation relating to the above, the sewer, water, gas and electric 
service, and to the rights, restrictions and boundaries of the lot 
on which the building is to be constructed. 

Sec. 2. — The Architect. — (a.) Is to consult and ad- 
vise with ihe Board and mc-ke such preliminary studies as will 
acquaint the Board with the contemplated arrangement, design, 

260 



construction and cubical contents of the building, and enable it 
to agree with the Architect upon a definite limit of cost therefor, 
and to accept said preliminary studies as the basis of working 
drawings and specifications ; 

(b.) Is to make upon the basis of said preliminary studies 
one complete set of working drawings in ink on tracing cloth, 
floor and framing plans, sections and elevations at one-eighth 
scale, plumbing drawings and such detail drawings on a larger 
scale as are necessary to explain the specifications ; 

(c.) Is to furnish, revise and correct for the printer one 
complete set of specifications, including plumbing, for everything 
to be furnished or done in constructing the building, except the 
domestic engineering ; 

(J.) Is to loan to the Board, to make blueprints there- 
from, the said set of working drawings; 

(e.) Is to restudy, and if necessary redraw, without 
charge, any or all of said drawings and specifications, if, owing 
to an unwarranted departure from the approved preliminary 
studies or to a needlessly extravagant or elaborate interpretation 
of them in said drawings and specifications, the lowest bid for 
doing the work in accordance therewith overruns the limit of cost 
agreed upon by the Architect and the Board; 

(/.) Is, upon the signing of contract, to deliver to the 
Board, to remain their property, two sets of blueprints, mounted 
on cloth, taken from the said set of working drawings, a per- 
spective drawing of the exterior of the building and such floor 
plans as the Board may request, suitable for reproduction, and 
at the conclusion of the work a complete set of working draw- 
ings on tracing cloth, either the set previously referred to or a 
copy therefrom, which shall be corrected to agree with and 
embody all changes made during construction ; 

(g.) Is to make application for a building permit to the 
Building Department on a form signed by the chairman of the 
Board, and deliver to the Building Department two sets of such 
blueprints from the said set of working drawings as may be 

261 



required by the Building Department (the Board furnishing 
specifications to the Building Department) ; 

(/i.) Is to have general supervision of the domestic engi- 
neering and be the Architect of all other work to be done under 
any written contract for the construction of the building, and 
render the full usual Architect's services and supervision for such 
other work; 

(i.) Is, in the form prescribed by the Board, to make all 
estimates and allowances for payments under any contract in 
which he is made the Architect of the work, and such estimates 
for the domestic engineering are to be accompanied by certifi- 
cates of said engineers as to their accuracy; 

(;'.) Is to advise with the Board on any changes in the 
building contemplated by the Board, and is to order changes 
when required by the Board so to do; 

(£. ) Is to cause the drawings and specifications furnished 
by him to conform to all regulations of law and public authorities, 
and to be in accordance with established methods of building 
construction, faithfully carry out all the foregoing provisions, 
use all proper knowledge, skill and care therein, and be account- 
able for any failure so to do. 

Sec. 3. — (a.) The city, as full compensation for the 
services aforesaid, is to pay the Architect 3 per cent upon the 
cost of the domestic engineering, exclusive of plumbing, and 6 
per cent upon the cost of all other work; 

(b.) Payments to be made as follows: 3 per cent upon 
all contracts other than those for domestic engineering is to be 
paid on the signing of such contracts, and thereafter 3 per cent 
upon the value of the materials and labor, as specified in each 
estimate for payment under the contract, is to be paid on the 
making of the estimate, until the full payment aforesaid is made, 
and if any thereof remains unpaid at the completion of the work 
it is then to be paid. When preliminary studies are completed, 
the value of the Architect's services to date shall be reckoned 
one-sixth of the estimated total commission; when working draw- 
ings and specifications are ready for contract, if for any reason 

262 



the signing of contracts is delayed, the value of his services to 
date shall be reckoned at 3 per cent of cost based on allowance 
for building given by the Board to the Architect. If the Board 
discontinue the services of the Architect at any intermediate stage 
the value of his services shall be reckoned proportionately. Five 
per cent on cost of domestic engineering, exclusive of plumbing, 
and 1 per cent on other work will be paid to Architects on all 
changes and alterations made within or to existing buildings. 
Additions and extensions made outside of such buildings to be 
regarded as new work and the commission to be reckoned on 
that basis. 

Sec. 4. — When for any reason other than those stated in 
section 2, paragraph (e), above, the Board shall set aside the 
whole or any part of an Architect's studies, drawings and speci- 
fications while retaining him to prepare corresponding new studies, 
drawings and specifications for the same school building, the 
city shall pay the Architect for the work thus set aside a sum 
not exceeding three times the actual cost of draughting, and the 
new work shall be paid for on a commission basis, as stated in 
section 3, above. 

Sec. 5. — In the above agreement the term "building" is 
used to define not only the structure itself but all work in con- 
nection with it committed to the Architect by the order of the 
Board, as fencing, grading, roads, walks, planting, decorative 
painting and sculptural decoration. 

BOSTON SCHOOL CODE 

YARDS 

( 1 ) Grading. — Grade the yards as determined after con- 
sultation with the commissioners. 

(2.) Fences. — Provide fences, planting, etc., as deter- 
mined after consultation. 

(3.) Gates. — Provide the gates in fences inclosing the 
yards with hasp and staple to receive the Department Standard 
yard padlock, which will be furnished by the Department out- 
side of the general contract. 

263 



(4.) Play-yards. — Play-yards located on the sunny side 
of the building are desired, and approximately 30 square feet 
per pupil should be provided. Play-yards are to be paved with 
hard-burned brick?, laid flat in sand and sloping at proper grades 
to catch-basins connecting to sewer. 

(5.) Walks.— Pave the walks and approaches with hard- 
burned brick laid flat in 5and. 

(0. ) Curbs. — Curbs forming borders may be paved 
with brick laid on edge. Bull-nose brick may be used for curbs. 

(7.) Sidewalks. — Sidewalks for public use outside of 
the lot line and curbs for same are to be included in general 
contract for building as an allowance. 

(8.) Basement Entrances. — Separate entrances are to be 
provided for boys and girls from their respective yards to the 
play-room. Areas, steps and inclines are to be avoided wherever 
possible. A separate entrance for janitor to boiler-room may 
be provided. A proper entrance for coal and exit for ash?s 
should be provided. 

(9.) Driveways. — Driveways such as for coal and 
ash teams are to be paved with vitrified pavers laid at the proper 
pitches, and in cement mortar on a sufficiently thick concrete 
base. 

(10.) Flagstaff. — Provide a flagstaff with halliards, 
truck, etc., complete. 

NoiE. — All the above items except as noted to be in- 
cluded in the general building contract. 

ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 

In General. — Elementary schools are sub-divided into 
upper and lower. Lower includes Grades I., II. and III., and 
are to have 1 2-inch by 1 8-inch desks. The buildings for the 
lower grades are to have besides the class-rooms required, rooms 
for teachers, nurse, book storage and emergency closets. The 
upper elementary buildings are to contain Grades IV. to VIII.. 
inclusive, and are to have besides the class-rooms required an 

264 



assembly hull and rooms for master, teachers, nurse, book storage 
and emergency closets. 

Grades IV. ; V. and VI. are to have 1 5 -inch by 21 -inch 
desks and Grades VII. and VIII. are to have 1 6-inch by 23- 
inch desks. 

Desks are to be spaced according to standard seating 
plan. 

THE BUILDING 

The building will be either "Lower Elementary," which 
includes class-rooms for Grades I., II. and III., or "Upper 
Elementary," which includes class-rooms for Grades IV. to 
VIII., inclusive. This will be determined by the Commissioners, 
who will act as an intermediary between architects and the 
school authorities and committee. Relations between commis- 
sioners, architects and contractors to be as defined by contract. 
Commissioners are to determine the type of construction of the 
building. 

Orientation. — It is desired to place the building so that 
each class-room should receive sunlight during some portion of 
the day. 

Setting. — Set the building above grade so that the play- 
rooms are well lighted and entrances are provided into base- 
ment play-rooms as before mentioned. (See Basement En- 
trances.) Boiler-room floor wash to drain direct to sewer wher- 
ever possible. 

Heat and Vent Flues. — To be of galvanized iron or 
masonry, as determined by the commissioners. If of masonry, 
to have joints neatly struck and the inner surface fairly smooth. 

Fireproofing. — The ceiling of boiler-room and coal storage 
should be fireproof construction if these rooms are placed under 
class-rooms or corridors. Doors for boiler-room and coal-pocket 
to be metal covered. Boiler-room to be self closing. 

LOWER ELEMENTARY 

This type of building, besides the required class-rooms, play- 
rooms, sanitaries, boiler, coal and janitor's rooms, should con- 

265 



tain rooms for teachers, nurse and book storage; also emergency 
closets are to be provided as directed. To have kindergarten- 
room where so directed by commissioners. Closets should be 
provided for electrician as needed for batteries, switches, etc. 

Note. — A paper burner should be provided in connec- 
tion with the boiler-room as directed. 

UPPER ELEMENTARY 

This type of building, in addition to the requirements for 
the lower elementary, should contain an assembly hall with its 
necessary rooms, and a master's room with waiting-room if so 
directed. Rooms for cooking, manual training, etc., are to be 
provided when called for by the commissioners. 

SCHOOL-ROOMS 

(1.) Size will be 20 by 28 for lower and 20 by 30 
for upper elementary grades and not less than 1 2 feet high in 
clear. Modification allowable only after consultation with the 
Board. Desks should be laid out on the preliminary plans. (See 
drawing.) The School Committee advise, and this Board has 
adopted, the policy of having a small portion of the rooms in a 
building, perhaps 1 or 20 per cenit, of a size that will seat 50. 
Every class-rcom shall be consecutively numbered on the plans 
to designate it. These numbers to be for the doors, as noted 
below, and for the annunciator. Other rooms that appear on 
the annunciator to be named on the plans, as assembly hall, 
teachers' or master's room, cooking-room, manual training room. 
The kindergarten shall be counted as a class-room. In high 
schools both class and recitation rooms to be numbered, othei 
rooms named. 

(2.) Windows will be on the long side for left-hand light- 
ing. The glass measured inside the sash shall contain not less 
than one-fifth of floor area, neither double run of sash nor double 
glazing nor weather strips will be required, the head square and 
close to the ceiling; the sill about 2 feet 6 inches from the 
floor where a gravity indirect system of heating is installed and 
2 feet 1 1 inches where there is to be a plenum system ; the 

266 



windows divided with muntins, no large sheets of glass. Finished 
with plastered jamb, no architrave, metal corner bead. 

(3.) Doors. — One to corridor, 3 feet 6 inches by 7 
feet, partly glazed, to open out, placed preferably near the 
teacher's end; (two doors may be desired under certain condi- 
tions) ; brass-plated steel butts, 4-level mortise lock; master keyed; 
cast brass knobs, marble flush thresholds to corridors for first- 
class construction. Doors to have 2-inch, plain brass numbers, 
and cardholders, 3 J/2 inches by 5 inches, and hooks to hold open. 

(4.) Floors will be maple. 

(5.) Walls will be painted burlap up to top of black- 
boards, or of tack boards, and above this plaster tinted in water 
color, — a warm gray green or buff gives the best results, — the 
blackboards 4 feet high, 2 feet 2 inches from floor in kinder- 
garten, 2 feet 4 inches to 2 feet 6 inches in Grade IV., and 
2 feet 8 inches in Grade V. to VIII. ; behind the teacher and 
on the long side. These will be of best black slate J/4 inch 
thick. At end, in place of blackboard, soft wood sheath- 
ing with burlap stretched over it with sewed seams for a tack 
board, to extend from the base to the moulding at top of black- 
boards, to have wood strips to cover tacks. In lower grades a 
card rack covered with burlap is required above the blackboard 
only. A picture moulding at top of burlap, and also near ceil- 
ing in all rooms. (See drawings.) 

(6.) Ceilings will be level, plaster tinted a light cream 
color. Ceiling angles square. 

(7.) Lights. — Nine chain pendant electric fixtures on 
three switches. No gas. 

(8.) Heating and Ventilation. — The inlet for heat about 
5 square feet, the outlet for ventilation about 5 square feet. 

(9.) Bookcase. — Provide a bookcase in any conve- 
nient position, capable of cowtaning 300 octavo volumes (600 
volumes in bookcases for upper grades) ; upper doors fitted with 
pin tumbler locks, and latch and knob; drawers fitted with pin 
tumbler locks and small brass pulls. Lower doors to have pin 
tumbler locks; same lock in each bookcase; all bookcase locks 

267 



master keyed. (See drawing.) Special equipment for care 
of books where school is held day and evening is desired 
similar to that existing at the Charlestown High School, so that 
the books of the day pupils will be put away in pigeonholes, 
leaving the desks free for evening use. 

(10.) Teacher's Closet. — Provide a small closet for 
teacher's coat and hat, preferably opening from the class-room, 
but allowable from the wardrobe, closet to have about 6 hooks 
and one shelf. 

(11.) Fittings. — Bulletin board and letter box should 
be included in general contract. 

FRESH-AIR ROOMS 

The School Committee is responding to the more general 
demand for fresh-air rooms for children who are anaemic or of 
tubercular tendencies. At present all that the Board is advising 
to meet this new demand is that a sunny room, preferably a cor- 
ner room, be chosen for this work, and that the windows on one 
or on two sides be made casement, to open out, or arranged as 
the Board may direct; and that the heat be largely direct, so that 
the temperature can be quickly raised, if necessary, when the 
windows are closed. Otherwise these rooms will be the same 
as other class-rooms. 

WARDROBES 

(a.) (1.) Side. — Wardrobes will adjoin school-room 
and be from 4 feet 6 inches to 5 feet wide. 

(2 and 3.) Windows and Doors. — Outside light, two 
doors, both connecting with school-room, and not to corridor, and 
having no thresholds. Doors, double swung, 2 feet 6 inches 
wide, brass double-acting butts, foot and hand plates, hooks or 
adjustable stops to hold open, ventilation under door farthest 
from vent. 

(4.) Floors. — Terrazzo or composition with border 
and base for first-class construction. For second-class construc- 
tion, to have composition floor and base. For all cases, to have 
a drip gutter for umbrellas. 

268 



(5.) Walls. — Painted burlap to a height of 7 feet, 
poles on brass-plated iron brackets with hooks under and pins 
over, 44 in number; umbrella clips and drip gutter below. (See 
drawing.) Walls above, plaster, tinted. Height of lower pole, 
kindergarten 30 inches from floor; lower grades, 36 inches to 
40 inches; upper grades, 44 inches, 48 inches and 52 inches; 
distance between poles, 8 inches for elementary, 1 2 inches for 
high schools. Pins and hooks, 8 inches to 1 2 inches on centers 
for elementary and 1 6 inches to 1 8 inches for high. Each 
hook to have a painted number 1 j/4 inches high. An individual 
compartment is desired for each pupil. The Commissioners are 
experimenting along this line at present. 

(6.) Ceiling. — Plaster, untinted. 

(7.) Light. — One lamp. Ceiling outlets, electric. Switch 
in class-room. 

(8.) Heating and Ventilation. — Heating, direct. Ven- 
tilation, vent duct, 1 2-3 square feet area cross section. 

CORRIDORS AND VESTIBULES 

(1.) Size. — Not less than 8 feet wide for four rooms 
on a floor ; not less than 1 feet for over four rooms, governed 
by length, access to stairs, etc. 

(2.) Windows. — Outside light essential. 

(3.)' Doors. — Main outer doors to apen out,, heavy 
butts, standard, master keyed, school lock; lock set to be fur- 
nished by the Department but set by the Contractor; door check; 
heavy hooks to hold open. Vestibule doors open out, heavy 
butts, pulls, push plates, hooks to hold open, door checks, no 
locks. Outer doors to basement open out, and fitted with stand- 
ard latch lock. Other hardware as above. 

(4.) Floors. — Terrazzo divided into areas not to ex- 
ceed 80 square feet, by slate strips, and to have terrazzo or 
marble base for first-class construction. Wood floor and base 
second-class construction. 

(5 and 6.) Walls and Ceilings. — A light glazed 
brick, untinted walls and ceilings. Put picture moulding at 
ceiling in corridors. 

269 



(7.) Light. — Ceiling or short pendant fixtures (electric), 
32 candle power each, also gas for emergency in corridors, on 
stairs, and in vestibules. 

(8,) Heating and Ventilation. — Heat direct, supple- 
mented by foot warmers on first floor. Ventilation where pos- 
sible. 

(9.) Sinks and Closets. — On each floor above the first, 
one or two 4- foot sinks, with 2 fountains. 

STAIRCASES 

(1.) Number and Arrangement. — Determined by the 
Board, and not over 5 feet wide. 

(2.) Material. — The treads, North River stone on iron 
string, or concrete construction with granolithic surface for first- 
class construction ; wood for second-class construction. Rails 
of a simple pattern, easily cleaned; wall rails are desired. 

(3.) Steps. — About 6|/2 or 7 inches by 1 CM/2 inches. 
Rail not less than 2 feet 8 inches on runs and 3 feet on landings. 

(4.) Exits. — Exits from the lower landings of stairs are 
desired. These may have emergency bolts where so desired. 

SANITARIES 

(1.) Size. — General toilet-rooms in basement, in size ap- 
proximating space for 1 % water-closets for each school-room, i. e., 
Y% boys and 1 J4 f° r girls. an< ^ 33 inches of urinal for every 
school-room, arranged for convenient supervision and circulation. 
Slate sinks, length from 1 inches per class-room in small build- 
ings 6 inches per class-room in large buildings, located pref- 
erably in the play-rooms. The above refers to mixed schools. 

(2.) Windows. — Ample outside light; glazed where ex- 
posed to view outside with ribbed glass; to have wire guards. 

(3.) Doors. — The doors arranged "in" and "out," with 
spring or door check and stout brass hooks to hold open; glazed 
with ribbed glass; half doors to water-closets. 

(4.) Floors. — Asphalt. Boys' drained to urinal, girls' 
to floor wash. 

270 



(5.) Walls. — Salt-glazed brick or other non-porus inex- 
pensive surface, 7 feet high; above, brick painted. 

(6.) Ceiling. — Untinted plaster or white-Jwajshed ^con- 
crete. Basement ceiling need not be furred level for first-class 
construction. For second-class construction ceiling should be 
plastered. 

(7.) Light. — Ceiling or short pendant electric fixtures. 

(8.) Heat and Ventilation. — Heat direct. Ventilation 
through water-closets and space back of urinals, allow 10 square 
inches local vent for each water-closet and 8 square inches for 
each lineal foot of urinal. 

PLUMBING FIXTURES 

(1.) Water-Closets. — The pupils' water-closets for ele- 
mentary schools are wash down closets; siphon action, upper 
classes, 1 6J/2 inches high; lower classes, 1 3 J/2 inches high. 
Teachers' same with raised rear vent 1 6J/2 inches high. (See 
drawing. ) 

(2.) Partitions. — To be %-inch V-grooved hard 
wood sheathing applied vertically, with top and bottom rails of 
same wood, supported at ends with iron pipe about 8 feet high, 
tied together and to the wall, to which doors are hung. Back 
partition of water-closets to be wood sheathing over a 2-foot slate 
base. Finish of wood (color) to match that of rest of building. 
(See drawing.) 

(3.) Urinals. — The urinals will be of slate, floor 
slab, trough and back, with partitions where requested, flushed 
automatically from special tank, through ^-inch perforated pipe, 
with cold water; vented at bottom into space behind. (See 
drawing.) 

(4.) Sinks of black slate, two self-closing cocks, and 
jet drinking fountains, set 20 inches on centres. A sink is de- 
sired for electrician unless there is one near by. 

(5.) Floor Washes in sanitaries and play-rooms as al- 
ready mentioned. (See drawing.) 

(6.) Piping. — (a.) Cast iron must be laid on good 
footing in basement, clean-outs at every change of direction,, 

271 



Soils and vents exposed as far as possible, no asphaltum, red 
lead and three coats of paint. 

(b.) Supplies. — Exposed as far as possible; where cov- 
ered may be plain brass, elsewhere polished brass; no nickel 
plate. Hot water for janitor's use in basement, cooking-room, 
and for master's and teachers' room. Supply from boiler and 
from summer boiler, if any, or from an independent hot water 
heater. No auxiliary supply wanted for water-closet tanks. 

(c.) Fire Lines. — -In buildings over three stories high, 
one or more lines of 3-inch pipe if requested by the Board. 

PLAY-ROOMS 

All free basement space to be arranged as play-rooms for 
boys and girls. Salt-glazed brick, 7 feet high, and painted or 
whitewashed brick or stone walls above. Granolithic floors, 
plaster ceilings or whitewashed concrete. Basement doors and 
windows to have wire guards in channel iron frames ; guards to 
be hinged and padlocked. Doors are desired from the play- 
rooms to the play-yards. Areas at doors are not desired. 

master's and teachers' rooms 

(1.) In each school of the upper grades a room of about 
240 square feet for the master, with a water-closet and bowl 
and a book-closet adjoining. This room should be near the 
centre of the building, i. e., on the second floor, in a three-story 
building. In all schools a room or rooms for teachers, averag- 
ing about 300 square feet for ten teachers, with one water- 
closet and bowl. Doors to be clearly marked "Master" or 
"Teachers" in brass letters and one water-closet and bowl on 
each floor of six rooms for teachers' emergency. 

(2.) Where men as well as women are teachers, a sep- 
arate room with toilet accommodations for men. 

(3.) Opportunity in teachers' rooms for warming lun- 
cheon, either gas or electric. 



272 



SPECIAL ROOMS 

ASSEMBLY HALLS 
Assembly halls should accommodate from 400 to 800. 
It is not considered necessary to seat the full number of pupils 
in schools of greater capacity. The floor to be level and of 
wood like class-rooms, or linoleum. The windows to be fitted 
with rebated mouldings to take black shades, and so designed 
as to make the operation of shades practical and simple. The 
platform should be capable of accommodating one, or, in the 
large schools, two classes, and should have removable stepped 
platforms of wood to take the benches. Galleries may be used 
where the hall is two stories in height. Ante-rooms near the 
platform are desirable, and a connection from adjoining class- 
rooms to the ante-rooms or directly to the platform. A digni- 
fied architectural treatment of the walls and a studied color 
scheme for walls and ceiling is expected. The lighting, acoustics 
and exits should be such as belong to a small lecture hall. 
Artificial lighting to be under control from at least two points, 
one of which must be near an exit. Electric outlet for 30- 
ampere projection lantern, 25 feet from curtain. Provide re- 
cess in ceiling over platform for spring-rolled curtain 1 3 feet 
long. For assembly hall an allowance in cubing is made by 
the Board of two class-rooms for schools of medium size, that 
is, about sixteen class-rooms, and four class-rooms for schools 
of larger size, i. e., over twenty- four class-rooms to represent the 
added area for this purpose. 

MANUAL TRAINING ROOMS 

(1.) Size.— Room, generally located in basement, if floor 
can be above grading, should be approximately 900-1,000 
square feet, preferably a corner room, and the larger of the 
two allowed sizes of rooms, and arrangement shown by drawing, 
for number of benches there given, 25. In elementary schools 
for boys only 22 benches are sufficient. 

(2.) Light. — The windows should be as near full length 
as possible and on two sides. Artificial light in chain pendant 
electric fixtures, one light to every four benches. 

273 



(3.) Floors. — Of wood. 

(4.) Walls. — A basement room should be finished as 
a shop; salt-glazed brick up to 7 feet where exposed, and above 
blackboard brick walls whitewashed. If above basement, fin- 
ished as a class-room. 

(5.) Ceilings. — Like basement. 

(6.) Heating and Ventilation. — The same as in class- 
rooms. If in basement provide some direct radiation. 

(7.) Fittings. — (a.) Stock-room. — Stock-room should 
contain at least 80 square feet, preferably long and narrow. 
Eighteen-inch shelves should run around the room, 5 feet 6 
inches and 6 feet 6 inches from the floor. 

(b.) Wardrobes. — Wall space for 26 double coat and 
hat hooks, in a separate room. 

(c.) Teachers' Closets Teachers' closet should be 

small for personal belongings, with shelving and hooks under. 

(d.) Store-room. — For finished work and hardware 
should bs fitted with all shelving possible; an area 40 square 
feet is adequate. 

(e.) Bookcases. — Like those in class-rooms, 150 
capacity. 

(/.) Worfy-racl(. — About 28 feet long, made in sec- 
tions, 6 feet 6 inches high and 2 feet deep. The length is to 
take 24 compartments (equaling the number of benches) and 
the height the number of divisions that use the room (two each 
day, five days, outside limit). Compartments to have numbers 
and letters painted. (For all of these, see drawings.) 

(g.) Sinl(. — A 3- foot soapstone sink, with hot and cold 
water, with drinking fountain if desired. 

(/i.) Display Frames. — Four display frames, size and 
position as indicated, of burlap over soft wood back, with 2-inch 
moulding around. 

(i.) Demonstration Steps. — Demonstration steps are de- 
sired. 

(/'.) Furniture. — (Not included in the building contract.) 
The furniture comprises 25 benches and stools, teachers' desk, 

274 



table 4 feet by 2 J/2 feet, with unfinished top, 1 desk chair and 
2 common chairs, a clock. (See drawing.) Lay these out on 
preliminary drawings. Lower benches to be set toward the front 
and nearer the windows. 

(k-) Blackboards. — Provide about 15 running feet of 
slate blackboards, 4 feet high. 

(/.) Clue Pot. — Provide electric or gas connections for 
same. 

COOKING ROOM 

(1.) Size. — Should have an area of 900-1,000 square 
feet, preferably a corner room on top floor, but generally in base- 
ment, and the larger of the two allowed sizes of room, and 
arranged for 24 stations. 

(2.) Light. — Windows as in a class-room, if located in 
a corner, from two sides. Artificial light as in a class-room. 

(3.) Walls. — Above basement, similar to school-rooms, 
blackboards, 4 by 1 feet, back of teacher's desk. Walls 
painted in oils. A basement room may have salt-glazed brick 
walls up to 7 feet and painted brick above. (See drawings.) 

(4.) Floors. — The floor to be wood or linoleum, on 
cement, except space occupied by ranges, which is tiled. 

(5.) Ceilings. — Ceilings like basement, or, if above base- 
ment, like class-rooms. 

(6.) Heat and Ventilation. — Less heat is required than 
in a class-room, but the ventilation should be the same, with 
additional vent from the demonstration ranges. Hoods over 
ranges if Board so desires. 

(7.) Fittings. — (a.) Wardrobes. — Provision for 24 
pupils, double coat and hat hooks in separate lighted closet, and 
teachers' small closet. 

(b.) Work Benches, accommodating 24 pupils, fitted 
with compartment for utensils, bread-board, etc., a Bunsen burner 
with a hinged iron grille over it, set on aluminum plate at each 
station ; benches arranged in the form of ellipse, or oblong, with 
access to centre from two sides; top of pine 24 inches wide; open 
underneath and supported on pipe standards. One section de- 

275 



tached and fitted as a demonstration bench; a clear space of 4 
feet all around. Dining table (furnished under another con- 
tract) is to be set in centre. (See drawings.) Lay these out 
on preliminary drawings and include in final drawings and con- 
tract. 

(c. ) Dresser. — Ten feet long, in 3 sections, 4 adjustable 
shelves and glazed sliding, or hinged doors at top; one set of 
3 drawers and 2 cupboards on lower part. A shelf should be 
put in each cupboard about 1 2 inches from top. 

(J.) Fuel-box. — In 2 compartments, each about 24 
inches square and 30 inches deep, with hinged lids; small shelf in 
one section. Accommodations in the main coal-room for a 
supply of range coal and kindling wood. 

(e. ) Bookcase. — Similar to those provided in class-rooms. 

(/. ) Sinlf. — Soapstone, 4 feet long; 2 cold and 2 hot 
water cocks; soapstone drip shelves 24 inches long, at each end 
of sink, provided with grease trap. Sink should be near ranges. 

(g.) Hot Water Supply. — (See instructions in plumb- 
ing.) 

(h.) Coal and Cas Ranges. — A six-hole coal range and 
a similar gas range, with hood provided, and set on a hearth pre- 
viously mentioned. 

(i.) Refrigerator. — Will be a part of the furniture. Fur- 
nished under another contract. 

SEWING ROOM 

The following is a list of standard equipment adopted by 
the School Committee. 

(Not to be included in the general contract for building.) 

30 Portable tables (inserted yard measure).* 
50 Chairs in girls' school* 

and 
30 In mixed schools, varying in height from 14 inches to 21 inches 
from floor.* 
1 Glass show case about 8 feet long, 2)/2 f eet or 3 feet wide. 
1 Cutting table, 8 feet long, 3 feet wide and 2 feet 6 inches high, 
inserted yard measure, 3 drawers in table, blackboards, minimum 
of 30 square feet. 
Closet for teachers' wraps. 

276 



Stationary washbowl with running hot and cold water. 
1 7]/2-lb. electric iron. 
14-lb. electric iron. 

Standard box rack with box for each girl. 
(See drawing.) 
1 Sewing machine for 500 or fewer girls. 
* Not required when no regular "sewing room" is available. 

KINDERGARTEN 

(1.) Size. — The rooms can be contained in the space of 
a class-room and wardrobe, but a slightly larger area, 800 to 
900 square feet, is desirable, and preferably the larger of the 
two allowed sizes of room. They comprise a large room, a small 
room, a supply closet, a wardrobe and a water-closet. The large 
room should take a 1 6- foot circle, regulation lines painted on 
the floor with at least 4 feet all around it. (See drawing.) 
The small room, about 200 square feet. 

(2.) Light. — Windows should be as in a class-room, if 
en a corner, on both sides. Exposure should be sunny. Artifi- 
cial light of the class-room type arranged for the different rooms. 

(3.) Doors. — Door to corridor as in class-rooms. Wide 
doors should open from small room into large room. 

(4.) Floors. — Wood or linoleum cemented onto concrete 
surface, with painted lines as above. 

(5.) Walls. — As in class-rooms, with blackboard as in 
lower grades. 

(6.) Ceilings. — As in class-rooms. 

(7.) Heat and Ventilation. — As in class-rooms. 

(8.) Fittings. (a.) Wardrobe. — Hooks for 60, ar- 
ranged as in ordinary wardrobes. 

(b.) Teachers' Closet.— For clothing of two or three 
teachers. 

(c.) Toilet-room. — Immediately adjoining with low- 
down seat and bowl or sink. 

d.) Bookcase. — As in lower grades. 

nurse's room 

(1.) Size. — From 200 to 400 square feet, according to 
size of school. 

277 



(2.) Windows. — Outside light as in class-rooms. 
(3.) Shades. — Set to roll from windowsill upward. Not 
in building contract. 

(4.) Doors. — One door to corridor, as in class-room, 
marked "Nurse's room." 

(5.) Walls. — Upper two-thirds plaster, smooth finish, 
round corners, painted with light green oil paint. Lower one- 
third to floor, glazed white tile with sanitary base. 

(6.) Floor. — Terrazzo, like corridors for first-class con- 
struction. Composition for second-class. 

(7.) Heat and Ventilation. — As in class-rooms. 

(8.) Light. — Pendant electrolier with special shade. 
Extra socket on body of fixture for hand portable. 

(9.) Nurse's Closet for Supplies. — Size, 3 by 4; one 
shelf; 6 hooks for clothing. 

(10.) Bath Tub. — Five- foot porcelain enameled iron, 
hot and cold water, where requested by Superintendent of Nurses. 

(11.) Bowl. — Enameled iron, hot and cold water fau- 
cets with shampoo cock. Hot water must be available all the 
year. 

(12.) Stove and Clocl(. — Gas or electric heater as in 
teachers' rooms, and a secondary clock. 

(13.) Fittings. — (Not in building contract.) (a.) 
Cabinet. — Oak finish medical cabinet, adopted as standard by 
Schoolhouse Commission. (b.) Stool. — White enamel revolv- 
ing stool. (c.) Table. — Dressing table, white enamel frame, 
glass top and shelf; size, 16 to 20, rubber crutch tips. (d.) 
Filing Case for Nurse's Records. — Oak finish, to hold 1 ,000 
cards, 4 by 6; lock and key; guide cards, (e.) Writing Table. 
— Oak finish, with drawer and lock; size, 20 by 30. (/.) 
Chair. — Oak to match table. (g.) Couch. — Flat frame oak, 
canvas adjustable top. (/i.) Mirror. — Size, 2 J/2 by 3, set 
over bowl. 



278 



HIGH SCHOOLS 

CLASS-ROOMS AND RECITATION-ROOMS 

High school class-rooms are laid out for classes of thirty- 
six or forty-two, generally the latter. A room 26 feet by 32 
feet will accommodate forty-two high school desks. The larger 
class-rooms are to accommodate from sixty to eighty pupils ; the 
larger number can be accommodated in a room 33 feet 8 inches 
by 43 feet. Recitation-rooms, which to a certain extent will be 
used also as class-rooms, should be about 16 by 26. These 
rooms, if equipped with continuous desks and seats as in a lecture- 
room, or with double desks, such as are to be used in the Charles- 
town High, would accommodate about thirty pupils each. Lay 
out desks in one room of each type on preliminary plans. 

ASSEMBLY HALL 

For a high school would not differ materially from that already 
described for elementary schools. 

master's and teachers' rooms 

For accommodation of the principal there should be an 
outer office, that is, a waiting-room or reception-room, and an 
inner office, and rooms for both men and women teachers, which 
might well be concentrated in the neighborhood of the reception- 
room and the principal's room. 

CHEMISTRY 

The Rooms in General Required. — Laboratory, separate 
from lecture-room, may be used as recitation-room, but better to 
use lecture-room and keep laboratory free from desks and demon- 
stration table. Lecture-room, separate from laboratory, but easy 
of access, may be used for recitation; in that case should have 
facilities for demonstration. Combined lecture-room for physics 
and chemistry admissible. Three rooms for administrative pur- 
poses, store-room for dry chemicals and apparatus, room for 
storage of liquid chemicals and preparation of reagents, which 
may also be used as a teacher's laboratory and an office. The 

279 



total area of the laboratory and administration rooms should be 
about 1 ,200 square feet and of the lecture-room about 600 square 
feet. 

CHEMICAL LABORATORY 

(1.) Size. — Should accommodate a class of forty to 
fifty pupils, with apparatus. Accommodation for three such 
classes. 

(2.) Light. — On two sides. 

(3.) Heating and Ventilation. — On same basis as for 
class-rooms, but removal of gases should also be provided for 
by a hood, each compartment of which should be ventilated by 
9-inch hole at top, venting into elbow or T of drain pipe, thence 
connected by drain pipe into main flue, in which should be a 
fan operated by a motor. 

(4.) Walls and Ceiling. — Walls of brick ideal, but not 
generally feasible, except on outside walls ; plaster walls painted 
in oils and ceiling of plaster, covered with water-resisting surface 
containing no lead. All woodwork to have natural finish, except 
tops of desks. 

(5.) Floor. — Preferably of concrete; may be of hard- 
wood in narrow strips, filled in by asphalt ; should slope very 
slightly between desks, interspaces again trending to common 
corner, which may be drained. 

(6.) Equipment. — Working desks at right angles to 
greater length of room, in sections back to back between win- 
dows ; sections movable when top is removed. Each section 2 1 
feet to 24 feet 6 inches long, 2 feet wide, 3 feet to 3 feet 2 
inches in height. Distance between double sections about 5 feet, 
same distance at least between ends of sections and hood, which 
should be opposite longer line of windows and at right angles 
to direction of desk sections. Other ends of sections near enough 
to wall to allow for drain at right angles to sections and under 
windows. Desks to be of ash or any durable wood, natural 
finish. Top of narrow pine strips, treated with aniline black 
and waterproof lead finish. Individual desks provided with 3 
lockers and 3 sets of drawers each, each set of drawers operated 

280 



by bar from locker, combination lock to fasten locker. Each 
double section of desks provided with soapstone sink, placed be- 
tween sections and flush with section top, which should slope 
slightly to sink.* Sink 8 inches wide at least, and should begin 
within ! foot of the end, toward hood, depth here to be 6 inches, 
running nearly to other end, where depth should be 8 inches. 
Each pupil to have working space of 3 feet 6 inches by 1 foot 
8 inches. Each double section of desks provided with shelf for 
reagents, running length of desk, 10 inches to 12 inches above 
desk, supported by metal standards at suitable intervals, of white 
wood, 1 J/4 inches thick, 9 inches wide, natural finish, covered 
with glass plates, Ya inch thick, 9 inches wide, suitable lengths, 
clamped to wooden shelf with as few clamps as possible. Wooden 
shelf at free end of each section, 1 inch to 1 Yl inches thick, 3 
feet to 4 feet long, not over 1 foot 3 inches wide, height of 2 
feet 8 inches to 2 feet 1 inches, for holding blast lamps, re- 
agent jars, etc. Finish off top of shelf in aniline black. Floor 
space under second row of windows taken up with line of extra 
desks, built like sections, furnished in similar way, but without 
necessarily a drain to be used for emergency or general utility. 
Wall space not otherwise occupied may be used for shelves or 
cabinets. Fixed slate blackboards at end opposite second set 
of windows and parallel to desk sections, sliding slate blackboards 
above hood. Liquid waste may be thrown into desk sink, dry 
waste into earthen jars. Hood should run at right angles to 
desk sections and along wall opposite free ends of sections. In 
the construction of hood, protection against fire should be con- 
sidered. Should be built against brick wall. Floor of hoods 
to be of slate; wood, inside and outside, to be finished natural. 
Space divided into three or four compartments, closed by sliding 
windows. Space against wall not occupied by hood for general 
link. 

(7.) Gas. — Lead from gas main at free end of centre 
of double desk sections, branch into two leads along back of each 



* Individual sinks are preferred by the teachers, although the long 
trough is apparently adequate for teaching elementary chemistry, and is less 
expensive. 

281 



section. Take-offs between each working desk space in form 
of pillar with two |/4"i ncn cocks, at each end desk a single cock. 
Two J/4 -inch gas nipples at each side of each compartment of 
hood. Cocks of these outside of hood. Wall desk fitted with 
single gas taps at intervals of two feet. 

(8.) Water. — Lead from water main at free end of 
centre of double desk sections. Size, large enough to fill section 
sink rapidly. Lead of ordinary size along length of section un- 
derside of shelf, take-off at free end of section, to which blast 
and suction pump may be attached. At junction of each four 
working desk spaces take-off, carrying two valves with hose bibb 
delivery '/4-inch, the two valves or cocks facing opposite sides. 
Suction pump attached to these bibbs if desired. 

(9.) Drains. — Section desk sink to have open drain and 
mercury arrester, into which should be set movable concave net- 
ting of wide mesh to arrest larger solid matter. Main desk drain 
at right angles to sections along and under windows, between 
windows and sections should be in form of wooden trough, in 
sections dovetailed from 6 inches to 8 inches inside diameter and 
equally deep, covered with asphalt paint or filling; may be sup- 
ported on brackets against wall and left open, or covered and 
provided with movable top. Into this drain will drip the lead 
pipes coming from section sink. Slate floor of each hood com- 
partment should deepen slightly in centre, where there should be 
a hole 1 inch in diameter, into which is fitted short lead drain 
pipe, closed by perforated plug; drain pipes to be connected with 
sloping drain pipe, open or closed, running toward and delivering 
into general sink. 

(10.) Electricity. — Current of electricity on section desks 
need not exceed ten volts, may be supplied from source common 
to physical and chemical side. Plugs between each working 
space placed under desk top on frame. 

LECTURE AND RECITATION-ROOM 

(1.) Size. — Area to depend on number of seatings re- 
quired or number of pupils in classes; should be large enough 

282 



for two classes and should occupy a position between the labora- 
tories for physics and chemistry. 

(2.) Light. — As much glass area as class-room, prefer- 
ably from left. Fit windows and other openings admitting light 
with dark curtains as specified under Assembly Hall. Electric 
lighting from top, controlled at point convenient to demonstration 
table. 

(3.) Floor stepped up in fireproof construction and fin- 
ished in wood, like floor. 

(4.) Heating and Ventilation. — As for class-rooms, with 
extra ventilation to remove fumes. Space at left end of desk 
provided with register and flue of at least 1 inches diameter, to 
afford means of down draught. Flue carried under floor to 
nearest wall, flue and draught actuated by motor if not sufficient. 

(5.) Equipment. — Demonstration table, not less than 12 
feet long, not more than 3 feet nor less than 30 inches wide, 
height 32 inches. Placed 4 feet distant from wall, material 
same as that of room, top made of pine plank and finished like 
chemical laboratory desks. Pneumatic sink at right hand of 
desk, of soapstone in two depths. Not to exceed 30 inches 
long, 20 inches wide. Depth, 4 inches to 6 inches minimum ; 
16 inches to 18 inches maximum. Length of minimum depth 
not to exceed 60 per cent of total length. Sink to be depressed 
in table and provided with flush cover. Sink to have screened 
drain with mercury trap and overflow. Supply hot and cold 
water under reduced pressure and cold water under street pres- 
sure for quick filling, 2 goosenecks with %-inch hose bibbs, to 
one of which combined blast and suction pump may be attached; 
steam supply direct from boiler main with a by-pass to summer 
boiler ; supply gas air suction, and gas taps not exceeding 6 in 
number. Over demonstration table, secured to ceiling, provide 
a plank with heavy screw hooks. Behind lecture table provide 
sliding blackboards of not less than 50 square feet, and a can- 
vas curtain on heavy spring roller for attaching charts. Drawers 
and closets for lesser lecture apparatus and chemicals in body 
of table, wall on either side provided with shelves for reagent 

283 



bottles under glass, and side wall provided with cabinets for 
larger pieces of permanent apparatus, if there is no special room 
for this. Lifting seats with desk for taking notes arranged on 
platforms, so that the successive tiers will rise one above the 
other to insure an unobstructed view of demonstration table. 
(See drawing.) 

(6.) Electricity. — Provide three (3) forms of current, 
viz., one circuit for direct current at 1 1 volts, 30 amperes, and 
one circuit of 5 to 20 volts, 50 amperes, and one circuit for 
alternating current at 110 volts, 30 amperes. Regulating rheo- 
stat for the 5 to 20 volt direct current to be located conveniently 
to table. A 50-ampere ammeter and a 125-volt voltmeter, both 
with extra large illuminated dials, mounted on swing brackets in 
full view of class and instructor; suitable means for switching 
ammeter and voltmeter to either circuit. Terminate circuits in 
non-reversible push plug receptacles. A projection lantern and 
receptacles for same at end of table and at rear of room. Lantern 
screen on spring roller at side of room, width of screen usually 
i 2 feet, but dependent on distance and lenses used. 
ADMINISTRATIVE FACILITIES 

(1.) Apparatus Store-room. — Should give ample space 
for storage of extra and reserve apparatus and original packages 
of stock chemicals. These should be kept in dust-proof cabinets 
with glass doors and in drawers. 

(2.) Preparation-room. — This should adjoin the above. 
Primarily for storage of liquid chemicals in bulk and preparation 
of liquid reagents and storage of supply bottles, also fitted for 
teacher's laboratory. Should have wide centre table with gas 
in centre, working desks, with drawers and closets along two 
sides, also gas, water, sink, blast, suction, steam and electricity. 
Shelves along desks for storage of liquid chemicals, supply bottles 
and smaller reagent bottles. An adequate hood should be pro- 
vided. 

(3.) Office and Balance Room. — Adjoining store-room 
and preparation-room should be small room to contain desk, book 
shelves, table and a good grade balance. 

284 



PHYSICAL LABORATORY 

(1.) Size. — In a space about 30 by 40 feet. A labo- 
ratory, apparatus-room and shop. 

(2.) Light — The same basis as for class-rooms, one 
wall having as direct a southern exposure as possible for porte 
lumiere studies. Artificial light as in a class-room. Dark cur- 
tains in addition to regular shades for darkening room. Win- 
dows and all openings admitting light fitted as specified under 
Assembly Halls (page 65). 

(3.) Heating and Ventilation. — On same general basis 
as for class-rooms. 

(4.) Equipment. — Small laboratory tables to accommo- 
date two or four pupils at each, built of hard wood, white pine 
tops, fitted with 4 drawers, supports and adjustable crossbar. 
Wall tables around room on sides where there are windows, with 
one or two shallow drawers under, but not deep enough to inter- 
fere with comfort of pupil. Soapstone drip sinks with cold 
water to be provided at these tables, one to every six or eight 
pupils. Instructor's table, fitted with hot and cold water, Rich- 
ards' pump, numerous cupboards and drawers of various depths 
and widths. Two-inch plank bolted to ceiling over this table, 
with space of 2 or 3 inches between plank and ceiling for attach- 
ment of pendulums and other apparatus. Provide electric out- 
let for stereopticon and screen for same. 

(5.) Furniture. — Provide adjustable stools for all the 
tables and a sufficient number of tablet arm chairs to accommo- 
date the entire division during demonstration exercises. Chairs 
to be placed in rectangle formed by pupils' tables and demon- 
stration table. These are not in building contract, but to be 
laid out on preliminary plans. 

(6.) Electricity.- — One outlet for direct current at 110 
volts E. M. F. and 30-ampere capacity. One outlet for direct 
current at low voltage with regulator conveniently located. One 
outlet for alternating current at 110 volts E. M. F. and 30- 
ampere capacity. One outlet for each kind of current at demon- 
stration table, to be single pole push plugs instead of binding 

285 



posts. Series and multiple connections at each pupil's table. 
Switch in laboratory to cut out pupils' tables. 

(7.) Gas. — Pupils' tables to be equipped with gas, 4 
cocks to each table. Wall tables to be equipped with gas. 
Demonstration table to be provided with gas. 

(8.) Bulletin Board. — 25 to 50 square feet of bulletin 
board, covered with burlap, secured at edges, but not glued on 
like wall paper. 

(9.) Blackboards. — As much blackboard space as pos- 
sible. Sliding blackboards back of demonstration tables. 

APPARATUS-ROOMS 

(1.) Size. — One large or several small rooms, to open 
directly out of laboratory, and connected with lecture-room. 

(2.) Equipment. — To be fitted with dust-tight cases with 
adjustable shelves and sliding glass doors, 7 feet high; cabinets 
of drawers of various widths and depths, mostly narrow and 
shallow. Some of these cases may be in the laboratory if there 
is sufficient wall space. A small sink and hood should be pro- 
vided. 

SHOP 

A small shop is desirable, though not absolutely necessary. 
This should be equipped with work bench, power lathe, belted to 
motor generator, and shelving, for tools and stock, and may be 
set up in apparatus-room. 

BOTANICAL AND ZOOLOGICAL LABORATORY 

( 1 . ) Size. — In a space about 30 by 40 feet. Labora- 
tory and apparatus-room. 

(2.) Light. — Windows the same as for class-rooms, one 
wall with southern exposure. Artificial light as in class-rooms. 

(3.) Equipment. — (a). Twenty-one pupils' tables, 54 
inches by 24 inches by 30 inches high, each to accommodate two 
pupils, to have plate glass tops. 

(b.) Soapstone sink, 72 inches by 30 inches, 10 inches 
deep, accessible on all sides. Supply with cold water, about 8 
bibbs and 2 hose bibb cocks. 

286 



(c.) One aquarium, 30 inches long, 20 inches wide and 
20 inches high, with supply, gooseneck cock with aspirator and 
standing waste. 

(J.) Ice chest, 36 inches by 24 inches. 

(e.) Cases built wherever practicable. Three sections to 
contain 42 pigeonholes, 3 inches by 3 inches by 8 inches, for 
storage of instruments. A liberal supply of cases to contain 
drawers and cupboards in lower compartment, and shelves above, 
for exhibition of specimens, storage of material, instruments, books, 
charts, etc. 

(4.) Furniture. — Forty-two adjustable screw revolving 
chairs, not in building contract. 

GYMNASIUM AND DRILL HALL 

(1.) To be used in common for gymnasium exercises, 
athletic games and the drilling of the school cadets. On account 
of its size and for structural conditions to be generally located 
in the basement, with clear span of ceiling and combined height 
of basement and first story. Visitors' gallery generally provided 
at one end, entered from first floor. 

(2.) Size. — The classes exercising in the gymnasium are 
from fifty to one hundred, and a suitable floor space for this 
number, as well as floor space for a full company of cadets at 
drill, is from 3,750 to 4,000 square feet. The height should 
not be less than 24 feet. 

(3.) Light. — Ample outside light in all cases. Elec- 
tric light from ceiling protected with wire guards. 

(4.) Heat and Ventilation. — The former sufficient to 
guarantee a temperature of about 60 degrees, and about twice 
as much ventilation as is customary for the ordinary class-room. 
This is, of course, insufficient for the number of people who might 
occasionally occupy the gymnasium for exhibitions, but it is 
more than enough for the ordinary number using it for class 
exercises. 



287 



(5.) Equipment. — The standard gymnastic apparatus 
consists of the following fixtures, which may be slightly modified 
in particular cases: 

25 Bar stalls. 

25 Bar stall benches. 

2 Double booms. 

2 Saddles. 

20 Vertical ropes. 

2 Serpentine ladders. 

2 Boxes, 1 horse. 

12 Balance boards. 

2 4 by 7 mats. 

2 5 by 10 mats. 

4 Pairs jumping standards and ropes. 

2 Pairs basket ball goals. 

3 Basket balls. 

4 2J/2-lb. medicine balls. 
16 2- lb. medicine balls. 

4 Indoor baseballs and bats. 

1 Fairbanks scale. 

I Water spirometer. 

1 Tape measure. 

1 Dozen glass mouthpieces. 

24 Bean bags. 

1 Truck to carry mats. 

100 Pairs y 4 -\h. Indian clubs. 

2 Jump boards. 

1 Shoulder caliper. 

100 Solid rubber bounding balls, 2'/^ in. diameter. 

100 Pairs Y 4 -\b. dumb-bells. 

100 Wands %-in. in diameter. 

(6.) Gun Racl(s. — Racks for holding the guns carried 
by the cadets should be provided on walls. These racks should 
be protected by locked doors. 

(7. ) Special Rooms. — Adjoining gymnasium and drill 
hall two small rooms about 1 feet square should be provided 
for school matron and director of gymnasium. 

(8.) Dressing-rooms, Baths and Lockers. — (a.) Sys- 
iem. — The clothing of all the pupils is in a central locker-room, 
each suit being numbered, and all being under the control of 
the attendant in charge. Dressing-rooms are provided in num- 
ber equivalent to the number of a class. A class coming for 
exercise are given their gymnasium clothing and keys to dressing- 
rooms, which they lock behind them when exercising. After 

288 



exercise they can take a shower bath. When dressed the dress- 
ing-room keys are given up, but the gymnasium clothing is left 
to be gathered up by the attendant. The clothing is carried 
to the dry-room, and when dried each set is put back in its proper 
pigeonhole. 

(b.) Lockers. — The locker- room is controlled by the at- 
tendant, and contains pigeonholes, 1 0-inch cube, one for each 
pupil in the school, and a counter over which to deliver the cloth- 
ing. Adjoining this is the dry-room, capable of being heated 
to a high temperature and thoroughly ventilated. This is fitted 
with hooks and clothesline. 

(c.) Dressing-rooms. — The dressing-rooms are small 
cabins, about 3 feet square, with a locked door, a seat and hooks. 

(d.) Showers. — The shower baths are 3 feet square, 
divided by slate partitions, similar to those for water-closets, each 
having a bar at the front, over which a cotton sheet can be 
dropped. Each compartment has two sprays in opposite corners. 

MANUAL ARTS-ROOM 

Rooms shall be provided for drawing, and in boys' schools 
for shop work in addition. 

(1.) Size. — The space for each subject should be about 
1,500 to 1,800 square feet. 

(2.) Light. — Windows and artificial light by special 
fixtures. North light preferable in the drawing-rooms. 

(3.) Floors. — Of wood. 

(4.) Walls. — As in a manual training room. 

(5.) Ceilings. — As in a manual training room. 

(6.) Heating and Ventilation. — Same as in manual 
training rooms. 

(7.) Stock-room. — The lumber stock-room should con- 
tain at least 80 square feet, and preferably be long and narrow. 
Shelves as directed. 

(8.) Teachers' Closets. — As in manual training room. 

(9.) Fittings. — (a.) Bookcases, like those in class- 
rooms, 1 50 capacity. 

289 



(b.) Cases. — For work in process, extra tools, supplies, 
drawing boards, models, paper, finished drawings, etc. (For 
all of these get directions and see former High School drawings.) 
fB (c.) Display Frames. — Size and position as directed, to 
be of burlap over soft wood back with 2-inch moulding around. 

(J.) Sink. — A 5- foot sink, with hot and cold water, 
fountains as directed. 

(10.) Equipment of Free-hand Drawing-room. — Pro- 
vide at least 25 oak drawing tables of approved type to be used 
by boys and girls in common. 

(II.) Equipment for Mechanical Drawing-room. — (For 
boys only.) See Appendix XII. and former High School draw- 
ings. 

(12.) Equipment of Woodworking Rooms. — (For boys 
only.) Provide at least 20 cabinet benches of approved type 
with quick action, iron vises. Provide glue pot with electric or 
gas connections as directed. Machinery if directed. 

(13.) Equipment of Metal-wording Room. — (For boys 
only.) Six double benches 8 feet by 2 feet, fitted with 12 Pren- 
tiss iron vises, 3 '/2-inch jaw; wall bench fitted with 10 stations, 
tool drawers and 5 Bower's tool holders; one '/4-inch gas hose 
cock terminal above each bench station ; 2 gas blast burners, 1 
large, 1 small; metal-covered bench with ventilated hood; 1 
muffle furnace, ventilated ; 1 drill ; 1 grindstone ; 1 pair bench 
shears. Machinery if directed. 

(14.) Motor. — If directed. 

(15.) Blackboards. — For each class-room for above 
subjects provide about 1 5 running feet of slate blackboard 4 
feet high. 

HOUSEHOLD SCIENCE 

(1.) Size. — The space should be about 1,200 square 
feet, and should accommodate the kitchen, two small rooms for 
showing the care of a dining-room and of a bedroom, and a 
china closet and pantry. 

(2.) Light, Heal, etc. — The same as that for other 
rooms, with additional ventilation in the kitchen. 

290 



(3.) Equipment. — The kitchen to contain an equipment 
as may be decided upon by the Board after consultation; a 
kitchen pantry fitted with shelving and a china closet fitted with 
a sink; drawers, cupboards and shelves enclosed with glass doors. 
The dining-room and bedroom simply finished rooms, having no 
equipment except the furniture. 

'LUNCH-ROOMS 

(1.) In General. — The lunch-rooms in Boston schools 
have usually been located in the basement, and where these are 
high and well lighted this location seems to serve satisfactorily. 
They should, however, have the special ventilation that is pro- 
vided in a basement cooking-room. In size they should accom- 
modate comfortably, seated at benches or small tables, that pro- 
portion of the pupils in the school which takes advantage of the 
luncheon facilities. 

(2.) Equipment. — (a.) The counter should be set at 
height as required, and should have a rail 2 feet from it, with 
openings at intervals, to keep children in single file, and there 
should be accommodation under the counter for dishes. 

(b.) Range. — A six-hole gas range, with ample oven 
space. 

(c.) Sinks. — Two good-sized soapstone sinks. 

(d.) Ice-box. — Of sufficient size to take care of milk 
supply. 

(e.) Locfyers. — Sufficient to care for the clothing of the 
attendants, and for mops and brooms, etc. These should not be 
under the counter or near any place where food is kept. 

(/.) Furniture. — In some cases the children are provided 
with camp chairs and small round tables to seat four. In others 
ordinary school benches have been provided. Both seem fairly 
satisfactory in operation. 

LIBRARY 

A space equivalent to a small class-room is ample for 
library purposes. The book accommodation will depend some- 
what on the size of the school. The library is planned as a 

291 



reading-room, that is, with the books in the room and not in 
a separate stack-room. 

WARDROBES 

(1.) In high schools common wardrobes are — one for 
boys and one for girls — advised for all the clothing, situated on 
the lower floor to avoid bringing dirt into the upper floors. There 
being an attendant on the lower floor, the room, as a whole, 
can be locked up. 

(2.) Light. — The rooms should have outside light. 

(3.) Heat and Ventilation. — This should be thoroughly 
well heated and ventilated similar to class-rooms. 

(4.) Equipment. — The poles, hooks, etc., will be simi- 
lar to those used in other schools, but more space should be given 
the girls, i. e., about 1 foot 6 inches on centre. It has been 
found desirable to have some locked pigeonholes, 20 by 20 by 
1 2 inches. 

ELECTRIC WORK 

(I.) Service.- — This should enter basement underground 
at location to be determined by reference to street mains, and 
should terminate on a switchboard located in a fireproof closet, 
opening if possible into the basement corridor. 

(2.) Conduits. — All wires to be run in iron conduit con- 
cealed, except conduits for mains in basement, and side outlets 
in boiler, engine and stack-rooms. Tap circuit conduits to be 
run above rough floor wherever possible. If floor construction 
will not allow this, they are to be run below floor beams and 
above ceiling, a space of 2 inches being left in which they can 
be run. 

(3.) Wire Slot. — Obtain from electrical division the 
location of slots and openings for conduits and panel boards. 

(4.) Cabinets. — All cabinets to be furnished by wiring 
contractor, but finished by the general contractor. 

(5.) Cutting. — All cutting and patching to be done by 
the general contractor. 

(6.) Outlets. — Class-rooms to be provided with nine 
four-light ceiling outlets, controlled by three switches. Ward- 

292 



robes to have one ceiling outlet, controlled by switch in class- 
room. Corridors to be lighted from ceiling wherever possible. 
Height of side outlets in rooms and corridors to be 6 feet 6 
inches. Switch outlets in class-rooms to be 6 feet, elsewhere 4 
feet. Switches in corridors, play-rooms and pupils' toilet-rooms 
to be operated by private key. In lower elementary schools 
omit all electric lighting in class-rooms. Basement and corridor 
lighting to be installed as directed by the Board. 

(7.) Fixtures. — Fixtures in class-rooms to be of special 
design to combine a direct and diffused light. 

(8.) Cas. — Gas outlets to be provided in all corridors, 
vestibules, stairways, boiler-room and assembly hall exits ; all 
to be wall outlets. Gas-piping to be included in the electrical 
engineer's work. 

(9.) Stereopticon. — All grammar schools and high 
schools to be provided with an electric projection lantern with 
reflectoscope attachment. 

(10.) Clocks and Bells. — All schools to be provided 
with an electric system of clocks, operated by a master clock. 
All primary schools to be provided with .a system of signal bells, 
operated by push buttons. In all grammar and high schools 
the bell system to be operated automatically by master clocks, 
according to prearranged program. 

(II.) Telephones. — In all schools, each class-room, hall, 
teachers' room and boiler-room to be connected to master's office, 
or to room occupied by the first assistant, by a telephone system. 

In lower elementary schools omit class-room telephones ex- 
cept in first assistant's, room, boiler-room and one corridor. 

Note. — Drawings showing special fittings for both plumbing and inte- 
rior fittings will be found in Appendices XII., XIII. and XIV. 



293 



EQUIPMENT DETAILS 

On the following twenty-one pages are illustrated various 
tested and standard equipment details for public schools. The 
Boston detail plates are reproduced by permission from the 
latest annual report of The Boston School House Commission, 
and represent the standard requirements of the city of Boston 
for several years past. The other details shown are in line 
with the latest and best practice elsewhere. 



294 





TWO ILLUSTRATIONS OF BLOWER SYSTEMS. 
Courtesy of The American Blower Co., Detroit. 
Note. — The fan or blower is contained in the circular shaped hous- 
ing or casing. The upper illustration shows overhead delivery of 
hot air. The lower shows sub-basement floor ducts for the deliv- 
ery of hot air. 

295 




ILLUSTRATION OF MODERN BLOWER SYSTEM. 

Courtesy of The American Radiator Co. 

The large rectangular housing or boxes contain Hot "Vento" 
steam coils, and the curved housing contains the fan or blower. 
Cold air is drawn through the coils by the fan and forced thence 
out through the large ducts shown, into all parts of the building. 



296 



<-*v^«tb«_ SCALE »ir-\"FOOT 

■j^ MOOLHtl* TO 1-JfNi.** 



WARDROBE °FIT TINGS 



9 HOOK* 
btTWtEM BRACKETS 




"DETAIUOT CLOTHES "POLES USED WHEM 
AUL SIDES OF WAU.0-ROBES A*-E UTIUXED. 

Boston Public Schools 



297 



boston public Schools 
• lecture • 



mZM 




1& ' 9 



Fin. Floor- J 



J£ v 'JFlXo 




SECTION -TH ROUGH 
Pupils • DasK a,mo chair.- 
SEE -PLAN- &&JLOV/- 




Relk*T»jeo«rn r*- - ieiaNtivrooi! J prrril . 



s "fSSf 1 f r / SLl0 '^ B^Kgg^D p^fl 
i 1 r " ' ~* K " W^— -* — j 



P L.A.A4 
•WINDOWS ATARAX. OF ROOM- 



ROOM- 



298 



Boston Public schools 
•CHEMICAL- 

•LABORATOCY- 



• 6©Ki.va ovmfl. TpusucH'. 



cu 



LA 



*4-f» 



J ORAtTOR.|Y 

»J D 



*a 



r- 
m 



to. 



• sufeiNG- Blacks 



\& 



ft ^U 



M^ffiJBzzzi^ 



iSrocK. -ROOM 



Slate shgle buil r into wall 
A/« JUPPeR/ISD op IKON 8MCHTJ 

• PRtPARAXtOM • Room 



Ok? " ' 

3M^ 



h^H^f 



Slate swsti" 



lot 



Owe. 



r Y v 




Scal-c Feet 



s 

1 I I I I I 



ao 35 ^ o 

. I . J . .. J 



299 



PUPILSTABLE- 




•PARYmoN-O* BACK 
■At EACMORAWSIL' 

in enoxr. op-bach 



■4 wee s«ilp o* 
3 «ioh orcuto 



an~-*s- 



•SECTION A A- 



CHEMICAL-LAbOR^DCY- 



300 



i NsrauciDRS -table- 



^["ip 




Side.. . ej_e.vati om> 



I N • CHEMICAL- 




.PROMT. .E.L.E.VATION- 



-AND- -PHYSICAL- 

A\f ^.MERCORV-RlNOS CLp,B,0,,,r< 



u 



lis* 



4 — ~*7^l elkc-a pp^ rStust^-— — - — -^rSf r 



f^ 



T. ' J 1 



ll-PI/ME-TOP;. 

"^ ^j KAC < Fj&R. MAPS AND CrtARTS BEloU 



50APSTONE.SINK • PLAN- 



MCTTjj} 




&ORATORIES' 



ECU E M M 



u 



in 



IU 



•SECYIOM-AB- -SElCTIOM.CD. -END- 

Boston Public vSchools 



301 



CITY OF BOSTON 
•DE v O^R/sriWTABLE. 



*M 



ILIi 



2.-8" 



it 



''y rrr^t 









•=t! 



* % ! 



|L„___JJ 



V 



i'-9" 



L EGTURE • DOOM- 



v5CALE Vr. 

1 i mm + — " ■> 



302 



• PUPILS- -TABLE- 
Bostons ^-Public ^Schools 



WHTC PINE TOP 
^ANCE OF TABL£ WmW OAK 



:=TWT fi 



^ 



PHYSICAL- -i 



Wi \ -'A< 



* vc 



>• ! •> H 



> TABLES- LIKE ThiS 



s. 



:ffl 



' Fin • floor. • 



±fc 



'FRONT. -ELEVATION* 



ELEC 



:?" 



WO 



OOUBL6u_^_ 
«AS TERMINAL 



f WHITE: PIN& TOP- 



~* oooBlc 

cas-terminal 



y-h" 



\l rl' 



A 



LAEOCAIORY 



303 



PU PI L5 -TABLE- 

AND_^AR.BLE-,S1NK- 



jli PlLATE CJ.ASS-T3P jijjl 



PLAN- 



. -BOTANICAL- 

\ 3 /S FL^TS. CLAS5 GROUAO 



.•-"^•-<IC'C 



A ^ 



^'VVMiTE. PiME." *< 



rr 



n 



AN D • ZOOLOGICAL- i 

io'-o" — Jc 



F"^lo" SHELF 



3^ 



3.-6" 



a-b" 



„==.„; 



r-i f— 1 



•LAbOR^aODV- 



304 



DRAWING-ROOM- 




□□DO 
HBHD 

namn 



•Doors were, same as 
• other. comp^ittmsmts 



Boston Public Schools 



a 



m f^> 



• SECTION. 



CASEsFCmmW^-WWD&> 




=tfr 



MODEL.-STAMD 

•E-LEVATloN. 






J- 



Both Sipij 



bcm 




>=R.O/4T- 



DUDJLSTTNBLE- 



305 



•MANUAL-TRAINING -ROOM' 

SCALE )z Sr£ - 1 FOOT 

Boston Public Schools 



WIMWWJ Ofl THIS SIDE 



»iMO»i»rs>T 



^ 



TIACHt« K1K. 



kiTON rn»Aii< ■ nam 



Stock. Room 

OK.MOML' 



□ □ □ n □ 

n n □ d n 



□ □ □ □ □ n 

Uc^rlkT Foil 

n □ n □ □ ■ "him... wow. 
□ □□□"□ 



□ □ □ □ □ 



STOCK, t.tn «u ii 



TtAcdin* cj.o*rr 



Plan of manual training nkjm 3calb jjf« i foot 



->, ■ ■■ •■•■ .'.'.■.■■s.'.-.-.-/.'.'.-//.-.'s.'/."/.-:'s.' 



\* COMPARTMENTS- lOTltfO HiGH 

V 3'toiz" WlOE -4"T07"MI&H. 

^ Z-li'bEEP INSIDE 



r 



•ZZZZ2ZZZZZZZZZZ23CZZZ2ZZZZ. 




DETAIL 0> 5TOCK CASES 

SCALI It-IMOT' 




,Tor«o*Toivwi- 

l'MUMHM 

W>HOOH 



,FH6NT» To 

LIFT auT 

THEt» HOK1S 
TO COVIR H»T 
0«t <m iECTIom 
l« LCH6TM 
2 KMO.t TO 
■ ACM BOA«J> 



306 



COOKING-ROOM -^FITTINGS 




T 



i 



COC i< 1NG 



V 



I 
I' IRPH flU-SMlV StAK»«M« 

>EMCHes> 

'I FOOT 



Boston Public Schools 



WINDOW* ON THIS %\V%- 



I 



1 

i 



^frfffyjg?! 




PUKN OF COOKJMCr H.OOM 
StALft'l fOOT 



307 



SLATE -SINK- 




GlvLvMriMD ihoh Oiawmro Om. inert nwewo 
BKAcxn Pmntvs Foa. LARoa sinks 
. BsAewsTmio M fuapyfli>H tiNU w iaiihivt siu or >iiks< 

iMllMtNTTO H CBTOmU) WMSCKfCuLtn STlO* ICATIOrtS • 

•SLATE -URINAL- 




• 5 EC Y> O* • • ELEV ATfl Ort • 

Boston Public Schools 



308 



LAVATORY- BOWLS' 



Hor am© Colo 




B«viLLe» 



ELEVATION -PLAN 
CORNER,- 'CORNER 
•Bowl. • 



&OWL 




'QSP28& 




PLAN. 



S)Dfc 



• ELEVATION ° 

HINGES- 



WATER.- 

C1Q5ET- DOORS- 



•srr^ 





PlAN-OCUPFUBj 
STOfPlB. 



i 



°l=LEVATJON 



• ^SG^LE! 






LXiWSJt HINCS. 

SHOWJAJG. 



Boston Schools 



BRASS •HINGE.S" 



309 



NOTE: The illustrations on this and the next five pages 
are equipment details employed in the author's practice, and 
have been found complete and satisfactory. 




FRONT ELEVATION 




FLI/6& LIMED WITH G.|. 

Ann carried Down to 

sswejc 




GAS COHnejCTiONS GA;> 

°|l HOT WATER HERE.. 

COLD WATER AMD &UMSEI 
BURHER OH OTHER SuDE= 
WAT£R SUPPLY PIPES 
ij" DIAMETER. 



PLAM AT D 



PLAN ATC 



TXe>i_E.b in Chemical Laboratory 



310 



z 



\ 

uJ 

J 

-v ai 

uJ 

a 




l*! 



ijs 



^\w\\; 




■ ■-^■^--■■^■■^■^■^^s 



UUttHHtK 




^^'jy^ssssssswg 



iV^V^ ^^CC&M 




P 



311 




312 



P o 



< 

3 




5p 



ij! 






-60S 

fcZ2ZZZSZ3g2Zgg^ZZZZZZZZ O 




*< 



5IJ 

01S 



ta 


I 


4 


(1 





off 


IY 






H * 




*3 


a 


r * 


j 


H 4 


h 


5 3 


u 



313 






.■*'-"" JJ+BM.* l «"f. 



•4-o"-o.c. 

\ IO"6RAlS 
DR COPPER 

BOUTA 



1_&C£> OF 60ASS PIPE 
= l"-iaOM F'JPE SI^E. 
^7-fe'-OC. 



A 



r-i Fi-ooo. "^ 



SECTIOrS 



elevation 
Bemch Foe Physical. La&or^ktotc^ 




* 



HOOKS SPACB.D q'+PAXT 
//y tvjo Bows ew . 

tHSIOB. OHi-V. y 



$* 



■ ^- S//TA>*Cf£ 



S'-o" 



/A 



■£■ y/"cHAtinai. 



"\ 



-I 

K 



Sd 



Met 






e^p 



4*1 



%•**$ 



lit 



a 



3"X3"xA"J ]\4A/Gi.43 -3CBEW&D TOrt-OOK. 

COAT tiACKS IM HALLb 



3l£ 



314 




DUST OUTLET 



CHALK TROUGHS 



315 



REFERENCE TABLES 

The following tables are supplied to facilitate the designer' s 
work in planning school buildings, and not with any idea of 
covering the engineering needs of architects' offices. It is be- 
lieved that the tables given cover all ordinary requirements in 
school house planning — -up to the engineering stage — and in- 
cluding the simpler engineering problems. 

By the use' of these tables, the size of all flues, chimneys, 
heating and ventilating ducts, etc., may be obtained almost in- 
stantly, the required conditions being known; also nearly all other 
preliminary data needed in working out the heating and venti- 
lating systems of school buildings. 



316 



DIAMETERS OF 


CIRCLES, 


CIRCUMFERENCES, AREAS, SQUARES, 




CUBES 


, SQUARE 


ROOTS AND CUBE ROOTS. 




No. or 
Diameter. 


Circumfer- 
ence. 


Circular 
Area. 


Square. 


Cube. 


Square Root. 


Cube Root. 


1 


3.1416 


0.7854 


1 


1 


1.000 


1.000 


2 


6.2832 


3.1416 


4 


8 


1.414 


1.259 


3 


9.4248 


7.0686 


9 


27 


1.732 


1.442 


4 


12.57 


12.57 


16 


64 


2.000 


1.587 


5 


15.71 


19.63 


25 


125 


2.236 


1.709 


6 


18.85 


28.27 


36 


216 


2.449 


1.817 


7 


21.99 


38.48 


49 


343 


2.645 


1.912 


8 


25.13 


50.27 


64 


512 


2.828 


2.000 


9 


28.27 


63.62 


81 


729 


3.000 


2.080 


10 


31.42 


78.54 


100 


1,000 


3.162 


2.154 


11 


34.56 


95.03 


121 


1,331 


3.316 


2.223 


12 


37.70 


113.10 


144 


1,728 


3.464 


2.289 


13 


40.84 


132.73 


169 


2,197 


3.605 


2.351 


14 


43.98 


153.94 


196 


2.744 


3.741 


2.410 


15 


47.12 


176.71 


225 


3,375 


3.872 


2.466 


1G 


50.26 


201.06 


256 


4,096 


4.000 


2.519 


17 


53.41 


226.93 


289 


4,913 


4.123 


2.571 


19 


56.55 


254.47 


324 


5,832 


4.242 


2.620 


19 


59.69 


283.53 


361 


6,859 


4.358 


2.668 


20 


62.83 


314.16 


400 


8,000 


4.472 


2.714 


21 


65.97 


346.30 


441 


9,261 


4.582 


2.758 


22 


69.11 


380.13 


484 


10,648 


4.690 


2.802 


23 


72.26 


415.48 


529 


12,167 


4.795 


2.843 


24 


75.40 


452.39 


576 


13,824 


4.898 


2.884 


25 


78.54 


490.87 


625 


15,625 


5.000 


2.924 


26 


81.68 


530.93 


676 


17,576 


5.099 


2.962 


27 


84.82 


572.56 


729 


19,683 


5.196 


3.000 


28 


87.96 


615.75 


784 


21,952 


5.291 


3.036 


29 


91.11 


660 52 


841 


24,389 


5.385 


3.072 


30 


94.25 


706.86 


900 


27,000 


5.477 


3.107 


31 


97.39 


754.77 


961 


29,791 


5.567 


3.141 


32 


100.53 


804.25 


1,024 


32,768 


5.656 


3.174 


33 


103.67 


855.30 


1,089 


35,937 


5.714 


3.207 


34 


106.81 


907.92 


1,156 


39,304 


5.830 


3.239 


35 


109.96 


962.11 


1,225 


42,875 


5.916 


3.271 


30 


113.10 


1,017.88 


1,296 


46,656 


6.000 


3.301 


37 


116.24 


1,075.21 


1,369 


50,653 


6.082 


3.332 


38 


119.38 


1,134.11 


1,444 


54,872 


6.164 


3.361 


39 


122.52 


1,194.59 


1,521 


59,319 


6.244 


3.391 


40 


125.66 


1.256.64 


1,600 


64,000 


6.326 


3.419 


42 


131.95 


1,385.44 


1,764 


74,088 


6.480 


3.476 



DIAMETERS OF 


CIRCLES, 


CIRCUMFERENCES, AREAS, SQUARES, 


CUBES. SQUARE ROOTS AND CUBE ROOTS.-CContinu 


3d.) 


No. or 
Diameter. 


Circumfer- 
ence. 


Circular 
Area. 


Square. 


Cube. 


Square Root. 


Cube Root 


44 


138.23 


1,520.53 


1,936 


85,184 


6.633 


3.530 


46 


144.51 


1,661 90 


2,116 


97,336 


6.782 


3.583 


48 


150.80 


1,809.56 


2,304 


110,592 


6.928 


3.634 


50 


157.08 


1,963.50 


2,500 


125,000 


7.071 


3.684 


52 


163.36 


2,123.72 


2,704 


140,608 


7.211 


3.732 


54 


169.65 


2,290.22 


2,916 


157,464 


7.348 


3.779 


56 


175.93 


2,463.01 


3,136 


175,616 


7.483 


3.825 


58 


182.21 


2,642.08 


3,364 


195,112 


7.615 


3.870 


60 


188.50 


2,827.43 


3,600 


216.000 


7.745 


3.914 


62 


194.78 


3,019.07 


3,844 


238,328 


7.874 


3.957 


64 


201.06 


3216.99 


4.096 


262,144 


8.000 


4.000 


66 


207.34 


3,421.19 


4,356 


287.496 


8.124 


4.041 


68 


213.63 


3,631.68 


4,624 


314,432 


8.246 


4.081 


70 


219.91 


3,848.45 


4,900 


343,000 


8.366 


4.121 


72 


226.19 


4,071.50 


5,184 


373,248 


8.485 


4.160 


74 


232.48 


4,300.84 


5.476 


405,224 


8.602 


4.198 


76 


238.76 


4,536.46 


5,776 


438,976 


8.717 


4235 


78 


245.04 


4,778.36 


6,084 


474,552 


8-831 


4 272 


80 


251.33 


5,026.55 


6,400 


512,000 


8.944 


4.308 


82 


257.61 


5,281.02 


6,724 


551,368 


9.055 


4.344 


84 


263.89 


5,541.77 


7,056 


592,704 


9.165 


4.379 


86 


270.18 


5,808.80 


7.396 


636.056 


9.273 


4.414 


88 


276.46 


6,082.12 


7,744 


681,472 


9.380 


4.447 


90 


282.74 


6.361.73 


8,100 


729,000 


9.486 


4.481 


92 


289.03 


6,647.61 


8,464 


778,688 


9.591 


4.514 


94 


295.31 


6.939.78 


8,836 


830,584 


9.695 


4.546 


96 


301.59 


7,238.23 


9,216 


884,736 


9.797 


4.578 


98 


307.88 


7.542.96 


9,604 


941,192 


9.899 


4.610 


100 


314.16 


7,853.98 


10,000 


1,000,000 


10.000 


4.641 


102 


320.41 


8,171.28 


10,404 


1,061,208 


10099 


4.672 


104 


326.73- 


8.494.87 


10,816 


1,124,864 


10198 


4.702 


106 


333.01 


8,824.73 


11-, 236 


1,191,016 


10.295 


4.732 


108 


339.29 


9,160.88 


11,664 


1,259,712 


10.392 


4.762 


110 


345.57 


9,503.32 


12,100 


1,331,000 


10.488 


4.791 


112 


351.86 


9,852.03 


12,544 


1,404,928 


10.583 


4.820 


114 


358.14 


10,207.03 


12,996 


1.481.544 


10.677 


4.848 


116 


364.42 


10,568 32 


13,456 


1,560,896 


10.770 


4.876 


118 


370.71 


10,935.88 


13,924 


1,643,032 


10.862 


4.904 


120 


376.99 


11,309.73 


14,400 


1,728,000 


10 954 


4.932 


122 


383.27 


11,689.87 


14,884 


1.815,848 


11.045 


4.959 



AREAS OF CIRCLES AND LENGTHS OF THE SIDES OF SQUARES OF THE 

SAME AREA 



-Diam. of 
Circle in 
Inches. 


Area of 
Circle in 
Square 
Inches. 


Sides of 

Square of 

Same Area 

in Square 

Inches. 


Diam. of 
Circle in 
Inches. 


Area of 
Circle in 
Square 
Inches. 


Sides of 
Square of 
Same Area 
in Square 
Inches. 


Diam. of 
Circle in 
Inches. 


Area of 
Circle in 
Square 
Inches. 


Sides of 
Square of 
Same Area 
in Square 

Inches. 


1. 


.785 


.89 


21. 


346.36 


18.61 


41. 


1320.26 


36.34 


y% 


1.767 


1.33 




y 2 


363.05 


19.05 




y% 


1352.66 


36.78 


2. 


3.142 


1.77 


22. 




380.13 


19.50 


42. 




1385.45 


37.22 


■H 


4.909 


2.22 




y% 


397.61 


19.94 




y 2 


1418.63 


37.66 


3. 


7.069 


2.66 


23. 




415.48 


20.38 


43. 




1452.20 


38.11 


y 2 


9.621 


3.10 




y 2 


433.74 


20.83 




y 2 


1486.17 


38.55 


4. 


12.566 


3.54 


24. 




452.39 


21.27 


44. 




1520.53 


38,99 


Mi 


15.904 


. 3.99 




y 2 


471.44 


21.71 




y 2 


1555.29 


39.44 


5. 


19.635 


4.43 


25. 




490.88 


22.16 


45. 




1590.43 


39.88 


:H 


23.758 


4.87 




H 


510.71 


22.60 




y 2 


1625.97 


40.32 


6. 


28.274 


5.32 


26. 




530.93 


23.04 


46. 




1661.91 


40.77 


M 


33.183 


5.76 




y 2 


551.55 


23.49 




y 2 


1698.23 


41.21 


7. 


38.485 


6.20 


27 




572.56 


23.93 


47 




1734.95 


41.65 


■H 


44.179 


6.65 




y 2 


593.96 


24.37 




y 2 


1772.06 


42.10 


8. 


50.266 


7.09 


28 




615.75 


24.81 


48 




1809.56 


42.58 


3* 


56.745 


7.53 




y 2 


637.94 


25.26 




y 2 


1847.46 


42.98 


9. 


63.617 


7.98 


29 




660.52 


25.70 


49 




1885.75 


43.43 


.% 


70.882 


8.42 




H 


683.49 


26.14 




y 2 


1924.43 


43.87 


10. 


78.540 


8.86 


30 




706.86 


26.59 


50 




1963.50 


44.31 


y 2 


86.590 


9.30 




H 


730.62 


27.03 




y% 


2002.97 


44.75 


ii. 


95.03 


9.75 


31 




754.77 


27.47 


51. 




2042.83 


45.20 


■ l A 


103.87 


10.19 




y 2 


779.31 


27.92 




y 2 


2083.08 


45.64 


12.. 


113.10 


10.63 


32 




804.25 


28.36 


52 




2123.72 


46.08 


.'H 


122.72 


11.08 




H 


829.58 


28.S0 




y 2 


2164.76 


46.53 


13. 


132.73 


11.52 


33 




855.30 


29.25 


53 




2206.19 


46.97 


,H 


143.14 


11.96 




y 2 


881.41 


29.69 




y 2 


2248.01 


47.41 


14. 


153.94 


12.41 


34 




907.92 


30.13 


54 




2290.23 


47.86 


•H 


165.13 


12.85 




y 2 


934.82 


30.57 




y 2 


2332.83 


48.30 


15. 


176.72 


13.29 


35 




962.11 


31.02 


55 




2375.83 


48.74 


• K 


188.69 


13.74 




y 2 


989.80 


31.46 




y 2 


2419.23 


49.19 


16. 


201.06 


14.18 


36 




1017.88- 


31.90 


56 




2463.01 


49.63 


■H 


213.83 


14.62 




■y 2 


1046.35 


32.35 




y 2 


2507.19 


50.07 


17. 


226.98 


15.07 


37 




1075.21 


32.79 


57 




2551.76 


50.51 


•H 


240.53 


15.51 




■k 


1104.47 


33.23 




y 2 


2596.73 


50.96 


18. 


254.47 


15.95 


38 




1134.12 


33.68 


58 




2642.09 


51.40 


•H 


268.80 


16.40 




y 2 


1164.16 


34.12 




y 2 


2687.84 


51.84 


19. 


283.53 


16.84 


39 




1194.59 


34.56 


59 




2733.98 


52.29 


■V2 


298.65 


17.28 




y 2 


1225.42 


35.01 




y 2 


2780.51 


52.73 


20. 


314.16 


17.72 


40 




1256.64 


35.45 


60 




2827.74 


53.17 


•H 


330.06 


18.17 




y 2 


1288.25 


35.89 




y 2 


2874.76 


53.62 



319 



FLUE AREA REQUIRED FOR THE PASSAGE OF A GIVEN VOLUME OF AIR 
AT A GIVEN VELOCITY 



> 












:locity in 














Vi 


Feet 


Per Minute. 






300 


400 


500 


600 


700 


800 


900 


1000 


1100 


1200 


1300 


1400 


1500 


1600 


100 


48 


36 


29 


24 


21 


18 


16 


14 


13 


12 


.11 


10 


9.6 


9. 


125 


60 


45 


36 


30. 


26 


23 


20 


18 


16 


15 


14, 


13 


12. 


11.3 


150 


72 


54 


43 


36 


31 


27 


24 


22 


20 


18 


16 


15 


14.4 


13.5 


175 


84 


03 


50 


42 


36 


32 


28 


25 


23 


21 


19 


18 


16.8 


15.8 


200 


96 


72 


58 


48 


41 


36 


32 


29 


26 


24 


22 


21 


19.2 


18. 


225 


108 


81 


65 


54 


46 


41 


36 


32 


29 


27 


25 


23 


21.6 


20.3 


250 


120 


90 


72 


60 


51 


45 


40 


36 


33 


30 


28 


26 


24. 


22.5 


275 


132 


99 


79 


66 


57 


50 


44 


40 


36 


33 


30 


28 


26.4 


24.8 


300 


144 


108 


86 


72 


62 


54 


48 


43 


39 


36 


33 


31 


28.8 


27. 


325 


156 


117 


94 


78 


67 


59 


52 


47 


43 


39 


36 


33 


31.2 


29.3 


350 


16S 


126 


101 


84 


72 


63 


56 


50 


46 


42 


39 


36 


33.6 


31.5 


375 


180 


135 


108 


90 


77 


68 


60 


54 


49 


45 


42 


39 


36. 


33.8 


400 


192 


144 


115 


96 


82 


72 


64 


58 


52 


48 


44 


41 


38.4 


36. 


425 


204 


153 


122 


102 


87 


77 


68 


61 


56 


51 


47 


44 


40.8 


38.3 


450 


216 


162 


130 


108 


93 


81 


72 


65 


59 


54 


50 


46 


43.2 


40.5 


475 


228 


171 


137 


114 


98 


86 


76 


68 


62 


57 


53 


49 


45.6 


42.8 


500 


240 180 


144 


120 


103 


90 


80 


72 


65 


60 


55 


51 


48. 


45. 


525 


252 


189 


151 


126 


108 


95 


84 


76 


69 


63 


58 


54 


50.4 


47.3 


550 


264 


198 


158 


132 


113 


99 


88 


79 


72 


66 


61 


57 


52.8 


49.5 


575 


276 


207 


166 


138 


118 


101 


92 


83 


75 


69 


64 


59 


55.2 


51.8 


600 


288 


216 


173 


144 


123 


108 


96 


86 


79 


72 


66 


62 


57.6 


54. 


625 


300 


225 


180 


150 


129 


113 


100 


90 


82 


75 


69 


64 


60. 


56.3 


650 


312 


234 


187 


156 


134 


117 


104 


94 


85 


78 


72 


67 


62.4 


58.5 


675 


324 


243 


194 


162 


139 


122 


108 


97 


88 


81 


75 


69 


64.8 


60.8 


700 


336 


252 


202 


16S 


144 


126 


112 


101 


92 


84 


78 


72 


67.2 


63. 


725 


348 


261 


209 


174 


149 


131 


116 


104 


95 


87 


80 


75 


69.6 


65.3 


750 


360 


270 216 


180 


154 


135 


120 


108 


98 


90 


83 


77 


72. 


67.5 


775 


372 


279 


223 


186 


159 


140 


124 


112 


101 


93 


86 


80 


74.4 


69.8 


SOO 


384 


2SS 


230 


192 


165 


144 


128 


115 


105 


96 


89 


82 


76.8 


72. 


825 


396 


297 


238 


198 


170 


149 


132 


119 


108 


99 


91 


85 


79.2 


74.3 


850 


408 306 


245 


204 


175 


153 


136 


122 


111 


102 


94 


87 


81.6 


76.5 


875 


420 


315 


252 


210 


180 


158 


140 


126 


115 


105 


97 


90 


84. 


78.8 


900 


432 


324 


259 


216 


185 


162 


144 


130 


118 


108 


100 


93 


86.4 


81. 


925 


444 


333 


266 


222 


190 


167 


1 is 


133 


121 


111 


103 


95 


88.8 


83.3 


950 


456 


342 274 


228 


195 


171 


152 


137 


124 


114 


105 


98 


91.2 


85.5 


975 


468 


351 


281 


234 


201 


176 


156 


140 


128 


117 


108 


100 


93.6 


87.8 


1000 


480 


360 


288 


240 


206 


180 


160 


144 


131 


120 


111 


103 


96. 


90. 



320 



FLUE AREA REQUIRED FOR THE PASSAGE OF A GIVEN VOLUME OP AIR 
AT A GIVEN VELOCITY 



s 
ll 

> 


Velocity in Feet Per Minute. 


170C 


1800 


1900 


2000 


2100 


2200 


2300 


2400 


2600 


2700 


2800 


2900 


3000 


3100 


100 


8.5 


8 


7.6 


7.2 


6.9 


6.6 


6.3 


6. 


5.5 


5.3 


5.1 


5. 


4.8 


4.6 


125 


10.6 


10 


9.5 


9. 


8.6 


8.2 


7.8 


7.5 


6.9 


6.7 


6.4 


6.2 


6. 


5.8 


150 


12.7 


12 


11.4 


10.8 


10.3 


9.8 


9.4 


9. 


8. 


8. 


7.7 


7.5- 


7.2 


7. 


175 


14.8 


14 


13.3 


12.6 


12. 


11.5 


11. 


10.5 


9.7 


9.3 


9. 


8.7 


8.4 


8.1 


200 


16.9 


16 


15.2 


14.4 


13.7 


13.1 


12.5 


12. 


11.1 


10.7 


10.3 


9.9 


9.6 


9.3 


225 


19.1 


18 


17.1 


16.2 


15.6 


14.7 


14.1 


13.5 


12.5 


12. 


11.6 


11.2 


10.8 


10.4 


250 


21.2 


20 


19. 


18. 


17.1 


16.4 


15.7 


15. 


13.9 


13.3 


12.9 


12.4 


12. 


11.6 


275 


23.3 


22 


21.8 


19.8 


18.9 


18. 


17.2 


16.5 


15.2 


14.7 


14.1 


13.7 


13.2 


12.8 


300 


25.4 


24 


22.7 


21.6 


20.6 


19.6 


18.8 


18. 


16.6 


16. 


15.4 


14.9 


14.4 


13.9 


325 


27.5 


26 


24.6 


23.4 


22.3 


21.3 


20.6 


19.5 


18. 


17.3 


16.7 


16.1 


15.6 


15.1 


350 


29.6 


28 


26.5 


25.2 


24. 


22.9 


21.9 


21. 


19.4 


18.7 


18. 


17.4 


16.8 


16.3 


375 


31.8 


30 


28.4 


27. 


25.7 


24.5 


23.5 


22.5 


20.8 


20. 


19.3 


18.6 


18. 


17.4 


400 


33.9 


32 


30.3 


28.8 


27.4 


26.2 


25.. 


24. 


22.2 


21.3 


20.6 


19.8 


19.2 


18.6 


425 


36. 


34 


32.2 


30.6 


29.1 


27.8 


26.6 


25.5 


23.5 


22.7 


21.9 


21.1 


20.4 


19.7 


450 


38.1 


36 


34.1 


32.4 


30.9 


29.5 


28.2 


27. 


24.9 


24. 


23.1 


22.3 


21.6 


20.9 


475 


40.2 


38 


36. 


34.2 


32.6 


31.1 


29.7 


28.5 


26.3 


25.3 


24.4 


23.6 


22.8 


22.1 


500 


42.4 


40 


37.9 


36. 


34.3 


32.7 


31.3 


30. 


27.7 


26.7 


25.7 


24.8 


24. 


23.2 


525 


44.5 


42 


39.8 


37.8 


36. 


34.4 


32.9 


31.5 


29.1 


28. 


26.9 


25. 


25.2 


24.4 


550 


46.6 


44 


41.7 


38.6 


37.7 


36. 


34.4 


33. 


30.5 


29.3 


28.3 


27.3 


26.4 


25.5 


575 


48.7 


46 


43.6 


41.4 


39.4 


37.6 


36. 


34.5 


31.9 


30.7 


29.6 


28.5 


27.6 


26.7 


600 


50.8 


48 


45.5 


43.2 


41.1 


39.3 


37.6 


36. 


33.2 


32. 


30.8 


29.8 


28.8 


27.8 


625 


52.9 


50 


47.4 


45. 


42.9 


40.9 


39.1 


37.5 


34.6 


33.3 


32.1 


31. 


30. 


29. 


650 


55.1 
57.2 


52 

54 


49.3 
51.2 


46.8 
48.6 


44.6 
46.3 


42.5 
44.1 


40.7 
42.3 


39. 
40.5 


36. 


34.7 


33.4 


32.2 


31.2 


30.2 


675 


37.5 


36. 


34.7 


33.5 


32.4 


31.3 


700 


59.3 


56 


53.1 


50.4 


48. 


45.8 


43.8 


42. 


38.8 


37.3 


36. 


34.7 


33.6 


32.5 


725 


61.4 


58 


55. 


52.2 


49.7 


47.4 


45.4 


43.5 


40.2* 


38.7 


37.3 


36. 


34.8 


33.6 


750 


63.5 


60 


56.9 


54. 


51.4 


49.1 


47. 


45. 


41.5 


40. 


38.6 


37.2 


36. 


34.8 


775 


65.6 


62 


58.8 


56.3 


53.1 


50.7 


48.5 


46.5 


42.9 


41.3 


39.9 


38.5 


37.2 


36. 


800 


67.8 


64 


60.6 


57.6 


54.9 


52.4 


50.1 


48. 


44.3 


42.7 


41.2 


39.7 


38.4 


37.1 


825 


69.9 


66 


62.5 


59.4 


56.6 


54. 


51.7 


49.5 


45.7 


44. 


42.4 


40.9 


39.6 


38.3 


850 


72. 


68 


64.4 


61.2 


58.4 


55.6 


53.2 


51. 


47.1 


45.3 


43.7 


42.2 


40.8 


39.4 


875 


74. 


70 


67.3 


63. 


60. 


57.3 


54.8 


52.5 


48.5 


46.7 


45. 


43.4 


42. 


40.6 


900 


76.2 


72 


68.2 


64.8 


61.7 


58.9 


56.3 


54. 


49.9 


48. 


46.3 


44.6 


43.2 


41.8 


925 


78.4 


74 


70.1 


66.6 


63.4 


60.5 


57.9 


55.5 


51.3 


49.3 


47.6 


46. 


44.4 


42.9 


950 


80.5 


76 


72. 


68.4 


65.1 


62.2 


59.5 


57. 


52.6 


50.7 


48.8 


47.1 


45.6 


44.1 


975 


82.6 


78 


73.9 


70.2 


66.8 


63.8 


61.0 


58.5 


54. 


52. 


50.2 


48.4 


46.8 


45.3 


1000 


84.7 


80 


75.8 


72. 


68.7 


66. 


62.6 


60. 


55.4 


53.3 


51.4 


49.6 


48i 


46.4 



321 



Diameter 


of Air Pipes for Various 


Velocities 




tjOz. 


AOz. 


^Oz. 


MOz. 


MOz. 


MOz. 


1 Oz. 


Cubic 


Pressure 


Pressure 


Pressure 


Pressure 


Pressure 


Pressure 


Pressure 


















Air 


Velocity 


Velocity 


Velocity 


Velocity 


Velocity 


Velocity 


Velocit / 


per 


1 1 Feet 


15.5 Feet 


22 Feet 


43 Feet 


60.9 Feet 


74.7 Feet 


86.25 Feet 


Minute 


per 


per 


per 


per 


per 


per 


per 




Second 


Second 


Second 


Second 


Second 


Second 


Second 


100 






Diamete 


rs of Pipe, 


in Inches 






5.3 


4.5 


3.8 


2.7 


2.3 


2 


1.9 


200 


7.5 


6.4 


5.3 


3.8 


3.2 


2.9 


2.7 


300 


9.2 


7.7 


6.5 


4.7 


3.9 


3.6 


3.3 


400 


10.6 


9 


7.5 


5.4 


4.5 


4.1 


3.8 


500 


11.8 


10.1 


8.4 


6 


5.1 


4.6 


4.3 


600 


12.9 


11.1 


9.2 


6.6 


5.5 


5 


4.7 


700 


14 


11.9 


9.9 


7.1 


6 


5.4 


5 


800 


15 


13 


10.6 


7.6 


6.4 


5.8 


5.4 


900 


15.9 


13.4 


11.3 


8 


6.8 


6.1 


5.7 


1000 


16.7 


14.1 


11.8 


8.5 


7.1 


6.4 


6 


1250 


18.8 


15.8 


13.2 


9.5 


8 


7.2 


6.7 


1500 


20.5 


17.2 


14.5 


10.4 


8.7 


7.9 


7.4 


1750 


22.3 


18.6 


15.6 


11.2 


9.4 


8.5 


7.9 


2000 


23.6 


20 


16.7 


12 


10.1 


9.1 


8.6 


2500 


26.6 


22.3 


18.7 


13.4 


11.3 


10.5 


9.4 


3000 


28.9 


24.4 


20.5 


14.7 


12.4 


11.1 


10.3 


3500 


32 


26.6 


22.3 


15.8 


13.3 


12.1 


11.6 


4000 


33.4 


28 


23.6 


16.9 


13.8 


12.8 


11.9 


4500 


35.4 


29.7 


25.1 


17.9 


15.1 


13.6 


12.7 


5000 


37.3 


31.4 


26.4 


18.9 


15.8 


14.3 


13.4 


6000 


40.9 


34.4 


28.9 


20.7 


17.4 


15.7 


14.6 


7000 


44.1 


37.1 


31.2 


22.3 


18.8 


17 


15.8 


8000 


47.2 


39.7 


33.4 


23.9 


20.1 


18.1 


16.9 


9000 


50 


42.2 


35.4 


25.3 


21.3 


19.2 


17.9 


10000 


52.7 


44.4 


37.3 


26.7 


22.4 


20.3 


18.9 


15000 


64.6 


54.3 


45.7 


32.7 


27.4 


24.8 


23.1 


20000 


74.6 


62.5 


52.7 


37.7 


31.7 


28.6 


26.6 


25000 


84 


70.2 


59 


42.2 


35.5 


32 


29.8 


30000 


91.3 


76.9 


64.6 


46.2 


38.8 


35.1 


32.6 


35000 


98.6 


83 


69.8 


49.8 


41.8 


37.9 


35.2 


40000 


105.5 


88.2 


74.6 


53.3 


43.6 


40.5 


37.7 


50000 


118 


99.3 


83.4 


59.6 


50.1 


45.3 


42.1 





TABLB OF SIZB OF CHIMNBYS FOR POWER PLANTS 






Diam- 
eter in 
Inches 




Height of Chimneys and 


Commercial Horsepower 




Side of 
Square 
Chim- 

Inches 


Effect- 
Area 

Square 
Feet 


Actual 

Square 
Feet 


50 
Feet 


60 
Feet 


70 
Feet' 


80 
Feet 


90 
Feet 


100 
Feet 


110 
Feet 


125 
Feet 


150 

Feet 


175 
Feet 


200 
Feet 


IS 
21 
24 
27 
30 
33 
36 
39 
42 
48 
54 
60 
66 
72 
78 
84 
90 
96 
102 
108 
114 
120 
126 
132 
138 
144 


23 
35 
40 
65 

84 


25 
38 
54 
72 
92 
115 
141 


27 
41 
58 
78 
100 
125 
152 
183 
216 


















16 

19 

22 

24 

27 

30 

32 

35 

38 

43 

48 

54 

59 

64 

70 

75 

80 

86 

90 

96 

101 

106 

112 

117 

122 

127 


.97 

1 47 

2.08 

2.78 

3 58 

4.48 

6> 47 

6 57 

7.76 

10.44 

13 51 

16 96 

20 83 

25.08 

29 . 73 

34.76 

40.19 

46. CI 

52.23 

58.83 

65.83 

73.22 

81.00 

89.19 

97.75 

106.72 


1.77 

2.41 

3.14 

3.98 

4 91 

6„94 

7 07 

8.30 

9.62 

li.57 

15.90 

19.64 

23.76 

28.27 

33.18 

38 48 

44.18 

50.27 

66.75 

63 62 

70. 8S 

78.54 

86 59 

95.03 

103.86 

113 10 


















62 
83- 
107 
133 
163 
196 
231 
311 
363 
505 






























113 
141 

173 
208 
245 
330 
427 
536 
658 
792 


























182 
219 
258 
348 
449 
565 
684 
835 
995 
1.163 


























271 

365 

472 

593 

728 

876 

1.038 

1.214 

1.415 

1.616 














389 

503 

632 

776 

934. 

1.107 

1.294 

1.496 

1.720 

1,946 

2,192 

2.459 














651 
602 

849 
1,023 
1.212 
1.418 
1.639 
1.876 
2.133 
2.402 
2.687 
2.990 
3.308 
3.642 
3,791 
4.357 












748 
918 
1.105 
1.310 
1.531 
1.770 
2,027 
2.303 
2.594 
2.903 
3.230 
3.573 
3.735 
4.311 
4.407 


981 
1,181 
1.400 
1.637 
1.893 
2,167 
2.462 
2.773 
3.003 
3.452 
3,820 
4,205 
4.608 
5.031 






















































1.537 























































































































Table of Necessary Increased Pipe Diameters 




for Different Lengths 


Length of Pipe 


30' 


60' 


90' 


120' j 150' 


180' 


210' 


240' 


270' 


300' 






0, <u 


<a a 


O CB 


a> a 


0> <u 


a> a> 


v a) 


a <o 


OJ CU 


o> <u 


Diameter of 
Blower Outlet, 


en 

E2 


Q.XI 
&2 


ax 
S3 


E2 




E2 


CO 

&2 


Q.XI 

•a 3 


Q.XI ■ 

S2 

•4- 3 


CO 
E2 


in Inches 


o o 


g 














g 





O 


O 






OS'S 


ca-S 


ni-* 




<s-S 


*■** 


«-s 


« CO 


m-* 


-■a 






Q 


P 


P 


p 


P 


P 


p 


p 


P 


p 


3 




3% 


3% 


4 


4% 


4% 


4% 


5 


5% 


5% 


5% 


3% 




3% 


4% 


4% 


4% 


5 


5% 


5% 


5% 


5% 


6% 


4 




4% 


4% 


5% 


5% 


5% 


6 


6% 


6V2 


6% 


7 


4% 




5 


5% 


5% 


6 


6% 


6% 


7 


7% 


7% 


7% 


5 




5% 


6 


6% 


6% 


7% 


7% 


7% 


8% 


8% 


8% 


6 




m 


7 


7% 


8 


8% 


9 


9% 


9% 


10% 


10% 


7 




7% 


8% 


8% 


9% 


10 


10% 


10% 


11% 


11% 


12% 


8 




8% 


9% 


10% 


10% 


11% 


11% 


12% 


12% 


13% 


13% 


9 




10 


10% 


11% 


12% 


12% 


13% 


14 


14% 


15% 


15% 


10 




11 


11% 


12% 


13% 


14% 


14% 


15% 


16^ 


16% 


17% 


11 




12 


13 


13% 


14% 


15% 


16% 


17% 


17% 


18% 


19% 


12 




13% 


14% 


15% 


16% 


17 


17% 


18% 


19% 


20% 


20% 


13 




14% 


15% 


16% 


17% 


18% 


19% 


20% 


21 


21% 


22% 


14 




15% 


16% 


17% 


18% 


19% 


20% 


21% 


22% 


23% 


24% 


15 




16% 


17% 


19 


20% 


21% 


22% 


23% 


24% 


25% 


26 


16 




17% 


19 


20% 


21% 


22% 


23% 


24% 


25% 


26% 


27% 


17 




17% 


20% 


21% 


22% 


24 


25% 


26% 


27% 


28% 


29% 


18 




19% 


21% 


22% 


24% 


25% 


26% 


27% 


29% 


30% 


31% 


19 




20% 


22% 


24 


25% 


27 


28% 


29% 


30% 


31% 


33 


20 




22 


23% 


25% 


27% 


28% 


29% 


31 


32% 


33% 


34% 


21 




23 


24% 


26% 


28% 


29% 


31% 


32% 


33% 


35% 


363% 


22 




24% 


26% 


27% 


29% 


31% 


32% 


34% 


35% 


36% 


38% 


23 




25% 


27% 


29% 


30% 


32% 


34% 


35% 


37% 


38% 


39% 


24 




26% 


28% 


30% 


32% 


34 


35% 


37% 


38% 


40% 


41% 


Length of Pipe 


30' 


60' 


90' 


120' 


150' 


180' 


210' 


240' 


270' 


300' 


Length of Mouth-piece. 


9" 


15" 


21" 


27" 


33" 


39" 


42" 


48" 


54" 60" 


Pressures, Corressponding Velocities and 




Water Column Heights 


Table of 


Correspond. 


Air Velocities 


Table of 


Correspond. 


Air Velocities 


Pressures 


Height of 


per Minute, 


Pressures 


Height of 


per Minute, 


per Sq. In. 


Water Col. 


Corres. to 


per Sq. In. 


Water Col. 


Corres. to 


in Ounces 


in Inches 


Pressures per 
Sq. Inch 


in Ounces 


in Inches 


Pressures per 
Sq. Inch 


% 


.4335 


2584.80 


10 


17.340 


16683.51 


% 


.8671 


3657.60 


11 


19.074 


' 17533.50 


% 


1.3005 


4482.00 


12 


20.808 


18350.34 


1 


1.734 


5175.00 


13 


22.542 


19138.26 


2 


3.468 


7338.24 


14 


24.276 


19900.68 


3 


5.202 


9006.42 


15 


26.010 


20640.48 


4 


6.936 


10421.58 


16 


27.750 


21360.00 


5 


8.670 


11676.00 


17 


29.478 


22060.80 


6 


10.404 


12817.08 


18 


31.212 


22745.40 


7 


12.138 


13872.72 


19 


32.946 


23415.00 


8 


13.872 


14861.16 


20 


34.680 


24070.80 


9 


15.606 


15795.06 









323 



T 


ABLE OF AREAS AND CUBICAL CONTENTS 




Ceiling Heights 






Room 


i 
















Size 


Area 1 8 J/2"' 


9' 


w 


10' 


WX 


11' 


12' 


13' 


15' 


10x10 


100 


850 900 


950 


1000 


1050 


1100 


1200 


1300 1 1500, 


10x10)2 


105 


8931 945 


997 


1050 


1103 


1155 


1260 


1365 15751 


10x11 


110 


935! 990 1045 


1100 


1155 


1210 


1320 


1430 


1650 


10x11} 4 


115 


978 1035 1092 


1150 


1208 


1265 


1380 


1495 


1725 


10x12 


120 1020 1080 1140 


1200 


1260 


1320 


1440 


1560 


1800 


10x12^ 


125 


1063 1125; 1187 


1250 


1313 


1375 


1500 


1625 


1875 


10x13 


130 


11051170 1235 


1300 


1365 


1430 


1560 


1690 


1950 


10x13^ 


135 


11481215; 1282 


1350 


1418 


1485 


1620 


1755 


2025 


10x14 


140 


11901260 1330 


1400 


1470 


1540 


1680 


1820 


2100 


10x14 J^ 


145 


1233 1305 1377 


1450 


1523 


1595 


1740 


1885 


2175 


10x15 


150 


12751350' 1425 


1500 


1575 


1650 


1800 


1950 


2250 


10x153^ 


155 


13181395 1472 


1550 


1628 


1705 


1860 


2015 


2325 


10x16 


160 


1360 1440 1520 


1600 


1680 


1760 


1920 


2080 


2400 


10x16^ 


165 


1403 1485 1567 


1650 


1733 


1815 1980 


2045 


2475 


10x17 


170 


1445 1530 1615 


1700 


1785 


1870 


2040 


2210 


2550 


10x17^ 


175 


1488 1575 1662 


1750 


1838 


1925 


2100 


2275 


2625 


10x18 


180 


1530 1620 1710 


1800 


1890 


1980 


2160 


2340 


2700 


10x18 H 


185 


1573 1665 1757 


1850 


1943 


2035 


2220 


2405 


2775; 


10x19 


190 


16151710 1805 


1900 


1995 


2090 


2280 


2470 


2850 


10x1 9 }/9 


195 


1658 1755! 1852 


1950 


2048 


2145 


2340 2535 


2925 


10x20 


200 


17001800 1900 


2000 


2100 


2200 


2400 1 2600 


3000 


11x11 


121 


1029 1089 1149 


1210 


1271 


1331 


1452 


1573 


1815 


11x12 


132 


11221188) 1254 


1320 


1386 


1452 


1584 


1716 


1980 


11x13 


143 


1216,1287 1358 


1430 


1502 


1573 


1716 


1859 


2145 


11x14 


154 


1309 1386! 1463 


1540 


1617 


1694 


1848 2002 


2310 


11x15 


165 


140:; 1485: 1567 


1650 


1733 


1815 


1980 


2145 


2475 


11x16 


176 


14961584 


1672 


1760 


1848 


1936 


2112 


2288 


2640 


11x17 


187 


1590(1683 


1776 


1870 


1964 


2057 


2244 


2431 


2805 


11x18 


198 


1683!1782 1881 


1980 


2079 


2178 


2376 


2574 


2970 


11x19 


209 


177718811 1986 


2090 


2195 


2299 


2508 


2717 


3135 


11x20 


220 1870 1980 1 2090 


2200 


2310 


2420 


2640 


2860 


3300 


11x21 


231 1964 2079 2194 


2310 


2426 


2541 


2772 


3003 


34651 


11x22 


2422057i2178 2299 


2420 


2541 


2662 


2904 


3146 


3630 


12x12 


144112241296 1368 


1440 


1512 


1584 


1728 


1872 


2160 


12x13 


156 1326.1404 1482 


1560 


1638 


1716 


1872 


2028 


2340 


12x14 


168!l428|1512 1596 


1680 


1764 


1848 


2016 


2184 


2520 


12x15 


180|1530!l620| 1710 


1800 


1890 


1980 


2160 


2340 


2700 


12x16 


192 


1632 17281 1824 


1920 


2016 


2112 


2304 


2496 


2880 


12x17 


204 


1734 1836J 1938 


2040 


2142 


2244 2448 


2652 


3060 


12x18 


216 


1836 1944; 2052 


2160 


2268 


2376 


2592 


2808 


3240 


12x19 


228; 


1938 2052 


2166 


2280 


2394 


2508 


2736 


2964 


3420 


12x20 


240 


2040 2160 


2280 


2400 


2520 


2640 


2880 


3120 


3600 


12x21 


252 


2142 2268 


2394 


2520 


2646 


2772 


3024 


3276 


3780 


12x22 


264! 


2244 


2376 2508 


2640 


2772 


2904 


3168 


3432 


3960 


12x23 


276 


2346 


2484 2622 


2760 


2898 


3036 


3312 


3588 


4140 


12x24 


288| 


2448 


25921 2736J 


2880 


3024 


3168 


3456 


3744 


4320 


13x13 


169! 


1437 


1521 1605 


1690 


1775 


1859 


2028 


2197 


2535 


13x14 


1821 


1547 


16381 17291 


1820 


1911 20021 2184 


2366 


2730 



324 



TABLE OF AREAS AND CUBICAL CONTENTS 




Ceiling Heights 








Room 






















Size 


Area 


m 


9' 


W 


10' 


ioy 2 ' 


11' 


12' 


13' 


15' 


13x15 


195 


16581755 


1852 


1950 


2048 


2145 


2340 


2535 


2925 


13x16 


208 


17681872 


1976 


2080 


2184 


2288 


2496 


2704 


3120 


13x17 


221 


1879J1989 


2099 


2210 


2321 


2431 


2652 


2873 


3315 


13x18 


234 


19892106 


2223 


2340 


2457 


2574 


2808 


3042 


3510 


13x19 


24712100 


2223 


2346 


2470 


2594 


2717 


2964 


3211 


3705 


13x20 


26012210 


2340 


2470 


2600 


2730 


2860 


3120 


3380 


3900 


13x21 


273|2321 


2457 


2593 


2730 


2867 


3003 


3276 


3549 


4095 


13x22 


2862431 


2574 


2717 


2860 


3003 


3146 


3432 


3718 


4290 


13x23 


2992542 


2691 


2840 


2990 


3140 


3289 


3588 


3887 


4485 


13x24 


312J2652 


2808 


2964 


3120 


3276 


3432 


3744 


4056 


4680 


13x25 


3252763 


2925 


3087 


3250 


3413 


3575 


3900 


4225 


4875 


13x26 


338:2873 


3042 


3211 


3380 


3549 


3718 


4056 


4394 


5070 


14x14 


1961666 


1764 


1862 


1960 


2058 


2156 


2352 


2548 


2940 


14x15 


2101785 


1890 


1995 


2100 


2205 


2310 


2520 


2730 


3150 


14x16 


2241904 


2016 


2128 


2240 2352 


2464 


2688 


2912 


3360 


14x17 


2382023 


2142 


2261 


2380 2499 


2618 


2856 


3094 


3570 


14x18 


252,2142 


2268 


2394 


2520 2646 


2772 


3024 


3276 


3780 


14x19 


2662261 


2394 


2527 


2660 2793 


2926 


3192 


3458 


3990 


14x20 


280^2380 


2520: 2660 


2800 2940 


3080 


3360 


3640 


4200 


14x21 


294 2499 2646! 2793 


2940, 3087 


3234 


3528 


3822 


4410 


14x22 


30826182772! 2926 


3080! 3234 


3388 


3696 


4004 


4620 


14x23 


322 2737 2898! 3059 


3220! 3381 


3542 


3864 


4186 


4830 


14x24 


336 2856 


3024 3192 


3360 3528 


3696 


4032 


4368 


5040 


14x25 


350 2975 


31501 3325 


3500 


3675 


3850 


4200 


4550 


5250 


14x26 


364 3094 


3276 3458 


3640 


3822 


4004 


4368 


4732 


5460 


14x27 


378,3213 


3402 3591 


3780 


3969 


4158 


4536 


4914 


5670 


14x28 


39213332 


3528 3724 


3920 


4116 


4312 


4704 


5096 


5880 


15x15 


225J1913 


2025 2137 


2250 


2363 


2475 


2700 


2925 


3375 


15x16 


24012040 


2160 2280 


2400 


2520 


2640 


2880 


3120 


3600 


15x17 


255J2168 


2295 2422 


2550 


2678 


2805 


3060 


3315 


3825 


15x18 


2702295 


2430 2565 


2700 


2835 


2970 


3240 


3150 


4050 


15x19 


2852423 


2565; 2707 


2850 


2993 


3135 


3420 


3705 


4275 


15x20 


3002550 


2700 2850 


3000 


3150 


3300 


3600 


3900 


4500 


15x21 


315 ! 2678 


2835: 2992 


3150 


3308 


3465 


3780 


4095 


4725 


15x22 


330!2805 


2970 3135 


3300 


3465 


3630 


3960 


4290 


4950 


15x23 


345 


2933 


3105 3277 


3450 


3623 


3795 


4140 


4485 


5175 


15x24 


360 


3060 


3240 3420 


3600 


3780 


3960 


4320 


4680 


5400 


15x25 


375 


3188 


3375, 3562 


3750 


3938 


4125 


4500 


4875 


5625 


15x26 


390 3315 


3510 3705 


3900 


4095 


4290 


4680 


5070 


5850 


15x27 


405 


3443 


3645 1 3847 


4050 


4253 


4455 


4860 


5265 


6075 


15x28 


420 


3570 


3780! 3990 


4200 


4410 


4620 


5040 


5460 


6300 


15x29 


435 


3698 


3915! 4132 


4350 


4568 


4785 


5220 


5655 


6525 


15x30 


450 


3825 


4050 4275 


4500 


4725 


4950 


5400 


5850 


6750 


16x16 


256 


2176 


2304 2432 


2560 


2688 


2816 


3072 


3328 


3840 


16x17 


272 


2312 


2448 2584 


2720 


2856 


2992 


3264 


3556 


4080 


16x18 


288 


2448 


2592 2736 


2880 


3024 


3168 


2456 


3744 


4320 


16x19 


304 


2584 


2736 2888 


3040 


3192 


3344 


3648 


3952; 4560 


16x20 


320 


2720 2880 3040 


3200 


3360 


3520 


3840 


41601 480o 



325 



TABLE OF AREAS AND CUBICAL CONTENTS 






Ceiling Heights 








Room 






















Size 


Area 


w 


9' 


W 


10' 


ioy 2 ' 


11' 


12' 


13' 


15' 


16x21 


336 


2856 


3024 


3192 


3360 


3528 


3696 


4032 


4368 


5040 


16x22 


352 


2992 


3168 


3344 


3520 


3696 


3872 


4224 


4576 


5280 


16x23 


368 


3128 


3312 


3496 


3680 


3864 


4048 


4416 


4784 


5520 


16x24 


384 


3264 


3456 


3648 


3840 


4032 


4224 


4608 


4992 


5760 


16x25 


400 


3400 3600 


3800 


4000 


4200 


4400 


4800 


5200 


6000 


16x26 


416 


3536 


3744 


3952 


4160 


4368 


4576 


4992 


5408 


6240 


16x27 


432 


3672 


3888 


4104 


4320 


4536 


4752 


5184 


5616 


6480 


16x28 


448 


3808 


4032 


4256 


4480 


4704 


4928 


5376 


5824 


6720 


16x29 


464 


3944 


4176 


4408 


4640 


4872 


5104 


5568 


5032 


6960 


16x30 


480 


4080 


4320 


4560 


4800 


5040 


5280 


5760 


6240 


7200 


16x31 


496 


4216 


4464 


4712 


4960 


5208 


5456 


5952 


6448 7440 


16x32 


512 


4352 


4608 


4864 


5120 


5376 


5632 


6144 


6656 


7680 


18x18 


324 


2754 


2916 


3078 


3240 


3402 


3564 


3888 


4212 


4860 


18x20 


360 


3060 


3240 


3420 


3600 


3780 


3960 


4320 


4680 


5400 


18x22 


396 


3366 


3564 


3762 


3960 


4158 


4356 


4752 


5148 


5940 


18x24 


432 


3672 


3888 


4104 


4320 


4536 


4752 


5184 


5616 


6480 


18x26 


*468 


3978 


4212 


4446 


4680 


4914 


5148 


5616 


6084 


7020 


18x28 


504 


4284 


4536 


4788 


5040 


5292 


5544 


6048 


6552 


7560 


18x30 


540 


4590 


4860 


5130 


5400 


5670 


5940 


6480 


7020 


8100 


18x32 


576 


4896 5184 


5472 


5760 


6048 


6336 


6912 


7488 


8640 


18x34 


612 


5202 5508 


5814 


6120 


6426 


6732 


7344 


7956 


9180 


18x36 


648I5508J5832 


6156 


6480 


6804 


7128 


7776 


8424 


9720 


20x20 


400 34003600 


3800 


4000 


4200 


4400 


4800 


5200 


6000 


20x22 


440 374013960 


4180 


4400 


4620 


4840 


5280 


5720 


6600 


20x24 


480 


4080 4320 


4560 


4800 


5040 


5280 


5760 


6240 


7200 


20x26 


520 


4420 4680 


4940 


5200 


5460 


5720 


6240 


6760 


7800 


20x28 


560 


4760 5040 


5320 


5600 


5880 


6160 


6720 


7280 


8400 


20x30 


600 


5100 5400 


5700 


6000 


6300 


6600 


7200 


7800 


9000 


20x32 


640 


5440 5760 


6080 


6400 


6720 


7040 


7680 


8320 


9600 


20x34 


680 


5780 6120 


6460 


6800 


7140 


7480 


8160 


8840 


10200 


20x36 


720 


6120 6480 


6840 


7200 


7560 


7920 


8640 


9360 


10800 


20x38 


760 


6460 6840 


7220 


7600 


7980 


8360 


9120 


9880 


11400 


20x40 


800 


6800 7200 


7600 


8000 


8400 


8800 


9600 


10400 


12000 


21x20 


420 


3520!3780 


3970 


4200 


4410 


4620 


5040 


5460 


6300 


21x22 


462 


39274158 


4389 


4620 


4851 


5082 


5544 


6006 


6930 


21x24 


504 


4284 l 4536 


4788 


5040 


5292 


5544 


6048 


6552 


7560 


21x26 


546 


46414914 


5187 


5460 


5733 


6006 


6552 


7098 


8190 


21x28 


588 


4998 5292 


5586 


5880 


6174 


6468 


7056 


7644 


8820 


21x30 


630 


5355 5670 


5985 


6300 


6615 


6930 


7560 


8190 


9450 


21x32 


672 5712 6048 


6384 


6720 


7056 


7392 


8064 


8736 


10080 


21x34 


714 


6069 6426 


6783 


7140 


7497 


7854 


8568 


9282 


10710 


21x36 


756 


6426 6804 


7182 


7560 


7938 


8316 


9072 


9828 


11340 


21x38 


798 


6783 7182 


7581 


7980 


8379 


8778 


9576 


10374 


11970 


21x40 


840 


7140 7560 


7980 


8400 


8820 


9240 


10080 


10920 


12600 


22x20 


440 


3740 3960 


4180 


4400 


4620 


4840 


5280 


5720 


6600 


22x22 


484 


4114 4356 


4598 


4840 


5082 


5324 


5808 


6292 


7260 


22x24 


528 


4488 4752 


5016 


5280 


5544 


5808 


6336 


6864 


7920 


22x26 


572 


4862 5148 


5434 


5720 


6006 


6292 


6864 


7436 


8580 



326 



TABLE OF AREAS AND CUBICAL CONTENTS 
Ceiling Heights 



Room 
Size 



Area 



9' 



w 



10' 



Id/ 



ii' 



12' 



13' 



15' 



22x28 
22x30 
22x32 
22x34 
22x36 
22x38 
22x40 
23x20 
23x22 
23x24 
23x26 
23x28 
23x30 
23x32 
23x34 
23x36 
23x38 
23x40 
24x20 
24x22 
24x24 
24x26 
24x28 
24x30 
24x32 
24x34 
24x36 
24x38 
24x40 
25x20 
25x22 
25x24 
25x26 
25x28 
25x30 
25x32 
25x34 
25x36 
25x38 
25x40 



616 
660 
704 
748 
792 
836 
880 
460 
506 
552 
598 
644 
690 
736 
782 
828 
874 
920 
480 
LI 
576 
624 
672 
720 
768 
816 
864 
912 
960 
500 
550 
600 
650 
700 
750 
800 
850 
900 
950 
1000 



5236 
5610 
5984 
6358 
6732 
7106 
7480 
3910 
4301 
4692 
5083 
5474 
5865 
6256 
6647 
7038 
7429 
7820 
4080 
4488 
4896 
5304 
5712 
6120 
6528 
6936 
7344 
7752 
8160 
4250 
4675 
5100 
5525 
5950 
6375 
6800 
7225 
7650 
8075 
8500 



5544 
5940 
6336 
-6732 
7128 
7524 
7920 
4140 
4554 
4968 
5382 
5796 
6210 
6624 
7038 
7452 
7866 
8280 
4320 
4752 
5184 
5616 
6048 
6480 
6912 
7344 
7776 
8208 
8640 
4500 
4950 
5400 
5850 
6300 
6750 
7200 
7650 
8100 
8550 
9000 



5852 
6270 
6688 
7106 
7524 
7942 
8360 
4370 
4807 
5244 
5681 
6118 
6555 
6992 
7429 
7966 
8303 
8740 
4560 
5016 
5472 
5928 
6384 
6840 
7296 
7752 
8208 
8664 
9120 
4750 
5225 
5700 
6175 
6650 
7125 
7600 
8075 
8550 
9025 
9500 



6160 
6600 
7040 
7480 
7920 
8360 
8800 
4600 
5060 
5520 
5980 
6440 
6900 
7360 
7820 
8280 
8740 
9200 
4800 
5280 
5760 
6240 
6720 
7200 
7680 
8160 
8640 
9120 
9600 
5000 
5500 
6000 
6500 
7000 
7500 
8000 
8500 
9000 
9500 
10000 



6468 
6930 
7392 
7854 
8316 
8778 
9240 
4830 
5313 
5796 
6279 
6762 
7245 
7728 
8211 
8694 
9177 
9660 
5040 
5544 
6048 
6552 
7056 
7560 
8064 
8568 
9072 
9576 

10080 
5250 
5775 
6300 
6825 
7350 
7875 
8400 
8925 
9450 
9975 

10500 



6776 
7260 
7744 
8228 
8712 
9196 
9680 
5060 
5566 
6072 
6578 
7084 
7590 
8096 
8602 
9108 
9614 
10120 
5280 
5808 
6336 



7392 
7920 



8976 

9504 

10032 

10560 

5500 

6050 

6600 

7150 

7700 

8250 

8800 

9350 

9900 

10450 

11000 



7392 

7920 

8448 

8976 

9504 

10032 

10560 

5520 

6072 

6624 

7176 

7728 

8280 

8832 

9384 

9936 

10488 

11040 

5760 

6336 

6912 

7488 

8064 

8640 

9216 

9792 

10368 

10944 

11520 

6000 

6600 

7200 

7800 

8400 

9000 

9600 

10200 

10800 

11400 

12000 



8008 

8580 

9152 

9724 

10296 

10868 

11440 

5980 

6578 

7176 

7774 

8372 

8970 

9568 

10166 

10764 

11362 

11960 

6240 

6864 

7488 

8112 

8736 

9360 

9984 

10608 

11232 

11856 

12480 

6500 

7150 

7800 

8450 

9100 



9240 

9900 

10560 

11220 

11880 

12540 

13200 

6900 

7590 

8280 

8970 

9660 

10350 

11040 

11730 

12420 

13110 

13800 

7200 

7920 

8640 

9360 

10080 

10800 

11520 

12240 

12960 

13680 

14400 

7500 

8250 

9000 

9750 

10500 



975011250 
10400!l2000 



11050 
11700 
12350 
13000 



12750 
13500 
14250 
15000 



327 



PROPORTIONING DUCTS FOR PUBLIC BUILDINGS 

In public buildings the sizes of air-conveying ducts from fans 
or heaters to vertical induction flues, and the sizes of these flues, 
depend upon the velocities of the air flowing in such ducts and flues. 
The essential factors in determining these velocities are: The limi- 
tations of economical rotative speed of fans from the standpoint of 
power, the limitations of air velocities on account of noise or by 
reason of increasing friction as velocities increase; limitation of 
velocity of inflowing air through registers into rooms; the desira- 
bility of as high a velocity of air as is permissible under the limita- 
tions referred to in order to get as quick a conveyance of heat units 
from the heater to the rooms to be heated as possible; and the 
necessary initial and intermediate velocities to overcome the resist- 
ance existing in each particular system or case. 

The size of vertical flues to the registers in the rooms is deter- 
mined by the maximum velocities allowable in avoiding drafts and 
noise in the rooms. Practice has shown that the best velocities for 
the registers should be from 200 to 400 feet per minute over the face 
of the register depending upon the size and location; floor registers 
from 125 to 175 feet. The velocity in the vertical flues leading to 
the registers should be from 400 to 750. The sizes of these vertical 
flues is determined largely by the size of register desirable. In 
general, the velocity in these risers should be low, in order to obtain 
as uniform a velocity as possible over the register area. 

The velocity in the horizontal ducts leading from the appara- 
tus to the vertical risers is determined chiefly by the resistance of 
the duct. In practice these velocities will vary anywhere from 
700 feet to 1200 feet depending upon the size, length of the duct, 
number of elbows, etc. A designer with considerable experience 
may proportion these ducts so as to give very uniform distribution 
without going into any extended calculation. However, it is desir- 
able to have a correct method as a basis. For the benefit of engi- 
neers and architects we give here the method employed by this 
company in the determination of duct velocities and sizes. 

The principal losses in piping systems for public buildings are in 
the horizontal ducts where the velocity is the highest. The losses 
in these ducts depend upon the velocity, the size and length of duct 
and upon the number of elbows. There is also considerable loss 
in pressure as the air enters the duct. An ideal system should 



take all these factors into consideration, and so proportion the 
velocities that the resistance would be practically equal in all ducts 
regardless of the length, etc. 

The system which we employ accomplishes this in a practical 
manner and at the same time avoids any laborious calculation. For 
each duct a factor may be obtained by inspection in accordance 
with the following formula: 

This factor represents the loss by friction in terms of velocity 
head. The first term, 23^, is approximately the number of times the 
velocity head lost by entrance to the pipe, entrance to the vertical 
flue, and loss in riser and register. The second factor represents 
the loss due to length and size of pipe; L is the length in feet and 
W is the approximate width in inches. The third term represents 
that proportion of the pressure lost in elbows, and N is the number 
of long radius elbows. One square elbow is figured equal to two 
long radius elbows. In checking over the piping layout the factors 
for the various ducts are first found as above and from these factors 
the velocity in the respective ducts are ascertained directly. In 
determining these velocities it is usual to allow a loss not exceed- 
ing one-fourth of the total fan pressure. This in practice usually 
amounts to about 34 of an inch. The velocity corresponding to 
a pressure of one-quarter of an inch is 2000, and since the velocities 
vary as the square root of the pressure, the factor F and the velocity 
V will give a loss of 34 of an inch if 



V F 

In this manner the velocities are accurately and conveniently 
proportioned. The table on page 117 from an actual case illustrates 
the variation in velocities which occur in a correctly proportioned 
system, and the table on page 119 shows standard size of registers 
and risers in public buildings. 



Note: The foregoing rules for proportioning ducts in public 
buildings, are here used by courtesy of the Buffalo Forge Co. 
Pages named refer to their catalogue. 

329 



— -a S 



bo 

c 



■2 ~ — -a >> 



v Si ? a 



S 

a s= 



o, .a- « £ 



-o o o .2 £ 



c 




<D 


u 


> 


Eli 


T3 


Ct, 


C 




CO 


« 




uo 


hn 


E-i 


c 


~. 


4-1 


< 


CO 




flj 





:ki 



r- w oi t « 



-c — *5 ** -c — 



~~?1 ^T \2 00 — . 



SEN 
3 



03 


3 


>, 


UJ 


/; 


« 




3 


C 


u. 


cd 


W 



i c * ** 5 

- 2 gj a < 

5 ** a — 

6 2 -a _ 

a ~ r. 



CO 

P 
DQ 






© — OO — 



o t- oc o» o m 



M N N ** 







co 


o 


© 


co 


o 


© 


co 


© 






© 


CO 


io 


© 


00 


o 


T-H 


co 


*a 


© 




o 


o 


© 


o 


© 


1—1 


T— 1 


1—1 


1—1 


i-H 




o 


o 


o 


o 


o 


o 


© 


© 


o 


© 




1— 1 


o 


o 


o 


© 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 






o 


o 


o 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 




tr- 


kO 


^* 


CO 


1-1 


© 


oo 

i-H 

© 
© 
© 


© 
© 
1— 1 
© 
© 
© 


m 




o 
o 

© 


CO 

o 
o 
o 


to 

o 

o 
o 


o 
o 

o 


OS 

o 
© 
o 


1—1 

i-H 

o 
o 


co 

1— 1 

© 

© 


oo 

i-H 

© 
© 






o 


o 


o 


© 


o 


© 


© 

00 






oa 


co 


co 


co 


m 


© 


© 


oo 




o 
o 
oo 


■* 


© 


CO 


o 


CM 


■* 


© 


00 


© 




o 


o 


o 




1—1 


1—1 


T-t 


1—1 


C<J 




o 


© 


o 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 




o 


o 


o 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 




— 


o 


o 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 


t- 


CM 


kO 


© 


CO 


© 


© 


»o 


oo 




o 

© 


*tf 


t- 


© 


1—1 


-<* 


© 


© 


1—1 


co 




o 


o 


o 


1—1 


1— 1 


1—1 


1—1 


CM 


CM 




© 


o 


© 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 




o 


© 


o 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


CO 




o 


o 


o 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


3 




















oo 


s 




m 


CO 


T-l 


CO 


co 


■«# 


CM 


© 


s 


© 

o 

© 


kO 


co 


1— 1 


co 


co 


-^ 


CM 


kO 


t- 


o 


© 


1— 1 


1— 1 






CM 


CM 


CM 




o 


o 


o 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 




o 


o 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 




°- 


© 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 


-»■> 






















<B 




52 


o 


CO 


CO 


© 


T* 


© 


© 


co 


CO 


© 


© 


© 


CO 


CO 


© 


CO 


© 


© 


CO 


o 


© 


1—1 


1— 1 


1— I 


CM 


CM 


CM 


co 


CO 




kO 


o 


o 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 


:g 




o 


o 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 






o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 


>> 

+-> 
"3 
o 












































T* 


1—1 


00 


kO 


CM 


© 


© 


co 


1—1 


© 


Ir- 


1—1 


■*« 


oo 


CM 


kO 


CT5 


CO 


tr- 


kO 


© 






1— 1 


CM 


CM 


CM 


CO 


ee 


"3 


"# 


© 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 


> 


o 


o 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 




© 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 




co 


kO 


© 


00 


© 


i-H 


CO 


LO 


tr- 




o 
o 


co 


w 


<x> 


o 


w 


© 


CO 


tr- 


1-H 




o 




1—1 


CM 


CM 


CM 


co 


ee 


1* 




o 


o 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 




o 


o 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 






© 


o 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 




kO 


co 


1—1 


oo 


© 


co 


© 


© 


tr- 






© 


-# 


OS 


co 


00 


CO 


oo 


<M 






o 


o 


T-t 


1—1 


<M 


CM 


CO 


co 


Tf 


Ttf 




kO 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 




co 


o 


© 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 






o 


o 


© 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 
"© 




o 


© 


CM 


oo 


co 


© 


kffl 


© 






1—1 


© 


CM 


t- 


co 


00 


Tfl 


© 


kO 




o 


1— 1 


1-1 


CM 


CM 


CO 


co 


"# 


kO 


kO 




o 


o 


o 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 




CO 


o 


o 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 






o 


o 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 




co 


© 


co 


o 


© 


kO 


© 


© 


© 






CO 


o 


CO 


co 


© 


© 


CO 


© 


© 




© 


1—1 


CM 


CM 


CO 


""* 


"tf 


kO 


© 


© 




kO 


© 


o 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 




CM 


o 


o 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 






o 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 


i 


u 




















1 c 


*•& 




















! 


3 fi 


<M 


CO 


■* 


kO 


© 


tr- 


00 


© 


© 


M 


















T-H 



O 

u 

a 
eS 
>» 
£1 



tt co 

c3+-> 

» II 
© 

5 ® 

'H t-l 

U <S 

CO 

ft cr 



.C © 

3 -. 

DO -2 



£ ° 

O -u 
oj 



CO 



CO 

bjo 
C 

a u 

hH ^ 

. C 

-U •■-■ 

«H O 

u u u 
"co M 

© CO S 

©© > 

BO © ^ 

cy© d 

DO 05 O 
C C « 

a c o 






fc. 



w g 

CS CO ^ 

° S "^ 

2 S a 

CO a, <c 

X CO - 

■<* «H »-l 

<M_ 1) 

S^; M 

O CO o 

S *■ bjo 
.S i 1 c 

H»'| 

J u ° 
Qj -^ ^3 

> 2 



331 



Table for Determining the Size of Registers and 
Flues for a Given Air Supply Per Person. 

A=Cubic ft. air per person per minute. 
P=Number of persons in room. 



A 








Velocity in Feet 


per Minute 










250 


300 


350 | 


400 


450 


500 


600 


700 


800 


900 


1000 


10 


.04 


.033 


.029 | 


.025 


.022 


.020 


.017 


.015 


.013 


.011 


.010 


15 


.060 


.050 


.042 


.037 


.033 


.030 


.025 


.021 


.019 


.017 


.015 


20 


.080 


.066 


.057 | 


.050 


.044 


.040 


.033 


.029 


.025 


.022 


.020 


25 


.100 


.083 


.071 | 


.063 


.055 


.050 


.042 


.036 


.032 


.028 


.025 


30 


.120 


.100 


.085 | 


.075 


.066 


.060 


.050 


.043 


.038 


.033 


.030 


35 


.140 


.116 


.100 |. 


. .087 


.077 


.070 


.058 


.050 


.044 


.039 


.035 


40 


160 


.132 


.114 


.100 


.088 


.080 


.066 


.057 


.050 


.044 


.040 


45 


.180 


.149 


.128 ! 


.112 


.099 


| .090 


.075 


.064 


.056 


.050 


.045 


50 


.200 


.166 


.142 I 


.125 


.111 


1 .100 


.083 


I .071 


.063 


.056 


.050 



FORMULA: Area of Flue or Register in feet : 



PxA 



To find size flue or register: Multiply the number of persons in 
the room by appropriate factor in table. 

EXAMPLE: Number of persons =45. Air required=30 cubic 
feet per minute. Velocity allowed =300 feet per minute. Then 
45 x . 100 = 4.5 square feet. 

Allowance should be made for grille work if used, and for 
friction in long flues. 



332 



AMERICAN SCHOOL BUILDINGS. 

The following pages illustrate many of the best school 
buildings in America. Many of them are but recently com- 
pleted, — some are still under construction, the illustrations hav- 
ing been obtained from the architects' drawings. Buildings 
which are not so recent are also shown, because they illustrate 
architectural standards still recognized as the practice of the best 
offices, and well worthy of study and reference. 

While every school building problem is worthy of the de- 
signer's best endeavor, not all sets of conditions render ideal re- 
sults possible. All school building "standards" must necessarily 
be considered only as averages. The thing to be done depends 
on the time, the place, the money in hand, educational require- 
ments and other important items. A principle may be universal, 
but its application must be particular and specific. 

The buildings illustrated all typify the same general prin- 
ciples of school design, — representing the latest and best in 
America,- — but the results are of widely varying character as in- 
fluenced by all the factors referred to. 

In most cases the floor plans not given with the buildings are 
occupied with class rooms only, or the usual basement rooms, the 
arrangement of which is indicated by the plans which are shown. 



333 




Cordaville School, Southboro, Mass. 
Cooper & Bailey, Architects. 



I ii H li ii I ] 



Ground 




Corpaville .School 5ovthboro Mass. 
Cooper <3». Bailey • • Architects 



334 



ERECTED • AT - 
MIDDLEBORO ■ MASS. 



MODEL SCHOOL- UNITED STATES BUREAU OF EDUCATION- 
PROF. F.B.DRESSLAR - SPECIALIST -IN SCHOOL HYGIENE- 
COOPER. AND BAILEY - -ARCHITECTS. 
BOSTON - - MASS. 




■*■*■*■? D—Wft 



Sand Blackboards 



Pok: 




^7} 



j££as5 Room 



: O 





<Skd*jmt> Txdor No Basement 



Model School Mipdleboro MA5.S. US. Dure av opx^ 
.ucation s Cooper. <5l Daieey, Architects 




335 




Second Floor Plan. 




First Floor Plan. 




Basement Plan. 



Michael Driscoll School, Brookline, Mass. 
Kilham & Hopkins, Architects. 



336 




Floor Plans. Delany School. Virginia Ave. and Bowen Street. 




340 







] um Q D 

D*£l D D 




L>=U 



34? 




First Floor J.^.--, 




Floor Plans, Bryan Hill School. Gano and 
Florissant Avenues. 



344 




fcn 





St. Mary's School, Marion, O. 
Wilbur T. Mills, Architect, Columbus, O. 




6 

vO </> 



U-T3 



S ~2 

— CO 



u 



H-o 



£< 





348 




Domestic Economy Room, Emerson School, Gary, Ind. 




■^t- -"r^ t -*!lfnmnS!W "• ~*^ — .^* " * *^M™"* 







Boyle Heights Intermediate School, A. F. Rosenheim, Architect, Los Angeles. 

350 




Boyle Heights Intermediate School, Los Angeles, A. F. Rosenheim, Architect. 

352 



Anthony Wayne Schooi. Phu-a Pa 
Third Floor. 




g^f ir bde bi snr s 



Ci-ass I Ci-ass 



21 Jfi 



Room At» 2j 



Ci-ASS I C1.-A6S 





354 




355 




Gen. Geo MsCall. v5chooj_ Philadelphia 




Gen Geo MSCall. 5chool.Phila Penna 




356 



■ : - .;:■: ■■.:■ Z » 




s 



u 



u 



u 



o 



357 




Alice Cary Jchool 
Phil. a. Pa 



Cement 







ME NT. 



360 




361 



B 





* n. m\»i-* i Wf ^55 in EBB S i n EBB BH 1 HTT 3. r j 




Q 



§ 

u 

X 



<^ <u 



O £ 



n. U 



PL. 



363 



^Second TIocir. 



Gen DaviD B.Birney 
Public School. 
Phll-adej-phia Pa. 





Mfllfl toRElDOS. 






Cufi.S6 

Rook.1' r 



Class 




3 rn H^r-w t-^^-WU n«Hl ^S 




C.L.ASS j Cl»fiS6 

EooM.rs» s [ Eoonft'' 10 



Gen David £>. Birney v5chooj_. Phij_a Pa 

FiRiT Floor 





370 




Floor Plans, William Glasgow Jr. School. Garrison Ave. and Glasgow Place 

372 




.A ! Lfc 



THIRD - F-L°°R. - PLAN* 
NR5T« hL°°R,« PLAN' 




5A5LMLN/T F-L°°R. PLAW 



374 




375 




376 




378 




Basement Plan, George Sands School, Cincinnati, O. 



380 




381 




13 i 



£0 



I ' T *i 

It ! & f "i n J : 




First Floor Plan, George Sands School, Cincinnati, Ohio. 



382 



Mf » 



lb 

— H^ 









sz 



1 



;fl|C, *» * *p 



4 



4- 



fe~ 



:1 3 



P 



BS 




H 



TT 



'If* *■■!■■■ *■**■'"' *4« **-JTi i 



1 

■: 8 

i 

I R 



|1M 



George Sands School, Cincinnati, O. 



383 




r . DcnooL 

ADD1T I O N 

' . 3 <5PCtfD 




.DAOE.ME.NT PLAN 

384 




386 




H 





C) 






< 


c" 




o 


V 

> 








a 


u 


JS 


c 
a 



* "2 
s -a 

H OS 



U 



h 




FIRST FLOOt PLAN 




Sf COND F I OOR PLAN 

Winsor School, Brookline, Mass., R. Clipston Sturgis, Architect, Boston. 

388 




Guilford School, Cincinnati, O. 
390 




392 





394 




CQ 



395 



-=*- 



+-f+ 



^ 



" ,'.' T " J* " J- 



£11 



ly-W i H i J* 



!'■■ — Ft •* 



I p— ,^_ ^_, 



^ ^ 



"ItJ 



tf~ 



Jlrf 



■BoncHiH fc 



HP 



NtWAttK- Omio 




■W00D5IPE -SCHOOL ■ l>LDG 



Basement Floor Plan 



396 




u 



u 



CQ 



397 



Cl_a&& Room 



Cl_a&& Room 



mn i C 



■rcq 



-; 



Class Room 



.5E.COND FUOOB £>L^A.M. 



Class Co 




Class R.oo* 

2>0-0"X A2>'-0" 



FtctaT Flood Plapi 



3 ■ ! 



Class Rook 
30-0"**0-0' 



$30,000. Fireproof School Building. 
398 




399 




400 




401 





Fredonia High School. Chas. A. Dieman & Co., Architects, 
Cedar Rapids, la. 



402 




403 




Eight Room School With Toilets On Each Floor, 




Eight Room School 



Toilets In Basement 




The very rigid requirements of ihe Ohio Code have given birlh to a 
plain type of fireproof school buildings, very compact and very economical. 
On account of cost, it is necessary to omit costly ornament and elaborate 
design of every sort. The many colored and different texture brick now 
generally in use are made use of to produce interesting color effects and 
thus in some measure make up for other more expensive forms of decora- 
lion. 

The above building is shown as an illustration of one of the most suc- 
cessful buildings of this type, being an eight room fireproof structure above 
basement, and having two finished rooms in basement, of same height as the 
school rooms, serviceable for laboratories, manual training, etc. 

Where necessary for the sake of economy, the toilets are all located in 
basement. Where more money is available, toilets are arranged on the floors 
with the school rooms. On opposite page plans are shown illustrating both 
of these arrangements. An eight room school building of this type may be 
built for as little as $20,000.00 and in no case need exceed $30,000.00, at 
prices now existing, (1915). 



405 




•E>as.ement Plan 




First Tloor Plan • Scale i 'P S 3g TTt. 

Cleveland School* Newark* New Jersey 

• £.KGuile>ert* Architect ■ 




407 



Plan cf Tirst Floor. 




&A5EMENT 

WE5TW00D School 
Cincinnati Ohio 



408 




Mew Carr School" 

St. Louis • • -Mo ° 

1 Wm. E>.Ittne.r.°Arch't' 




DA5EME.NT PLAN 

412 




413 



Upper. 

Part Or- 

Gymnasium 



ill (5A1-LEB.Y 




Dressing Rm 



G'Ri-S 

Lunch Rm 



H W M *=l 



i — ;tt 



Dcrrj tl tl ft I 

nfiMtn JliuNCH Room Tabids 

* * ~*~t~L 




I N ^ fc * — u 



Scau Tourth "Floor. 




E" 1 l ~ l as- =^* SCALE "F ! R5T TLOOR. 

Central School. Troy, N. Y„ R. Clipston Sturgis, Architect, Boston. 



3~P 




u 



aa 



en 

c 
o 

a 
6 



u 



415 








H 



» Ou 



416 




418 




419 



rT" 



Room. 




^T"T 






Room 



>HfcJ| 



Room. 



■ I^IglDOI?.. 






LlBM- 






OfFIC*" Boaho 
EooAvl 



TlR-ST TlOOR. 







Room. 



"SP^Ljecv im F ^ 




(^"^-.J— * MftSIUM 



Patt*rm. 
Room 






__ 




Basemekt 

High School, Virginia, Minn., Tyree & Chapman, Architects. 
420 




421 



High School" Najgatv/ck. Cow 
McKim Mead &. White Arch't 



PjLAH of Second TLoor. 
5CA1-E Tt. 5 '° *° ^ 





124 




Hifh School, Naugatuck, Conn., McKim, Mead & White, Architects. 
From Photogravure by A. W. Elson Co., Boston, Mass. 



High School" Nav/gatvck Conn. 
McKim Mead & White "Arc ht3. 



ckers| Pj_an Of First TJ_oor 

JSgA£E7TEET 




425 





High School At Wilkinsburg Penna. 

CmiU*—3 THcls. H. 5co t t Architect 





426 




428 




430 




432 



n □ □ n n n r n u n . 
■sssr ijHijg n j j ? u D L 

bBnoncacGD 




Hutchinson High School, Buffalo, N. Y. 




CO 



X 



434 



High School 
White Plains N.Y. 



H.c.Pelton 
Architect 




fiRST Floor. • -Scale ^t, ? 7 ? 
436 




437 




Newlon Technical High School, Newton, Mass. 




Newton Technical High School, Newton, Mass. 





441 




*Pi_AN Of Second TIoor." 



ML.. «... •.___•! 



•High School At De5Moines'1owa- 
;■ "Proudfoot Bird & Raw.son'Archt.5 - 




• "First FLooe Plan ' 



•High School At DcsMoiNES.JbwA' 
•Proudtoot. Bird a.T?Aw50N'AR.cHT5* 



444 




< 





C3 




• oecomd • n_ooa • PL AM - 
EoCHErSTtE. High Xhool 




HEDT TLOO& PLAH 

EocHErsTtD. High Dchoou 



448 




449 




450 




u 



< 

a 
en 



UJ 




R.W ^haw.Arch't. 




FLOOR PL 

E-mid Migm school" 
r.wsmaw af 



452 



Kloor 




Class R. - 



■ m w * i ig ^*g* 



Ktff 



i Class R 



dh n I > * * 

Lancaster N.H. 




i i i t i i r ( 



rmr 



Basement Plan. 



°gg^[Bi^p~ g 





Third Floor Plan. 



SnCOHT> 



Tj-DOK 




High School. ° ° .Lancaster K-H. 
Cooper. s< E>aile.y ° Architects. 



455 







Clasj 




Rooms 



Ci_as.s 



RoOMi 



COTtFU POP. 



AVDITORiOM 
100O .5 EATS 



t 



Court 3*-s£ 



Corripor, 



RoOMi 



Ground Ti.oor 
High School Attleboro Mass. Cooper & E>ai ley Architects 



•u 



Recitation 



Rooms 

t I 



Woor> 

TuRNING- 




High School Attleboro Ma5o\ Cooper &>. Dailey Architects 



456 



P^ Instructors PR.EP. Rm. B= Bakk. T- ToiletC=Cloj 5- Stores T« Flves 




Third Tloor 
High School Attledoro Mass. Cooper. e>, Bailey Architects 



Clas.3 R 



Class 



Roomj 



Class 



-poi: 

|TEACHE.ltS 

ri — a 






ROOMi 



Women 
Teachers 



IE. 




Upper Part 

Or 

AVPITORIVM 



H3 



£J 



C ORKI DO«. 
I 



COVRT 32-54 



Recitation 



RlCITATI°N 



Corridor 



Corridor. 



CLASS R. 



Clajj 



Room^ 



Class 



Rooms 



«5e:cond Ti_OOR. 

High -School Attleboro Mass. Cooper &. Bailey Architects 



458 




u 



S.J 



u 



J3-S 



< 



461 




DAVENPORT HIGH SCHOOL. FIRST-FLOOR PLAN. 




DAVENPORT HIGH SCHOOL BASEMENT PLAN. 




DAVENPORT HIGH SCHOOL. THIRD-FLOOR PLAN. 




DAVENPORT HIGH SCHOOL. SECOND- FLOOR PLAN. 




• BA5L/ALNT ■ PLAW ° 
High School at Salem, Mass. Kilham and Hopkins, Architects, Boston. 




High School at Salem, Mass. Kilham and Hopkins, Architects, Boston. 




467 




468 




u 



UJ 



uj 1 



469 




Warren Easton Boys' High School, New Orleans, La. E. A. Christy, Archil 
Plan of Basement and Second Floor. 
470 




u 



CQ 



u 



o 




G°RRID°B. 



F/^Sl 



CfcC. R 

H r ' 




High School at Haverhill, Mass. Kilham and Hopkins, Architects, Boston. 




CQ 



u 




THIRD* M°°R.°PLAK>° 




• 5EC°N/D» M°°R° PLAN 1 * 
High School at Haverhill, Mass. Kilham and Hopkins, Architects, Boston. 

474 




d 
x 

DC 
T3 

UJ 

"3 

U 




<.s 

J* 

"5 a 



CQ 




> 

v. 




ENSER ARCH'T 




' High School At Omaha* Neb* 
•John Latenser." Architect 



478 




s 
o 




Manual Training High School, Los Angeles, Cal. 
480 




u 




487 




489 



n 

J 



oo in 
,& 9: 



Old Buildikg 



High School At 

East Orange New Jersey 

I.KGuilkrt Architect. 




Second Floor. Plan 



494 




First Floor Pi ah 



495 



Open Air. 
Gymnasium 



t + 



High vSchool At 
East Orange New Jersey 

I.EGuiLBIRT ARCHITECT 



5£MI-Tire Proof. Cost 14.5$. Cu.Tt 




Third Tlo or Plan 



496 




• Central High School g a i nt p au l, .Minn'CHJohnson'Arch' 
498 




u 



H 



U 



Dj 



500 




u 



u 



CQ 



501 




502 




503 



^JULTL 







U 



CQ 



CQ 



504 




508 




510 




-J 



5« 

S E 

RE 

i- cO 

<n <c 

oi D 

A- E 

I 



U 



u 



512 




J 



3 u 

Id") 

li 

g 



513 




514 



5tate Normal 5ch%l 



•Buffalo New York. 










| Shoo 




I if 

Shob Ij 
SHOP' 1 


e«o. 


1 SHOP- 















DA5EMEMT ■ PLOOR. • PLftn' 



Lewis F. Pilcher, State Architect. Fred B. O'Connor, Designer 
Albany, N. Y. 



518 



State Normal School. 



BurFALo New York 




■ na5T' fL-oon * Pi_/\r\,* 



Lewis F. Pilcher, State Architect. Fred B. O'Connor, Designer 
Albany, N. Y. 



517 



.5tate Normal School 



-Suffalo N.Y 




3- 



f ' H Fill 






r3E 



| R.OOM. 




Class I 

ROOM.L 


T CUASO 


ROOH P 


J Cl^ft&o 


CJL*y\SS J 


91 CI-^SS 
M ROOM- 


CV ft&5 I 



•SE.COrtD-SToaY- PLAJS. 

Lewis F. Pilcher, State Architect, and Fred B. O'Connor, Designer. 
Albany, N. Y. 



-t- 




Perky Ave. 

\5 tf&NN High *5ch(iooL GroUmdsI (Ihicagd 





521 




522 




525 




Se^rn ■ ■ 1 ■ i ■ J, A 



THIRD fLOOR. PLAtf* 



□ 



•S°VTt1 -BtND • MIGt1-aCM 00 L- 

S°VTH WND. INDIANA 
W. ». ITTNt-i^. AtjCHITf-CT, 3T L°Vt» 




'SECOND FLOOR PLAN 



526 




528 




529 




530 







531 




534 





T 


5? 


'rtr- 

Si 



CO 

i 






535 




536 




538 



op 



CL 




539 




540 




542 




[X. 

< 



u 



543 




544 




^oldan High School 
5t. Lowi* Mo. 



Wm. E>. Ittnep. 
Architect. 




547 




548 




552 




554 




PLAN 
TMIRD°'» F P-LP R, 



:"nME»ciAi c°nnER.ClAL ci_ASS 
LAW ARITH H==M 

=3 I 1 I 

C°RRID°R.. 




]EXHIBITI°N C^RRID^I 

4- # 



J^-JL^^c^nyJ 







Central High School, Minneapolis, Minn. Wm. B. Ittoer, Architect, 
St. Louis, Mo. 




558 




THIRD FLOOR PLAN, 




West Technical High School, Cleveland, Ohio. F. S. Barnum, Architect. 
Plans by Courtesy of The American School Board Journal. 

559 




560 




582 




563 




■jnpnqn 



564 



Girls |SmowesP 



Si 



Roof 



Skylight 



, 1 

GlRi.5 * P 

4 



GYMNA51VM 



Physics Lab 



I M* i q i ■ i if ' ' 

I Lecture Room I— H< 

t .J K 



=4 



DniajiNq R. 



HAxl. * 

qr- 




Chemistry Lab.? ' f Biology Lab 

PTOKtS 



■L 



"FOURTH 7LOOR PLAM 

Plans of High 5chooli-iAt E>loomfield N.J. 




First Floor Plan 



C. Granville Jones 
Architect 



Maury High School" Norfolk, Va. 
Neff Sj Thompson * Architects. 




Third Floor. 




.Second Floor. 
Cost of dvjlding. .$250,000= it. 8 cuft. 




568 



nwtaupt 




THIRD FLOOR PLAN 







FIRST FLOOR PLAN 
High School at Madison, "Wis. Cass Gilbert, Architect, New York. 

570 



Ground Tloor. 
High 5chool°Lafayette ]nd° Wm.5.Ittner Arch*t. 



572 



In Third Floor.: Class P?ooms 




Floor. 

Central Commercial &. Manual Training High School 
Newark N J. ° • I.FGuilbert* 'Architect. 




^<o 



576 




578 




**°4$? 



579 




580 







ii 





..... 

I 





High School at Albany, N. Y. Starred and Van Vleck, Architects, 
New York City. 

582 




583 



3CCOND fLOOR ft-AN JCALC 

WASHINGTON fcVNO HlGH JCrtDL bVNC FLWE NOV YOGK I 

"Me. CBJ. jNYDCc - ARCHrr£CT - 




I ti^b..~.:dci3 





Washington Irving High School, New York City. C. B. J. Snyder, Architect. 



585 



roue™ fi.a)G Plan Cxmx. 

WWH1NGTCN 1GVIN0 MOM iCHODL IEWNQ PLACE NDVttEKj 

■Me. cd.J .Snidce. -architect- 




Thed rune. Plan .Scale. - r - 

wuhinctcv i&mo men joool rung place new tork I 

•ME. CDlJ 3NYTJEE' architect- 




jewing Bona 



typical plcoe. plan 
Washington ieving High School kv/ng Place ncwY&ekJ 
•mr.cbj jnydej2-- architect" 





Entrance Foyer, Washington Irving High School, New York. 







On the roof; Washington Irving High School, New York. 




Auditorium — Washington Irving High School, New York, equipped as a 
theater. C. B. J. Snyder, Architect. 





590 



' Franklin High School* 
Seattle. 



fsPsH 

I ROOW, ' 

I 





592 




594 




598 



GENERAL INDEX 



INDEX OF TEXT 

A 

Air 

Composition 132 

Direction of 135 

Filtering 150 

Humidity 149 

Pressure, Corresponding Vel. Water Col. Hts 323 

Quantity per* Pupil 145 

Velocity 145 

Vitiation 132 

Washing and Filtering 150 

Air Inlets, Size and Location 134, 148 

Tables of : 331-2 

Air Outlets, Size and Location 134, 148 

Tables of 331-2 

Apparatus Rooms 51 

Areas and Cubical Contents of Rooms, Tables 324-7 

Arched Windows, Undesirable 25, 29 

Architects, Importanec of Skilled 9 

How to Select 9 

Architectural Competitions 13 

Assembly Halls, Character of 51 

Astronomy Room 51 

Astronomical Laboratory — Observatory 71 

Atmospheric Conditions, Influence Ventilation 140 

Automatic Control, Heating and Ventilating 146 

Automatic Flushing Water Closets 80 

B 

Balance Room 55 

Base Boards and Mouldings 45, 31 

Basements — Use of 40 

Waterproofing 40 

Baths — Bath Rooms 55 

Beauty in School Building 34 

Bicycle Room 56 

Biological Rooms 55 

Biological Laboratory, Table Details 311 

Blackboards, Material and Dimensions 30 

Mouldings and Trough Details 314 

Board Room 56 

Boiler Room 56 

Boston — Complete School Code 260 

599 



Boston — Equipment Details 298-309 

Botanical Laboratory, See Biological 56 

Botanical Laboratory — Boston 286 

Botanical Laboratory, Equipment 304 

Briggs, Warren R., Air Experiments 135 

Building — General Character 34 

Attic 41 

Coat Rooms 46 

Construction 34 

Corridors 42-3 

Educational Plan 34 

Entrance and Exits 41 

Floors 44 

Foundation and Basement 40 

Number of Stories 40 

Position — Orientation 38 

Roofs 41 

Site 37 

Smoke Partitions 42 

Stairways 43-44 

Types of 48 

Wainscoting 46 

Building Laws of States L5| 

Business Department 57 

C 

Ceilings — Height, Finish and Color 24 

Chalk Trough Details 314 

Chemistry Rooms 57 

Chemistry Laboratory — Boston Code 280 

Chemistry Laboratory, Details 310 

Chimneys — Table of Sizes for Boilers 

Circles — Tables of Circum. Areas, Etc .">17 

Circles — Table of Squares of Equiv. Area :; L£j 

Class Rooms, Description and Dimensions 2 1 

Plan for Forty Pupils 

Plan for Forty-Eight Pupils 

Lighting of 24-27 

Clerk's Office 58 

Closets 78-79 

Coal Room 58 

Coat Racks, Detail.. 297,314 

Coat Rooms, General Description 58 

Arrangement, Plans and Sizes of 46 IT 

Equipment, Details i!)", :U4 

Code of Boston 260 

Code of Ohio 192 

Codes of States 

Coils — Heating 296 

Commercial Rooms 58 

Competitions, Architectural 

Advantages and Disadvantages 10 

Circular of Advice Regarding 13 

600 



Composition op Air 132 

Connecticut School Law 154 

Conservatory 58 

Convenience in School Rooms 31 

Cooking Rooms 60 

Cooking Room Details 307 

Corridors, General Character 

Doors of 42 

Good Example of Correct 102 

Lighting of 42 

Width of 43 

Cost of School Buildings 110 

Cost Tables ...112-124 

D 

Danger in Poorly Designed Buildings 93 

Dark Rooms 60 

Decoration of School Rooms 32 

Demonstration Tables, Details 302, 312 

Diameters Air Pipes For Given Vel. Table 322 

Dining Rooms 59 

Direct Heating 125 

Direct-Indirect Heating 128 

Directors' Rooms 59 

Domestic Science Rooms 60 

Domestic Science — Boston 290-1 

Doors 30 

Drawing Rooms 61 

Drawing Rooms, Details 305 

Dressing Rooms 61 

Drinking Fountains 90 

Ducts — Determining Sizes — Tables 331-2 

Ducts — Heat and Vent. — Size and Location 148 

Ducts — Equalizing — Table of 330 

Ducts — Proportioning 328-9 

E 

Emergency Rooms, See Hospital 64 

Emergency Stairs 43 

Engine Room 64 

Entrances 41 

Equipment Details 294-316 

Exhaust Ventilation 141 

Exits 41 

Expert Service, Necessity 9 

Extinguishers 99 

F 

Fan Room 64 

Fan System, Heating and Ventilating 140 

View of Apparatus 142, 295 

Filtering Air for Ventilation 150 

601 



Fire Extinguishers 99 

flreproofing, importance and cost 92 

Fireproof School Buildings 93 

Fire, Protection Against 99 

Floors, Materials and Design 45 

Cove Moulding at Base 45 

Sound Proofing 45 

Toilet Rooms 91 

Flues — See Ducts 

Flue Area — Table for given Vol. at Given Vel. 320 

Foundations 40 

Fresh Air Rooms 52-53 

Furnaces, Heating by 126 

Furnace Room 64 

G 

Gardens 36 

Gravity System of Heating 126 

Gravity System of Ventilation 138 

Grounds — Location, Size. Drainage, Etc 37 

Gymnasium 65 

Equipment 288 

Running Track 65 

H 

Hand Rails 43 

Heat — Inlets and Outlets 148 

Heating 125 

Automatic Control 146 

Bv Rotation 146 

Direct 125 

Direct — Indirect 128 

Fan System 140 

Hot Air 125 

Indirect 127 

Heating Coils — View of Apparatus 206 

Heating Devices 125 

Height of School Rooms 24 

High Schools — Boston Code 279 

Hose for Fire Protection 99 

Hospital or Rest Room 64 

Hot Air Furnaces 125 

Humidity of Air 149 

I 

Indiana School Law 158 

Indirect Heating 127 

Inlets, Hot Air — Location and Size 134,148 

Introduction 

J 

Janitor's Room 67 

602 



K 

Kansas School Law 164 

Kindergarten Room 67 

Kitchen 67 

L 

Laboratories 58, 71 

Laboratory Equipment Details 299, 313 

Landings 44 

Latrines 79 

Lavatories 86 

Laws of States 153 

Lecture Room, High School; Plan of 298 

Length of School Rooms 24-5 

Library 67 

Light 24-29 

Direction 27 

Importance 24 

Quantity 27 

Lighting of School Rooms 25-26 

Lockers — Locker Rooms 68 

Louisiana School Law 166 

Lunch Rooms 68 

Lunch Rooms — Boston 281 

M 

Manual Arts Room — Boston 289 

Manual Training Rooms 69 

Manual Training, Details 306 

Maple Flooring 45 

Massachusetts School Law 167 

Mechanical Ventilation 140, 142 

Minnesota School Law 170 

Mouldings 31 

Museum 70 

Music Room 70 

N 

New Hampshire School Law 171 

New Jersey School Law 172 

New York School Law 187 

North Dakota School Law 189 

Number of Pupils per Class Room 24-5 

O 

Observatory 71 

Ohio, School Code ' 192 

Oil Colors for Walls 29 

Orlentation 38 

Organic Matter in Air 132 

Ornament Undesirable 34 

Outlets, Vent., Etc 134, 148 

603 



Painting — Inside Walls 29 

Panic — Proofing 100 

Pennsylvania School Law 248 

Physics Laboratory 71 

Physics Laboratory, Boston Code 285 

Physics Laboratory — Equipment Details 71 

Physiological Rooms 71 

Picture Mold 31 

Pipe Diameters — Increases for Length — Table 323 

Plan of School Rooms 25 

Plastering — Smooth Finish 29 

Platforms for Teachers 31 

Playgrounds 38 

Playgrounds — Roof 72 

Play Rooms 72 

Plenum Fan System 141 

Plumbing 78-90 

Plumbing, Details and Fixtures _ 78-81 

Principal's Office 72 

Principles of Ventilation 130 

Program of Competitions 13 

Pupils, Number per Class Room 24-5 

Pupil's Table for Laboratories 300 

R 

Recitation Rooms 73 

Reference Tables 316-333 

Registers — Determining Sizes — Tables 301-2 

Rest Rooms, See Hospitals 73 

Risers in Stairs, Height 44 

Roofs 41 

Rotation — Heating by 146 



Sanitation 77 

School Rooms 24 

Arrangement of Desks 25 

Color Walls 29 

Conveniences 31 

Cubic Feet per Pupil 24 

Decoration 32 

Dimensions 24 

Direction of Light 27 

Doors 30 

Lighting 24 

Openings for Flues 26 

Picture Mold 31 

Walls, Finish and Color 29 

Windows, Size and Design 29 

Window Shades 29 

604 



School Building Codes 153 

Chart of 152 

City of Boston 260 

Ohio Code 192 

School Building Laws of States 153 

Science Lecture Room 73 

Science Lecture Room — Equipment 313 

School Room 24 

Seating of School Rooms 25 

Selecting an Architect 9 

Sewerage and Drainage 78 

Sewing Rooms 75 

Shops — (Manual Training) 74 

Shower Baths 87 

Shower Bath Stalls 88 

Shower Rooms 74 

Sinks 87 

Site for School Building 37 

Slate for Blackboards and Partitions 30 

Slop Sinks 87 

Sound Proofing Floors 45 

South Dakotah School Law 253 

Special Rooms 51 

Special Rooms — Boston Code 273 

Sprinkler System 99 

Stage 74 

Stairways — General Design 101 

Model Plan for 44 

Risers and Treads 44 

Width 44 

Stall Partitions for Toilets, Etc 88 

Stand Pipes for Fire Hose 99 

State School Laws 153 

Study Rooms 74 

Superintendent's Office 76 

T 

Tables of Costs — School Buildings 112-124 

Teachers' Rooms 76 

Teachers' Toilets 76 

Teachers' Platforms 31 

Temperature, Automatic Control 146 

Tempering Coils — View of Apparatus 347 

Toilet Rooms, Location and Design 76,90 

Toilet Room Ventilation 83 

Transoms Objectionable 25, 29 

Treads of Stahis 44 

U 

Urinals 83-85 

Urinals, Number per Male Pupil 86 

Utah School Law 254 

Utility Chamber 82 

605 



V 

Vacuum Cleaning «... 91 

Vault 76 

Velocity of Air in School Rooms 145 

Vent Ducts — Arrangement 139 

Vent Ducts — Location and Size 148 

Ventilation — General Principles 130 

Ventilation — Natural Methods 137 

Ventilation and Heating Combined 140 

Ventilation — Systems of 137 

Automatic Control 146 

Gravity System .". 138 

Fan System 140, 142 

Quantity of Ventilation 145 

View of Ventilating Plants 62, 144 

Ventilation of Toilets and Closets 83, 90 

Vermont School Law 255 

Vestibules 41-2 

Virginia School Law 257 

W 

Wainscoting 46 

Walls, Decoration 29-32 

Walls, Plastered Smooth 29 

Walls — Sanitation 77 

Wardrobes, or Coat Rooms 58 

Wardrobe Fittings, Details 297, 314 

Washing Air 150 

Water, Drinking Fountains 89-90 

Water Closets 80 

Number per Pupil 79 

Ventilated Automatic Closets 80-82 

Water Closet Stalls 83 

West Virginia School Law 258 

Wider Use of School Plant 104 

Width of School Rooms 24 

Winding Steps Objectionable 44 

Windows — Arrangement and Design 25-29 

Window Shades 29 

Wire Glass Stair Partitions 97,98 

Z 

Zoological Laboratory — Boston Code 286 

Zoological Room 76 



606 



INDEX OF ARCHITECTS 



This index has been prepared with the view of making it 
as convenient as possible, the subjects being indexed both by 
location and also with the name of the architects. Buildings 
having particular names are indexed both by that name and also 
the name of the city in which the building was erected. 
Throughout the index, the high schools are referred to as such. 
In general, buildings not classified as high schools are grade 
schools, or schools for some particular grade as noted in title. 

In arranging the illustrations, grade schools are located 
between page 334 and page 416. From page 416 to page 598, 
the work is devoted entirely to high schools. 

The author has been influenced by two motives in devoting 
more space to high school buildings than other types. (1) By 
the fact that there is a growing tendency throughout the coun- 
try to include in grade buildings many features which have 
hitherto been found only in high school buildings, such as 
auditoriums, gymnasiums, manual training and domestic science 
rooms, rooms for the study of drawing, music and other sub- 
jects aside from the common branches. Most of the smaller 
high schools illustrated in this book, would be equally suitable 
for grade buildings if these and other facilities are desired in 
the building. (2) When the common branches only are taught 
in grade buildings, there is not nearly so much opportunity for 
variety in design as there is in buildings of the type above 
described, and an ample number of successful grade buildings 
have been illustrated to show the characteristics and practice 
in various parts of the country. 

B 

Barnum, Frank S., Cleveland, Ohio. 

East Technical High School, Cleveland 492 

Watterson School, Cleveland 353 

West Technical High School, Cleveland 557-9 

Blair, Edgar, Seattle, Washington. 

Franklin High School, Seattle 590-4 

c 

Christy, E. A., New Orleans, La. 

Warren Easton High School at New Orleans 468-70 

Clausen and Burrows, Davenport, Iowa. 

High School at Davenport 462-4 

Cline, Edgar H., Los Angeles, California. 

Lincoln High School, Los Angeles 475-7 

607 



Cook, J. Horace, Philadelphia, Pa., Schools. 

Alice Cary School 358-9 

Anthony Wayne School " 354-5 

Frances E. Willard School 360-1 

General David B. Birney School 364-5 

General George McCall School 356-7 

Southwark School 36 ,? -3 

West Philadelphia High School.... 491 

Cooper and Bailey, Boston, Mass. 

Attleboro, Mass., High School 457-8 

Cordaville School, Southboro, Mass 334 

Lancaster N. H. High School 453-6 

Middleboro School, Middleboro, Mass 335 

Cram, Goodhue and Ferguson, Boston, Mass. 

Mather School, Dorchester, Mass 394-5 

D 

DeBuys, Churchill and LaBouisse, New Orleans, La. 

Gardner School, Laurel, Miss 343 

Dieman, Chas. A. & Co., Cedar Rapids, Iowa. 

Fredonia High School 402 

Donovan, John J., Oakland, Cal. 

Oak Park School, Sacramento, Cal... 376-8 

Dornette, E. H., Cincinnati, Ohio. 

Eleventh District School Cincinnati 401 

Drach, Gustav, Cincinnati, Ohio. 

Woodward High School at Cincinnati 449 

G 

Garber and Woodward, Cincinnati, Ohio. 

Guilford School, Cincinnati 390-1 

Westwood School, Cincinnati " 408-9 

Gilbert, Cass, New York. 

High School at Madison, Wis 571 •' 

Green and Wicks, Buffalo, New York. 

South Park High School, Buffalo... 595-8 

Guilbert, E. F., Newark, New Jersey. 

Central Commercial and Manual Training High 

School, Newark, N. J 574-5 

Cleveland School, Newark 406-7 

East Orange, N. J., High School """ 493-6 

Montgomery School, Newark 26 

Normal School, Newark 

Guilbert and Batelle, Newark, New Jersey. 

Washington School, E. Orange, N. J 412-13 

H 

Heath and Gove, Tacoma, Wash. 

Central School, Tacoma 386-7 

Lincoln Park High School, Tacoma 416-19 

Stadium High School, Tacoma 560-4 

Holland, H. Osgood, Buffalo, New York. 

Hutchinson High School, Buffalo 430-4 

608 



Husander, A. F., Chicago, Illinois. 

Armstrong School, Chicago 370-1 

Carter H. Harrison High School, Chicago 527-31 

Hyde Park High School, Chicago 541-4 

Nicholas Senn. High School, Chicago. 518-22 

I 

Ittner, Wm. B., St. Louis, Mo. 

Bryan Hill School, St. Louis 344-5 

Carr School, St. Louis. 410-11 

Columbia, Mo., High School 429 

Delaney School, St. Louis.... 338-9 

Emerson School, Gary, Indiana 532-6 

Froebel School, Gary, Indiana 537-40 

Glasgow School, St. Louis...... 372-3 

Lafayette, Ind., High School 572-3 

McKinley High School, St. Louis 459 

Minneapolis Central High School 552-6 

Soldan High School, St. Louis 545-8 

South Bend., Ind., High School 523-6 



Jones, W. Granville, New York. 

High School at Bloomfield, New Jersey 566-7 

Johnson, Clarence H., St. Paul, Minn. 

Central High School, St. Paul 498-9 

K 

Kilham and Hopkins, Boston, Mass. 

Haverhill, Mass., High School 472-4 

Michael Driscoll School, Brookline, Mass.. 336-7 

Salem, Mass., High School 465-7 

Shurtleff School Addition, Chelsea, Mass 384-5 

Krucker, Frank G., Los Angeles, Cal. 

49th Street School, Los Angeles 379 

L 

Latenser, John, Omaha, Nebraska. 

Omaha High School 478-9 

Longfellow, A. W., Boston, Mass. 

Abraham Lincoln School, Boston 402-3 

M 

Marsh, N. F., Pasadena, Cal. 

New High School, Pasadena 471 

McGinnis, Walsh and Sullivan, Boston, Mass. 

Marshall School, Dorchester, Mass... 400 

McKim, Mead and White. 

High School at Naugatuck, Conn 424-5 

609 



Mills, Wilbur T. 

Battle Creek High School, Battle Creek, Mich 500-504 

Favorite Hill Schools, Piqua, Ohio.... 347 

London, Ohio, High School 460-1 

St. Mary's School, Marion, Ohio 346 

Washington School, Marietta, Ohio 340-2 

Woodside School, Newark, Ohio 396-7 

N 

Neff and Thompson, Norfolk, Va. 

Maury High School, Norfolk .... 568-70 

Newton, Geo. F., Boston, Mass. 

Technical High School, Newton, Mass 4 ::s 40 
Nordhoff, Charles M., Toledo, Ohio. 

Jessup W. Scott High School, Toledo 505 9 

P 

Parkinson and Bergstrom, Los Angeles, Cal. 

Manual Training High School, Los Angeles 480 1 

Patton and Miller, Chicago, Illinois. 

High School at Rochester, Minn 446 8 

Pelton, Henry C, New York. 

High School at White Plains, N. Y I 

Pilcher, Lewis F., State Architect, Albany, N. Y. 

State Normal School, Buffalo, N. Y 515 L9 

Proudfoot, Bird and Rawson, Des Moines, [owa. 

Des Moines High School 111 1 

R 

Rand, L. L., Spokane, Washington. 

Lewis and Clark High School, Spokane 549 ">1 

Rosenheim, A. F., Los Angeles, Cal. 

Boyle Heights Intermediate School, Los Angeles 350 2 

S 
SCHWEINFURTH, J. A., Boston, Mass. 

High School of Practical Arts, Boston 576 !» 

Scott, Thomas H., Pittsburgh, Pa. 

Wilkinsburg, Pa., High School 426 7 

Shaw, R. W., Enid, Oklahoma. 

High School at Enid 150 2 

Shepley, Rutan and Coolidge, Boston, M 

Jefferson School, Roxbury, Mass :;T 1 I 

SMITH, REA AND LOVETT, Kansas City. Mo 

North East High School, Kansas City 510-14 

Snyder, C. B. J„ New York. 

Bushwick Ave. High School, Brooklyn, N. Y 4X6-90 

Washington Irving School, New York 584-90 

Starrett and Van Vleck, New York. 

Albany High School, Albany, New York 580-3 

Stevens, J. Walter, St. Paul, Minn. 

Hughes High School, Cincinnati, Ohio 486 

610 






Stickney and Austin, Boston, Mass. 

High School at Charlestown, Mass 441-3 

Sturgis, R. Clipston, Boston, Mass. 

Central School, Troy, New York 414-15 

Winsor School, Brookline, Mass 388-9 

Sullivan, Mathew, Boston, Mass. 

St. Rose's School, Chelsea, Mass.. 349 

Bishop Stang Day Nursery, Fall River, Mass.. 362 

T 

Tietig and Lee, Cincinnati, Ohio. 

Sands School, Cincinnati 380-383 

Tyrie and Chapman, Minneapolis, Minn. 

High School at Virginia, Minn 420-1 

w 

Whitehouse and Fauilhoux, Portland, Oregon. 

Failing Elementary School, Portland 366-7 

Lincoln High School, Portland 422-4 

Whitehouse, Morris H., Portland, Oregon. 

Jefferson High School, Portland 497 



611 



INDEX OF BUILDINGS 
A 

Abraham Lincoln School, Boston, Mass 402-3 

Ainsworth Elementary School, Portland, Ore. H68-9 

Albany, New York High School 580-3 

Anthony Wayne School, Philadelphia, I a. :;54-5 

Armstrong School. Chicago, Ills 370-1 

Attleboro, N. H., High School 457-8 

B 

Battle Creek, Mich., High School 500-504 

Birney (Gen. David B.) School, Philadelphia, Pa 364 5 

Bloomfield, N. J., High School 566-1 

Boston, Mass. 

Abraham Lincoln School 40 J 3 

High School of Practical Arts 576-9 

Boyle Heights Intermediate School, Los Angele > ; > -2 

Bryan Hill School, St. Louis, Mo :;n 5 

Buffalo, N. Y. 

Hutchinson High School 130 4 

South Park High School 595-8 

Bushwick Ave. High School, Brooklyn, N. Y 48(5-90 

Cooking Room — Domestic Science 66 



Carr School, St. Louis, Mo 4i<> 1 1 

Carter II. Harrison High School, C 527 ::i 

CARY, (ALICE) SCH Philadelphia, Pa 

Central High School, Minneapolis 17 1 5 

EtAL HIGH SCH St. Paul, Minn 498-9 

Central Com. and Man. Training High S 

ark, N. .) 

Central School, Tacoma, Wash 386 7 

Central School, Troy, New York 411 15 

Charlestown, Mass., High Schooi 441 '■'> 
Cincinnati, Ohio, Schooi s. 

Eleventh District H»| 

(luilford 390 1 

Hughes High 

Weatwood 108 9 

Woodward High 449 

Chicago, III., Schools. 

Armstrong 370 I 

Carter H. Harrison High 527 31 

Hyde Park High 541 1 

Nicholas Senn. High 51 

612 



Clark School, St. Louis, Mo 392-3 

Cleveland School, Newark, N. J 406-7 

Cleveland, Ohio. 

East Technical High School 492 

West Technical His:h School 557-9 

Watterson School 353 

Columbia, Mo., High School 429 

Cokdaville School, Southboro, Mass 334 

D 

Davenport, Iowa, High School 462-4 

Delaney School, St. Louis, Mo 338-9 

Des Moines, Iowa, High School 444-5 

Driscoll School, Brookline, Mass 336-7 

E 

East Orange, N. J., High School 493-6 

East Technical High School, Cleveland, Ohio ; 492 

Eleventh District School, Cincinnati, Ohio 401 

Em'erson School, Gary, Ind. 532-6 

Chemical Laboratory 57 

Dining Room 59 

Domestic Science Room 60, 350 

Lathe Room 70 

Enid, Oklahoma, High School 450-2 

F 

Failing Elementary School, Portland, Ore 366-7 

Favorite Hill School, Piqua, Ohio 347 

Forty-Ninth Street School, Los Angeles, Ca! 379 

Franklin High School, Seattle, Wash 590-4 

Boiler and Engine Room 63 

Domestic Science Room 428 

Kitchen 594 

Fredonia High School.. 402 

Froebel School, Gary, Indiana. 537-40 

G 

Gardens' School at Collinwood, Ohio 36 

Gardner School, Laurel, Miss 343 

Glasgow School, St. Louis, Mo 372-3 

Guilford School, Cincinnati, Ohio 390-1 

H 

Harrison (Carter H.) High School, Chicago 527-31 

Haverhill, Mass., High School 472-4 

Hughes High School, Cincinnati, Ohio 485 

Hutchinson High School, Buffalo, New York... 430-4 

Hyde Park High School, Chicago, Illinois 541-4 

J 

Jefferson High School, Portland, Ore 497 

Jefferson School, Roxbury, Mass 374-5 

613 



Lafayette, Ind., High School 572-3 

Lancaster, N. H., High School 453-6 

Lewis and Clark High School, Spokane, Wash 549-51 

Lincoln High School, Portland, Ore 422-4 

Lincoln High School, Los Angeles, Cal 475-7 

Lincoln Park High School, Tacoma, Wash 416-19 

London, Ohio, High School and Auditorium 460-1 

M 

Madison, Wis., High School 571-2 

Manual Training High School, Los Angeles, Cal 480-4 

Marshall School, Dorchester, Mass 400 

Mather School, Dorchester, Mass 394-5 

Maury High School, Norfolk, Va 568-70 

McCall (Gen. Geo.) School, Philadelphia, Pa 856-7 

McKinley High School, St. Louis, Mo 459 

mlddleboro, mass., model school 335 

Minneapolis Central High School 

Auditorium — Minneapolis High School 565 

Model Fireproof School, Eight Rooms 404-5 

Model Fireproof School, Ten Rooms 398-9 

Montgomery School, Newark, N. J 52 

Lighting of Rooms 26 

Open Air School Room 53 

N 

Naugatuck, (Conn.) High School i 
Newark, N. J., Central Com. and Man. Training High 

School 574-5 

Cleveland School 406-7 

Montgomery School 

Normal School 135 

Newton, Mass., Technical High School 438-40 

Nicholas Senn. High School, Chicago, Ills. 518 

Normal School, Buffalo, New York 5 I 

Normal School, Newark, New Jersey. 435 

North East High School, Kansas City, Mo 510 11 

O 

Oak Park School, Sacramento, Cal 376-8 

Omaha, Neb., High School... 478-9 



Pasadena, Cal., High School 471 

Philadelphia, Pa., Schools 

Alice Cary 358-9 

General David B. Birney 364 5 

Frances E. Willard 360 1 

General George McCall 356-7 

Southwark 362-3 

614 



Anthony Wayne 354-5 

West Philadelphia High 491 

Portland, Ore., Schools. 

Ainsworth Elementary 368-9 

Failing Elementary 1 -- 366-7 

Jefferson High 497 

Lincoln High 422-4 

R 

Rochester, Minn., High School 446-7 

S 

Sands School, Cincinnati, Ohio 380-3 

Scott High School, Toledo, Ohio...._ .• 505-9 

Seattle, Wash., Franklin High School 590-4 

Senn (Nicholas) High School, Chicago..: 518-22 

Shurtlepp School Addition, Chelsea, Mass 384-5 

Soldan High School, St. Louis, Mo 545-8 

South Bend, Ind., High School 523-6 

South Park High School, Buffalo, N. Y 595-8 

Southwark School, Philadelphia, Pa 362-3 

Stang — Bishop, Day Nursery, Fall River, Mass 362 

Stadium High School, Tacoma, Wash 560-4 

Stadium, Tacoma, Wash 561 

Plan of Stadium and School Site 37 

St. Mary's (Par.) School, Marion, Ohio 346 

St. Rose's School, Chelsea, Mass 498-9 

St. Louis, Mo., Schools. 

Bryan Hill 344-5 

Carr 410-11 

Delaney 338-9 

Glasgow 372-3 

McKinley High 459 

Soldan High 545-9 

T 

Ten Room Model School, Fireproof... 398-9 

Toledo, Jessup W. Scott, High School 505-9 

Refectory 69 

V 

Virginia, Minn., High School 420-21 

W 

Warren Easton High School, New Orleans, La 468-70 

Washington School, Marietta, Ohio 340-42 

Washington Irving High School, New York 584-90 

Auditorium 588 

Book Bindery 589 

Entrance Foyer 2, 587 

Millinery and Sewing Room 35 

Roof Playgrounds 72, 588 

615 



Watterson School, Cleveland, Ohio 353 

Wayne (Anthony) School, Philadelphia, Pa ^ 354-5 

West Philadelphia, Pa., High School /..J~... 491 

Westwood School, Cincinnati, Ohio 408-9 

White Plains, N. Y., High School 436-7 

Willard (Frances E.) School, Philadelphia, Pa 360-1 

WlLKINSBURG, Pa., HlGH SCHOOL 426-7 

Winsor School, Brookline, Mass 388-9 

Woodside School, Newark, Ohio 396-7 

Woodward High School, Cincinnati, Ohio 449 



616 



m 



■■■III 

ill 11 ill 






M 



II I ■ 

■ ■ 



filiim 



ffl ■ 



,-!.<■ 



i H 



W H flffl 

iiii im ^r 



Mfl 



MM 



I :.v,y." 






HH 



■ 

; ; ■ 



fllff 



■ 

■ 

■ 

HI ID f 

I ' 

'jVi'iv 



ifUHlflllflHIl ' ' 



